6361459_PC_XT_Technical_Reference_Apr84 6361459 PC XT Technical Reference Apr84
User Manual: 6361459_PC_XT_Technical_Reference_Apr84
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 307
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
----- ----- --------,-
Technical
Reference
Personal Computer
Hardware Reference
Library
Revised Edition (April 1984)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country where such
provisions are inconsistent with local law: International Business Machines Corporation
provides this manual "as is," without warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied,
including, but not limited to the particular purpose. IBM may make improvements and/or
changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this manual at any time.
This product could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are
made periodically to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in new
editions of the publication.
It is possible that this material may contain reference to, or information about, IBM
products (machines or programs), programming, or services that are not announced in
your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean that IBM
intends to announce such IBM products, programming, or services in your country.
Products are not stocked at the address below. Requests for copies of this product and for
technical information about the system should be made to your authorized IBM Personal
Computer dealer.
The following paragraph applies only to the United States and Puerto Rico: A Reader's
Comment Form is provided at the back of this publication. If the form has been removed,
address comments to: IBM Corp., Personal Computer, P.O. Box 1328-C, Boca Raton,
Florida 33432. IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it
believes appropriate without incurring any obligations whatever.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1981, 1982, 1983, 1984
Federal Communications Commission
Radio Frequency Interference Statement
Warning: The equipment described herein has been certified
to comply with the limits for a Class B computing device,
pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of the FCC rules. Only
peripherals (computer input/output devices, terminals
printers, etc.) certified to comply with the Class B limits may
be attached to the computer. Operation with non-certified
peripherals is likely to result in interference to radio and TV
reception. If peripherals not offered by IBM are used with the
equipment, it is suggested to use shielded grounded cables
with in-line filters if necessary.
CAUTION
The product described herein is equipped with a grounded
plug for the user's safety. It is to be used in conjunction with
a properly grounded receptacle to avoid electrical shock.
iii
iv
Preface
This publication describes the various units of the IBM Personal
Computer XT and IBM Portable Personal Computer; and the
interaction of each.
The information in this publication is for reference, and is
intended for hardware and program designers, programmers,
engineers, and anyone else with a knowledge of electronics
and/ or programming who needs to understand the design and
operation of the IBM Personal Computer XT or IBM Portable
Personal Computer.
This publication consists of two parts: a system manual and an
options and adapters manual.
The system manual is divided into the following sections:
Section 1, "System Board," discusses the component layout,
circuitry, and function of the system board.
Section 2, "Coprocessor," describes the Intel 8087
coprocessor and provides programming and hardware
interface information.
Section 3, "Power Supply," provides electrical input/output
specifications as well as theory of operation for both the IBM
Personal Computer XT power supply and the IBM Portable
Personal Computer power supply.
Section 4, "Keyboard," discusses the hardware make up,
function, and layouts of the IBM Personal Computer XT and
the IBM Portable Personal Computer keyboards.
Section 5, "System BIOS," describes the basic input/ output
system and its use. This section also contains the software
interrupt listing, a BIOS memory map, descriptions of vectors
with special meanings, and a set of low memory maps. In
addition, keyboard encoding and usage is discussed.
v
Section 6, "Instruction Set," provides a quick reference for the
8088 assembly instruction set.
Section 7, "Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors," supplies the
decimal and hexadecimal values for characters and text
attributes.
Section 8, "Communications,"describes communications
hardware and discusses communications interface standards
and the sequence of events to establish communications.
A glossary, bibliography, and index are also provided.
The Technical Reference options and adapters manual provides
information, logic diagrams, and specifications pertaining to the
options and adapters available for the IBM Personal Computer
family of products. The manual is modular in format, with each
module providing information about a specific option or adapter.
Modules having a large amount of text contain individual indexes.
The modules are grouped by type of device into the following
categories:
• Expansion Unit
• Displays
•
Printers
• Storage Devices
•
Memory Expansion
•
Adapters
• Miscellaneous
• Cables and Connectors
Full page length hard tabs with the above category descriptions,
sep~rate the groups of modules.
vi
The term" Technical Reference manual" in the option and adapter
manual, refers to the IBM Personal Computer XT /IBM Portable
Personal Computer Technical Reference system manual.
The term "Guide to Operations manual" in the option and adapter
manual, refers to either the IBM Personal Computer XT Guide to
Operations manual or the IBM Portable Personal Computer Guide
to Operations manual.
vii
Prerequisite Publications
•
IBM Personal Computer XT Guide to Operations
•
IBM Portable Personal Computer Guide to Operations
Suggested Reading
•
BASIC for the IBM Personal Computer
•
Disk Operating System (DOS), Version 2.1
•
IBM Personal Computer XT Hardware Maintenance and
Service
•
IBM Portable Personal Computer Hardware Maintenance and
Service
•
MACRO Assembler for the IBM Personal Computer
viii
Contents
SECTION 1. SYSTEM BOARD .....................
Description ..................................
Microprocessor ...............................
Data Flow Diagrams ...........................
System Memory Map ..........................
System Timers ..............................
System Interrupts ............................
ROM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
RAM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
DMA .....................................
I/O Channel ................................
System Board Diagram ........................
I/O Channel Diagram ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
I/O Channel Description ......................
I/O Address Map ............................
Other Circuits ...............................
Speaker Circuit ..........................
8255A I/O Bit Map ......................
System-Board Switch Settings ..............
Specifications ...............................
Card Specifications .......................
Logic Diagrams ..............................
1-1
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-8
1-10
1-10
1-12
1-12
1-12
1-13
1-15
1-16
1-18
1-21
1-23
1-23
1-25
1-27
1-28
1-28
1-30
SECTION 2. COPROCESSOR .....................
Description ..................................
Programming Interface .........................
Hardware Interface ............................
2-1
2-3
2-3
2-4
SECTION 3. POWER SUPPLY .....................
IBM Personal Computer XT Power Supply .........
Description ..............................
Input Requirements .......................
Outputs .................................
Overvoltage/Overcurrent Protection ..........
Power-Good .............................
Connector Specifications and Pin Assignments ..
IBM Portable Personal Computer Power Supply .....
3-1
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-5
3-7
ix
Description ..............................
Input Requirements .......................
Overvoltage/Overcurrent Protection ..........
Power Good .............................
Connector Specifications and Pin Assignments ..
3-7
3-7
3-9
3-9
3-9
SECTION 4. KEYBOARD .........................
IBM Personal Computer XT Keyboard and IBM
Portable Personal Computer Keyboard ............
Description ..............................
Block Diagram ...........................
Keyboard Diagrams .......................
Connector Specifications ..................
Keyboard Logic Diagram ..................
4-1
4-3
4-3
4-5
4-5
4-13
4-15
SECTION 5. SYSTEM BIOS .......................
System BIOS Usage ...........................
Keyboard Encoding and Usage ..................
Extended Codes .........................
System BIOS Listing ..........................
Quick Reference .........................
5-1
5-3
5-12
5-16
5-23
5-23
SECTION 6. INSTRUCTION SET ...................
8088 Register Model ..........................
Operand Summary ............................
Second Instruction Byte Summary ................
Memory Segmentation Model ....................
Use of Segment Override .......................
Data Transfer ................................
Arithmetic ...................................
Logic .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
String Manipulation ..........................
Control Transfer .............................
8088 Conditional Transfer Operations ............
Processor Control ............................
8087 Extensions to the 8088 Instruction Set .......
Data Transfer ...............................
Comparison ................................
Arithmetic ................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Transcendental ..............................
Constants ..................................
Processor Control ............................
8088 Instruction Set Matrix ....................
6-1
6-3
6-4
6-4
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-8
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-17
6-19
6-19
6-21
6-21
6-22
6-25
x
Instruction Set Index ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
6-27
SECTION 7. CHARACTERS, KEYSTROKES, AND
COLORS ...................................... 7-1
SECTION 8. COMMUNICATIONS ................. 8-1
Description .................................. 8-3
Establishing a Communications Link .............. 8-5
Establishing Link on Nonswitched Point-to-Point Line 8-6
Establishing Link on Nonswitched Multipoint Line ... 8-8
Establishing Link on Switched Point-to-Point line ... 8-10
Glossary
................................... Glossary-l
Bibliography .............................. Bibliography-l
Index ........................................ Index-l
xi
xii
Section 7. Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors .............. .
Section 8. Communications
.............................
Glossary ........................................... .
Bibliography ........................................ .
Index .............................................. .
xv
xvi
INDEX TAB LISTING
Section 1. System Board ............................... .
Section 2. Coprocessor ................................ .
Section 3. Power Supply ............................... .
Section 4. Keyboard .................................. .
Section 5. System BIOS
............................... .
Section 6. Instruction Set
...............................
xiii
xiv
System Block Diagram (XT)
The following is a system block diagram of the IBM Personal
Computer XT.
Expansion Unit
SYstem Unit
~ Pow"
So"IV
130Wat1
System Board
I
Expansion Board
4 level
8088
Oscillator
8 Interrupt
levels
Speaker
Adapter
4 Channels
Direct Memory
Access
Keyboard
Adapter
Memorv
Read·Only
Memory
Math
Coprocessor
H
Speaker
H
Keyboard
Oscillator
I
8 Slot
Expanded
.---
I/O Channel
.---
(Optional)
1
r-
.---
BSlot
I/O Channel
l/
r--
Extender
Card
rL-
rr-
r--
r--
I-
V-
f-
r-'-
Note: A "System to Adapter Compatibility Chart," to
identify the adapters supported by each system, and an
"Option to Adapter Compatibility Chart," to identify the
options supported by each adapter, can be found in the front
matter of the Technical Reference options and adapters
manual, Volume 1.
xvii
System Block Diagram (Portable)
The following is a system block diagram of the IBM Portable
Personal Computer.
Sysl.m Unit
{
I
Composll.
CRr
Expansion Unit
Expansion Board
Powor Supply
114 Wall
I
Sysl.m Board
Oscilialor
Spoaker
Adapter
K.yboard
Adapter
Road-Only
Memory
8088
8 Inl",upl
L.v.ls
4 Chann.ls
OIrocl M.mory
Access
Memory
Coprocessor
-
r,-.
f--
~
-
t-t-i-
-
r-
'--
'--
~Options Slot
f4- Olskelte Adapter
I ~OIOr/GraPhICS
.- '-
'-
-
2 ~ Exlendor Card
_
Card
8-Slot
Expand.d
1/0 Channel
'-
5 ::-- Options Slot
r-
Oscll1alor
r-
Receiver
~
6 ::;-. Options Slot
r-
~
~
r-
B
7 ~ o'pUons Slot
r-
8-Slot
1/0 Channel
t--
r-
r-
(Optional!
I
K.yboard I
Spoaker
S.. Note
-
Math
-
H
H
Powor Supply
130 Walt
4 L.v.1
'-
I
Note: A "System to Adapter Compatibility Chart," to
identify the adapters supported by each system, and an
"Option to Adapter Compatibility Chart," to identify the
options supported by each adapter, can be found in the front
matter of the Technical Reference options and adapters
manual, Volume 1.
xviii
SECTION 1. SYSTEM BOARD
Contents
1-3
Description
Microprocessor ................................... 1-4
Data Flow Diagrams
1-5
System Memory Map
1-8
System Timers ................................... 1-10
System Interrupts
................................ 1-10
ROM
......................................... 1-12
RAM
1-12
DMA
1-12
I/O Channel .................................... 1-13
System Board Diagram
............................ 1-15
1/ 0 Channel Diagram ............................. 1-16
I/O Channel Description ........................... 1-18
I/O Address Map
................................ 1-21
Other Circuits ...................................
Speaker Circuit ...............................
8255A I/O Bit Map ...........................
System-Board Switch Settings ....................
1-23
1-23
1-25
1-27
System Board 1-1
Specifications ................................... 1-28
Card Specifications ............................ 1-28
Logic Diagrams .................................. 1-30
1-2 System Board
Description
The system board fits horizontally in the base of the system unit
of the Personal Computer XT and Portable Personal Computer
and is approximately 215.9 mm by 304.8 mm (8-1/2 x 12 in.). It
is a multilayer, single-land-per-channel design with ground and
internal planes provided. DC power and a signal from the power
supply enter the board through two 6-pin connectors. Other
connectors on the board are for attaching the keyboard and
speaker. Eight 62-pin card-edge sockets are also mounted on the
board. The I/O channel is bussed across these eight I/O slots.
Slot J8 is slightly different from the others in that any card placed
in it is expected to respond with a 'card selected' signal whenever
the card is selected.
A dual in-line package (DIP) switch (one eight-switch pack) is
mounted on the board and can be read under program control.
The DIP switch provides the system programs with information
about the installed options, how much storage the system board
has, what type of display adapter is installed, what operation
modes are desired when power is switched on (color or
black-and-white, 80- or 40-character lines), and the number of
diskette drives attached.
The system board contains the adapter circuits for attaching the
serial interface from the keyboard. These circuits generate an
interrupt to the microprocessor when a complete scan code is
received. The interface can request execution of a diagnostic test
in the keyboard.
The system board consists of five functional areas: the processor
subsystem and its support elements, the ROM subsystem, the
R/W memory subsystem, integrated I/O adapters, and the I/O
channel. All are described in this section.
System Board 1-3
Microprocessor
The heart of the system board is the Intel 8088 Microprocessor.
This is an 8-bit external-bus version of Intel's 16-bit 8086
Microprocessor, and is software-compatible with the 8086. Thus,
the 8088 supports 16-bit operations, iI1cluding mUltiply and
divide, and supports 20 bits of addressing (1 M byte of storage).
It also operates in maximum mode, so a coprocessor can be added
as a feature. The microprocessor operates at 4.77-MHz. This
frequency is derived from a 14.31818-MHz crystal, the frequency
of which is divided by 3 for the microprocessor clock, and divided
by 4 to obtain the 3.S8-MHz color-burst signal required for color
televisions.
At the 4.77-MHz clock rate, the 8088 bus cycles are four clocks
of 210 nanoseconds (ns), or 840-ns. I/O cycles take five 210-ns
clocks or 1.OS microseconds (fLS).
1-4 System Board
Data Flow Diagrams
The system board data flow diagram follows.
System Board 1-5
System Board Data Flow (Part 1 of 2)
1-6 System Board
ConirolBu5
System Board Data Flow (Part 2 of 2)
System Board 1-7
System Memory Map
Start Address
Decimal
Hex
0
16K
32K
48K
00000
04000
08000
OCOOO
64K
80K
96K
112K
10000
14000
18000
1COOO
128K
144K
160K
176K
20000
24000
28000
2COOO
192K
208K
224K
240K
30000
34000
38000
3COOO
256K
272K
288K
304K
40000
44000
48000
4COOO
320K
336K
352K
368K
50000
54000
58000
5COOO
384K
400K
416K
432K
60000
64000
68000
6COOO
448K
464K
480K
496K
70000
74000
78000
7COOO
512K
528K
544K
560K
80000
84000
88000
8COOO
576K
592K
608K
624K
90000
94000
98000
9COOO
Function
128-256K Read/Write Memory
on System Board
384K R/W Memory Expansion
in I/O Channel
System Memory Map (Part 1 of 2)
1-8 System Board
Start Address
Decimal
Hex
640K
656K
672K
688K
Function
AOOOO'
A4000
A8000'
ACOOO
704K
BOOOO
720K
B4000
736K
B8000
752K
BCOOO
768K
784K
COOOO
C4000
800K
C8000
816K
832K
848K
864K
880K
896K
912K
928K
944K
CCOOO
DOOOO
D4000
D8000
DCOOO
EOOOO
E4000
E8000
ECOOO
960K
976K
992K
1008K
FOOOO
F4000
F8000
FCOOO
128K Reserved
Monochrome
Color/Graphics
Fixed Disk Control
192K Read Only Memory
Expansion and Control
64K Base System ROM
BIOS and BASIC
System Memory Map (Part 2 of 2)
System Board 1-9
System Timers
Three programmable timer/ counters are used by the system as
follows: Channel 0 is used as a general-purpose timer providing a
constant time base for implementing a time-of-day clock;
Channel I is used to time and request refresh cycles from the
DMA channel; and Channel 2 is used to support the tone
generation for the audio speaker. Each channel has a minimum
timing resolution of 1.0S-.us.
System Interrupts
Of the eight prioritized levels of interrupt, six are bussed to the
system expansion slots for use by feature cards. Two levels are
used on the system board. Level 0, the higher priority, is attached
to Channel 0 of the timer/counter and provides a periodic
interrupt for the time-of-day clock.
Level I is attached to the keyboard adapter circuits and receives
an interrupt for each scan code sent by the keyboard. The
non-maskable interrupt (NMI) of the 8088 is used to report
memory parity errors.
1-10 System Board
The following diagram contains the System Interrupt Listing.
Number
NMI
UsaJle
Parity
8087
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Timer
Keyboard
Reserved
Asynchronous Communications (Alternate)
SDLC Communications
BSC Communications
Cluster (Primary)
Asynchronous Communications (Primary)
SDLC Communications
BSC Communications
Fixed Disk
Diskette
Printer
Cluster (Alternate)
8088 Hardware Interrupt Listing
System Board 1-11
ROM
The system board supports both read only memory (ROM) and
read/write (R/W) memory. It has space for 64K by 8 of ROM
or erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM). Two
module sockets are provided, each of which can accept a 32K or
8K device. One socket has 32K by 8 of ROM, the other 8K by 8
bytes. This ROM contains the power-on self test, I/O drivers,
dot patterns for 128 characters in graphics mode, and a diskette
bootstrap loader. The ROM is packaged in 28-pin modules and
has an access time and a cycle time of 250-ns each.
RAM
The system board also has from 128K by 9 to 256K by 9 of R/W
memory. A minimum system would have 128K of memory, with
module sockets for an additional 128K. Memory greater than the
system board's maximum of 256K is obtained by adding memory
cards in the expansion slots. The memory consists of dynamic
64K by 1 chips with an access time of 200-ns and a cycle time of
345-ns. All R/W memory is parity-checked.
DMA
The microprocessor is supported by a set of high-function support
devices providing four channels of 20-bitdirect-memory access
(DMA), three 16-bit timer/counter channels, and eight
prioritized interrupt levels.
Three of the four DMA channels are available on the I/O bus and
support high-speed data transfers between I/O devices and
memory without microprocessor intervention. The fourth DMA
channel is programmed to refresh the system's dynamic memory.
This is done by programming a channel of the timer/counter
1-12 System Board
device to periodically request a dummy DMA transfer. This
action creates a memory-read cycle, which is available to refresh
dynamic memory both on the system board and in the system
expansion slots. All DMA data transfers, except the refresh
channel, take five microprocessor clocks of 21 O-ns, or 1.05-/Ls if
the microprocessor 'ready' line is not deactivated. Refresh DMA
cycles take four clocks or 840-ns.
1/0 Channel
The I/O channel is an extension of the 8088 microprocessor bus.
It is, however, demultiplexed, repowered, and enhanced by the
addition of interrupts and direct memory access (DMA)
functions.
The I/O channel contains an 8-bit, bidirectional data bus, 20
address lines, 6 levels of interrupt, control lines for memory and
I/O read or write, clock and timing lines, 3 channels of DMA
control lines, memory refresh-timing control lines, a 'channel
check' line, and power and ground for the adapters. Four voltage
levels are provided for I/O cards: +5 Vdc, -5 Vdc, + 12 Vdc,
and -12 Vdc. These functions are provided in a 62-pin connector
with 100-mil card tab spacing.
A 'ready' line is available on the I/O channel to allow operation
with slow I/O or memory devices. If the channel's 'ready' line is
not activated by an addressed device, all
microprocessor-generated memory read and write cycles take four
210-ns clock cycles or 840-ns/byte. All
microprocessor-generated I/O read and write cycles require five
clocks for a cycle time of 1.05-/Ls/byte. All DMA transfers
require five clocks for a cycle time of 1.05-/Ls/byte. Refresh
cycles occur once every 72 clocks (approximately 15-/Ls) and
require four clocks or approximately 7% of the bus bandwidth.
I/O devices are addressed using I/O mapped address space. The
channel is designed so that 768 I/O device addresses are available
.to the I/O channel cards.
System Board 1-13
A 'channel check' line exists for reporting error conditions to the
microprocessor. Activating this line results in a non-maskable
interrupt (NMI) to the 8088 microprocessor. Memory expansion
options use this line to report parity errors.
The I/O channel is rep owe red to provide sufficient drive to power
all eight (11 through 18) expansion slots, assuming two low-power
Schottky (LS) loads per slot. The IBM I/O adapters typically use
only one load.
Timing requirements on slot 18 are much stricter than those on
slots 11 through 17. Slot 18 also requires the card to provide a
signal designating when the card is selected.
1-14 System Board
System Board Diagram
The following diagram shows the component layout for the
system board.
Clock Chip
Trimmer
System Expansion Slots
r~--------~'-------~
Jl
$
J2
J3
System
Board
Power
Connections
J4
~ IBM Math
I~II
00
Nl
0000000000 rJ ~
IlODDDOD DD0 ~
Up to 256K
Read/Write
Memory
with parity
Checking
Coprocessor
Intel 8088
~~:oprocessor
~ ~~c
ODD:
:-:DTJD
- - -0--00
--- -10 0DOD DOQ ~~:~~g:ration
naaoooooo!DDDDODD
noooooOOaOOODDDD
D_[DDDDDDilooDODOO
$
~ .3
-=--c::J- 0
:!:;to...
$
Pin 1t='\ Speaker
Output
System Board Component Diagram
System Board 1-15
1/0 Channel Diagram
The following page contains the I/O channel diagram. Alllines
are TTL-compatible.
1..., 16 System Board
Rear Panel
r\
Signal Nam e
-
GNO
-
BI
AI-
r---
Sig nal Name
-I/O CH CK
-
-
-
-
-
+OS
-
'04
+OR02
-
-12V
>-
-
'02
+RESET ORV
+.v
+IRQ2
-.voc
-
-CARD SLCTO
+12V
-
GNO
f-- BI 0
-MEMW
r-
-MEMR
'-
-lOW
'-
-lOR
c-
-
+07
+06
'03
-
+01
-
+00
'I/O CH ROY
AIO -
-
'AEN
tA19
'AIS
tAll
-OACK3
r-
-
+OR03
f--
-
-OACKI
f--
-
+
+OROI
......
-
IA13
-
+
-OACKO
r-
CLK
f-- BZO
+IROJ
+IRQ6
+IRQ5
tA16
-
- - - - +A 15
A 14
A12
A20 -
tA11
f--
-
'AIO
r-
-
·A9
rr-
-
+AS
-
'A7
+IRQ3
r-
-
'A6
-OACK2
r-
+T/C
f--
-
+ALE
r-
-
'A3
+.v
r-
-
+A2
+OSC
r-
+GNO
r- B31
+IR04
~
\
.AS
·A4
-
'AI
A31 -
+AO
'---
\
Camp anent Side
I/O Channel Diagram
System Board 1-17
110 Channel Description
The following is a description of the I/O Channel. All lines are
TTL-compatible.
Signal
I/O
Description
AO-A19
o
Address bits 0 to 19: These lines are
used to address memory and I/O
devices within the system. The 20
address lines allow access of up to 1M
byte of memory. AO is the least
significant bit (LSB) and A19 is the
most significant bit (MSB). These lines
are generated by either the
microprocessor or DMA controller.
They are active high.
AEN
o
Address Enable: This line is used to
de-gate the microprocessor and other
devices from the I/O channel to allow
DMA transfers to take place. When
this line is active (high), the DMA
controller has control of the address
bus, data bus, Read command lines
(memory and I/O), and the Write
command lines (memory and I/O).
ALE
o
Address Latch Enable: This line is
provided by the 8288 Bus Controller
and is used on the system board to latch
valid addresses from the
microprocessor. It is available to the
1/ 0 channel as an indicator of a valid
microprocessor address (when used with
AEN). Microprocessor addresses are
latched with the falling edge of ALE.
-CARD SLCTD
I
-Card Selected: This line is activated by
cards in expansion slot J8. It signals the
system board that the card has been
selected and that appropriate drivers on
1-18 System Board
the system board should be directed to
either read from, or write to, expansion
slot J8. Connectors J1 through J8 are
tied together at this pin, but the system
board does not use their signal. This line
should be driven by an open collector
device.
CLK
o
System clock: It is a divide-by-3 of the
oscillator and has a period of 21O-ns
(4.77-MHz). The clock has a 33%
duty cycle.
DO-D7
I/O
Data Bits 0 to 7: These lines provide
data bus bits 0 to 7 for the
microprocessor, memory, and I/O
devices. DO is the LSB and D7 is the
MSB. These lines are active high.
-DACKO to
-DACK3
o
-DMA Acknowledge 0 to 3: These lines
are used to acknowledge DMA requests
(DRQI-DRQ3) and refresh system
dynamic memory (-DACKO). They are
active low.
DRQ1-DRQ3
I
DMA Request 1 to 3: These lines are
asynchronous channel requests used by
peripheral devices to gain DMA service.
They are prioritized with DRQ3 being
the lowest and DRQ 1 being the highest.
A request is generated by bringing a
DRQ line to an active level (high). A
DRQ line must be held high until the
corresponding DACK line goes active.
-I/O CH CK
I
-I/O Channel Check: This line
provides the microprocessor with parity
(error) information on memory or
devices in the II 0 channel. When this
signal is active low, a parity error is
indicated.
System Board 1-19
I/O CHRDY
I
I/O Channel Ready: This line,
normally high (ready), is pulled low (not
ready) by a memory or I/O device to
lengthen I/O or memory cycles. It
allows slower devices to attach to the
I/O channel with a minimum of
difficulty. Any slow device using this
line should drive it low immediately
upon detecting a valid address and a
Read or Write command. This line
should never be held low longer than 10
clock cycles. Machine cycles (I/O or
memory) are extended by an integral
number of clock cycles (210-ns).
-lOR
0
-I/O Read Command: This command
line instructs an I/O device to drive its
data onto the data bus. It may be
driven by the microprocessor or the
DMA controller. This signal is active
low.
-lOW
0
-I/O Write Command: This command
line instructs an I/ 0 device to read the
data on the data bus. It may be driven
by the microprocessor or the DMA
controller. This signal is active low.
IRQ2-IRQ7
I
Interrupt Request 2 to 7: These lines
are used to signal the microprocessor
that an I/ 0 device requires attention.
They are prioritized with IRQ2 as the
highest priority and IRQ7 as the lowest.
An Interrupt Request is generated by
raising an IRQ line (low to high) and
holding it high until it is acknowledged
by the microprocessor (interrupt service
routine).
-MEMR
0
-Memory Read Command: This
command line instructs the memory to
drive its data onto the data bus. It may
1-20 System Board
be driven by the microprocessor or the
DMA controller. This signal is active
low.
-MEMW
o
-Memory Write Command: This
command line instructs the memory to
store the data present on the data bus.
It may be driven by the microprocessor
or the DMA controller. This signal is
active low.
OSC
o
Oscillator: High-speed clock with a
70-ns period (14.31818-MHz). It has a
50% duty cycle.
RESETDRV
o
Reset Drive: This line is used to reset
or initialize system logic upon power-up
or during a low line-voltage outage.
This signal is synchronized to the falling
edge of CLK and is active high.
T/C
o
Terminal Count: This line provides a
pulse when the terminal count for any
DMA channel is reached. This signal is
active high.
1/0 Address Map
The following page contains the I/O Address Map.
System Board 1-21
Hex Range*
Usage
OOO-OOF
020-021
040-043
060-063
080-083,
DMA Chip 8237A-5
Interrupt 8259A
Timer 8253-5
PP18255A-5
DMA Page Registers
l
NMI Mask Register
(
. /~~
-ZOU-Lor
Game Control
210-217
Expansion Unit
2F8-2FF
Asynchronous Communications (Secondary)
300-31F
Prototype Card
320-32F
Fixed Disk
378-37F
Printer
380-38C***
SDLC Communications
Binary Synchronous Communications (Secondary)
380-389***
390-393
Ch,Jster,
3AO-3A9
Binary Synchronous Communications (Primary)
3BO-3BF
I BM Monochrome Display / Printer
3DO-3DF
Color / Graphics
3FO.-3F7
Diskette
.~c- (3.F8-3~. ____ - - -Asyrn:hronous Communications (Primary)
?90-793
CIt1ster (Adapter 1)
ij90-B93
Cluster (Adapter 2)
1390-1393
Cluster (Adapter 3)
2390-2393
Cluster (Adapter 4)
r
en
~
~
I~~
~
§:!!!
~
iii
ill
~
I
II
lill;;;I!!;;;
~
[;l
;c
;;;:
=:E:::~
-
1-32 System Board
~
~
;;;:
""'1"'<;
~~ ~>C
.'"
=:eI ~§:
~
II
§:
5
~
II
~
!
-
I~I~I~I~ II II I
I~
o....
'0
...
('t)
i
.J:.
sa
...
~
(II
o
aI
E
!III
>
en
~~
~~;; ~~
=:::=:::§§:
•
0:
;0 ;0
0:
0:
I•"'
-•
0: 0:
~II
!2!a
~1j
:;;!i
!2~
I~~
EE
System Board 1-33
~
" ~!~~~
~
i
~
0'
....
....
0
~
....
G)
G)
.s:
en
J
'"
0"
111111,
" "
111111
:!;: ::~~ ;:~:lI~U~I~I~III~ i~~~§!!ij!HH!!l!!~
=~
"'"
><~
=
~~@~~@@2ffE~~ee~@~~;g~@@§@@@@~
1-34 System Board
..
"C
(II
0
r:n
E
....III
en>
G)
11
111111111111111111
I
111111
=
System Board 1-35
E
;
E
EEEEEEEEE EEEEEEEE
~§:
;
~;;i;;i;;
gi;i:ls;g:g:g~
~i~
E
~
~
!II
IIII III
E:E:E:E:E:E:EiIE
I II III
.......
0
0
CD
...
Q)
Q)
.l:
5!!
"
...ca
"C
~
0
i
CO
E
Q)
...
UI
>
(/)
~g::g;gS~c;:g
e§:§:~§:§:ili§:
Ii ~~
"
§:§:
~
~
~
E
1-36 System Board
[~~~
§:§
~
"
~~ ~~§i!g
§:§ §:§:§:§:§
:i~ ~~~~ ~
e§:§:§:§:§:
!1 [~~
='~
~
" " tl§: "
;;;
§:§:
0'
......o
"....
CD
CD
~
~
'EIII
o
a:I
E
.!1/1
>en
System Board 1-37
i!E
:::~
:!E
!;;
~
2
~~
~
0
..-
....0
:::
.
00
~
G)
G)
.c
~
"0
ia0
£Q
..
E
G)
1/1
>
C/)
II
§:§:
if
~
I II III
I~~l~ !!~l! ~iii'l i!!l!lei
l~~
;
;=
i!E
1-38 System Board
ee~ e§:§: e!!?:e@§:@:§:
:=-
~
:n[N
o
~ ~
~ ~~
<
W~~
N~.n
~~-U------+H~~-~
~~
~
,,:8
!e::'
f
",1,,1
l" _
,-
§ ~
g
.......o
o
0)
;
~
Q)
.&:.
5!!
r
...ca
"C
~iS . .
~~:...,
.
~
~
:2~~~
N~
~~~N
T
E
Q)
ti
en>
System Board 1-39
it
~~
fl~
it
~
i
i
i
!BHHH! !HHH! ~;:S:l iSiS:: :;:;~§g ~g ~§gl~I1l!I~I~ ~~;5'l~I~Ii'iI~I1!Oi
>C~~
III
iiN ~~;
i aai3C3
it
-~
§!!H§:§§ § § § § §§§§§§§§§!!H!'H!i§:§§§§§§ §§eL§§~~§!S1: §5f5f5ffl
it
ii~
8~
-
I
!
i
iN
....0
0
.-
...
G)
G)
§
.::
re
"C
«J
~
I!~
-
1-40 System Board
0.-
..
0
IX!
...E
G)
til
en>
SECTION 2. COPROCESSOR
Contents
Description
Programming Interface
2-3
............................. 2-3
Hardware Interface ................................ 2-4
Coprocessor 2-1
2-2 Coprocessor
Description
The Math Coprocessor (8087) enables the IBM Personal
Computer to perform high-speed arithmetic, logarithmic
functions, and trigonometric operations with extreme accuracy.
The 8087 coprocessor works in parallel with the microprocessor.
The parallel operation decreases operating time by allowing the
coprocessor to do mathematical calculations while the
microprocessor continues to do other functions.
The first five bits of every instruction's operation code for the
coprocessor are identical (binary 110 11). When the
microprocessor and the coprocessor see this operation code, the
microprocessor calculates the address of any variables in memory,
while the coprocessor checks the instruction. The coprocessor
takes the memory address from the microprocessor if necessary.
To gain access to locations in memory, the coprocessor takes the
local bus from the microprocessor when the microprocessor
finishes its current instruction. When the coprocessor is finished
with the memory transfer, it returns the local bus to the
microprocessor.
The IBM Math Coprocessor works with seven numeric data types
divided into the three classes listed below.
•
Binary integers (3 types)
•
Decimal integers (1 type)
•
Real numbers (3 types)
Programming Interface
The coprocessor extends the data types, registers, and instructions
to the microprocessor.
Coprocessor 2-3
The coprocessor has eight 80-bit registers, which provide the
equivalent capacity of the 40 16-bit registers found in the
microprocessor. This register space allows constants and
temporary results to be held in registers during calculations, thus
reducing memory access and improving speed as well as bus
availability. The register space can be used as a stack or as a
fixed register set. When used as a stack, only the top two stack
elements are operated on. The figure below shows
representations of large and small numbers in each data type.
Data Type
Bits
Significant
Digits (Decimal)
Approximate Range (decimal)
Word Integer
Short Integer
Long Integer
Packed Decimal
Short Real*
Long Real*
Temporary Real
16
32
64
80
32
64
80
4
9
18
18
6-7
15-16
19
- 32,768:5 X:5 + 32,767
- 2x 109 :5 X:5 + 2x 109
- 9x10'S:5X:5 + 9x10 '8
- 99 ... 99:5 X:5 + 99 ... 99 (18 digits)
8.43x 10 37 :51 X 1:5 3. 37x 10 38
4.19x 10- 307 :5IXI:5 1.67x 10 308
3.4x 10-4932 :51 XI :5 1. 2x 10 4932
*The short and long real data types correspond to the single and double precision
data types.
Data Types
Hardware Interface
The coprocessor uses the same clock generator and system bus
interface components as the microprocessor. The coprocessor is
wired directly into the microprocessor. The microprocessor's
queue status lines (QSO and QS 1) enable the coprocessor to
obtain and decode instructions simultaneously with the
microprocessor. The coprocessor's 'busy' signal informs the
microprocessor that it is executing; the microprocessor's WAIT
instruction forces the microprocessor to wait until the coprocessor
is finished executing (WAIT FOR NOT BUSY).
When an incorrect instruction is sent to the coprocessor (for
example, divide by 0 or load a full register), the coprocessor can
2-4 Coprocessor
signal the microprocessor with an interrupt. There are three
conditions that will disable the coprocessor interrupt to the
microprocessor:
1. Exception and interrupt-enable bits of the control word are set
to l's.
2. System-board switch-block 1, switch 2, set in the On position.
3. Non-maskable interrupt (NMI) register (REG) is set to zero.
At power-on time, the NMI REG is cleared to disable the NMI.
Any program using the coprocessor's interrupt capability must
ensure that conditions 2 and 3 are never met during the operation
of the software or an "Endless WAIT" will occur. An "Endless
WAIT" will have the microprocessor waiting for the 'not busy'
signal from the coprocessor while the coprocessor is waiting for
the microprocessor to interrupt.
Because a memory parity error may also cause an interrupt to the
microprocessor NMI line, the program should check the
coprocessor status for an exception condition. If a coprocessor
exception condition is not found, control should be passed to the
normal NMI handler. If an 8087 exception condition is found,
the program may clear the exception by executing the FNSAVE
or the FNCLEX instruction, and the exception can be identified
and acted upon.
The NMI REG and the coprocessor's interrupt are tied to the
NMI line through the NMI interrupt logic. Minor modifications
to programs designed for use with a coprocessor must be made
before the programs will be compatible with the IBM Personal
Computer Math Coprocessor.
Coprocessor 2-5
Memory
and
System
Board
NMI f - - -..... NMI
NMI INT
Logic
8088
INT
Family
Bus
Interface
Multimaster
System
Bus
Components
8284
Clock
Generator
CLKI--t----'--.! CLK
Math
Coprocessor
L -_ _---1
INT
RO/GT1
Coprocessor Interconnection
Detailed information for the internal functions of the Intel 8087
Coprocessor can be found in the books listed in the Bibliography.
2-6 Coprocessor
SECTION 3. POWER SUPPLY
Contents
IBM Personal Computer XT Power Supply ..•.•.......•. 3-3
Description ...................................
Input Requirements .............................
Outputs ......................................
Overvoltage/Overcurrent Protection ...............
Power-Good ..................................
Connector Specifications and Pin Assignments ........
IBM Portable Personal Computer Power Supply
.•..•.....
Description ...................................
Input Requirements .............................
Amperage Output ...........................
Vdc Sense Voltage Output .....................
Overvoltage/Overcurrent Protection ...............
Power Good ..................................
Connector Specifications and Pin Assignments ........
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-5
3-5
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-9
Power Supply 3-1
3-2 Power Supply
IBM Personal Computer XT Power
Supply
Description
The system dc power supply is a 130-watt, 4 voltage-level
switching regulator. It is integrated into the system unit and
supplies power for the system unit, its options, and the keyboard.
The supply provides 15 A of +5 Vdc, plus or minus 5%, 4.2 A of
+ 12 V dc, plus or minus 5 %, 300 rnA of -5 V dc, plus or minus
10%, and 250 rnA of -12 Vdc, plus or minus 10%. All power
levels are regulated with overvoltage and overcurrent protection.
There are two power supplies, 120 Vac and 220/240 Vac. Both
are fused. If dc overcurrent or overvoltage conditions exist, the
supply (lutomatically shuts down until the condition is corrected.
The supply is designed for continuous operation at 130 watts.
The system board takes approximately 2 to 4 A of +5 Vdc, thus
allowing approximately 11 A of +5 Vdc for the adapters in the
system expansion slots. The + 12 V dc power level is designed to
power the internal 5-1/4 inch diskette drive and the 10M fixed
disk drive. The -5 Vdc level is used for analog circuits in the
diskette adapter's phase-lock loop. The + 12 Vdc and -12 Vdc
are used for powering the Electronic Industries Association (EIA)
drivers for the communications adapters. All four power levels
are bussed across the eight system expansion slots.
The IBM Monochrome Display has its own power supply,
receiving its ac power from the system unit's power system. The
ac output for the display is switched on and off with the Power
switch and is a nonstandard connector, so only the IBM
Monochrome Display can be connected.
Input Requirements
The nominal power requirements and output voltages are listed in
the following tables.
Power Supply 3-3
Voltage @ 50/60 Hz
NominalVac
MinimumVac
MaximumVac
110
220/240
90
180
137
259
Input Requirements
!~
Frequency: 50/60 Hz ± 3 Hz
Current: 4.1 A max at 90 Vac
Outputs
Current (Amps)
Voltage (Vdc)
Regulation (Tolerance)
Nominal
Minimum
Maximum
+%
-%
+ 5.0
- 5.0
-12.0
-12.0
2.3
0.0
0.4
0.0
15.0
0.3
4.2
0.25
5
10
5
10
4
8
4
9
Vdc Output
Voltage (Vac)
Current (Amps)
Voltage Limits (Vac)
Nominal
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Maximum
120
220/240
0.0
0.0
1.0
1.0
88
180
137
259
Vac Output
The sense levels of the dc outputs are:
Output
(Vdc)
Minimum
(Vdc)
Sense Voltage Nominal
(Vdc)
+5
-5
+12
-12
+4.5
-4.3
+ 10.8
-10.2
+ 5.0
- 5.0
+ 12.0
-12.0
3-4 Power Supply
Maximum
(Vdc)
+ 5.5
- 5.5
+ 13.2
-13.2
Overvoltage/Overcurrent Protection
Nominal
Voltage (Vac)
Type
Protection
Rating (A)
100-125
200-240
Fused
Fused
5A
2.5A
Voltage and Current Protection
Power Good
When the power supply is switched off for a minimum of 1
second and then switched on, the 'power good' signal is
regenerated.
This signal is the logical AND of the dc output-voltage sense
signal and the ac input-voltage fail signal. This signal is
TTL-compatible up-level for normal operation or down-level for
fault conditions. The ac fail signal causes 'power good' to go to a
down-level when any output voltage falls below the sense voltage
limits.
When power is switched on, the de output-voltage sense signal
holds the 'power good' signal at a down level until all output
voltages reach their minimum sense levels. The 'power good'
signal has a turn-on delay of 100 to 500 milliseconds.
Connector Specifications and Pin Assignments
The power connector on the system board is a 12-pin connector
that plugs into the power supply connectors, P8 and P9. The
Input Voltage Selector switch and the pin assignment locations
follow.
Power Supply 3-9
Power Supply Fan Connector
IBM Display Connector "'==:::l
5-1/4 Inch Diskette Drive
Power Connectors
0'
~ Pin 1. -12 Vdc
Pin
.
Pin 2. Ground
:
Pin 4. +5 Vdc
Pin 3. Ground
Pin 2. Ground
Pin 1. +12 Vdc
Pin 4. +5 Vdc
Pin 3. Ground
Pin 2. Ground
Pin 1. + 12 Vdc
Pin 6. +5 Vdc
Pin 5. +5 Vdc
Pin 4. +5 Vdc
Pin 3. -5 Vdc
Pin 2. Ground
Pin 1. Ground
Pin 6. Ground
Pin 5. Ground
Pin 4. -12 Vdc
Pin 3. +12 Vdc
Pin 2. Key
Pin 1. Power Good
~ Pin 1. +12 Vdc
~
:
:
:
~
:
Voltage
Selector
Switch
ON/OFF
Switch
Power Supply Fan
Power Supply and Connectors
3-10 Power Supply
2. Ground
.~
~
Overvoltage/Overcurrent Protection
Voltage Nominal Vac
Type Protection
Rating Amps
110
220/240
Fuse
5.0
3.5
Fuse
Power-Good
When the supply is switched off for a minimum of 1.0 second,
and then switched on, the 'power good' signal will be regenerated.
The 'power good' signal indicates that there is adequate power to
continue processing. If the power goes below the specified levels,
the 'power good' signal triggers a system shutdown.
This signal is the logical AND of the dc output-voltage 'sense'
signal and the ac input-voltage 'fail' signal. This signal is
TTL-compatible up-level for normal operation or down-level for
fault conditions. The ac 'fail' signal causes 'power good' to go to a
down level when any output voltage falls below the regulation
limits.
The dc output-voltage 'sense' signal holds the 'power good' signal
at a down level (during power-on) until all output voltages have
reached their respective minimum sense levels. The 'power good'
signal has a turn-on delay of at least 100-ms but no greater than
SOO-ms.
Connector Specifications and Pin Assignments
The power connector on the system board is a l2-pin male
connector that plugs into the power-supply connectors. The pin
assignments and locations are shown on the following page.
Power Supply 3-5
~
I
="
~
...
~
i
"8
E
...
5·1/4 Inch Diskette Drive
Power Connector
~
rn
r:::
Fixed Disk Drive
Power Connector
"'0
"'0
<"
o
:l
:l
~
...
o
o
...
III
ei.....
Pin
Pin
Pin
,Pin
~~
'"
8
8
8
Pin 4, +5 Vdc
3, Ground
Pin 2, Ground
Pin 1, +12 Vdc
~Pin
~~
(")
®::::
t
Q)
:l
Q.
Pin 4, +5 Vdc
3, .Ground
Pin 2, Ground
. Pin1,+12Vdc
~ Pin
6,
5,
4,
3,
+5 Vdc
+5 Vdc
+5 Vdc
-5 Vdc
in 1, Ground
- 6, Ground
n 5, Ground
4, -12 Vdc
- .3, +12 Vdc
System
Board
Power Connectors
2, Key
Pin l,Pwr Good
Power On/Off
\
\. System Unit
Power -Connector
IBM Monochrome Display
Powar Connector
(Internally Switched)
.c_ -:;:;;..
IBM Portable Personal Computer Power
Supply
Description
The system unit's power supply is a 114-watt, switching regulator
that provides five outputs. It supplies power for the system unit
and its options, the power supply fan, the diskette drive, the
composite display, and the keyboard. All power levels are
protected against overvoltage and overcurrent conditions. The
input voltage selector switch has 115 Vac and 230 Vac positions.
If a dc overload or overvoltage condition exists, the power supply
automatically shuts down until the condition is corrected, and the
power supply is switched off and then on.
The internal 5-1/4 inch diskette drive uses the +5 Vdc and the
+ 12 V dc power levels. Both the + 12 V dc and -12 Vdc power
levels are used in the drivers and receivers of the optional
communications adapters. The display uses a separate + 12 Vdc
power level. The + 5 V dc, -5 Vdc, + 12 Vdc, and -12 Vdc power
levels are bussed across the system expansion slots.
Input Requirements
Nominal
Voltage (Vac)
100-125
200-240
Minimum
Voltage (Vac)
90
180
Maximum
Voltage (Vac)
137
259
Note: Input voltage to be 50 or 60 hertz, ± 3 hertz.
Power Supply 3-7
Amperage Output
Nominal
Voltage (Vdc)
+5
-5
- 12
+12
+ 12 (display)
Minimum
Current (A)
Maximum
Current (A)
2.3
0.0
0.0
0.04
0.5
11.2
0.3
0.25
2.9
1.5
Amperage Output
Note: Maximum current is 3.5 amperes at 90 Vac.
Vde Sense Voltage Output
Nominal
Voltage (Vdc)
+5
-5
- 12
+ 12
+ 12 (display)
Minimum
Sense
Voltage (Vdc)
+4.5
- 4.3
- 10.2
+ 10.8
+ 10.8
Vdc Sense Voltage Tolerance
3-8 Power Supply
Maximum
Sense
Voltage (Vdc)
+ 6.5
- 6.5
- 15.6
+ 15.6
+ 15.6
SECTION 4. KEYBOARD
Contents
IBM Personal Computer XT Keyboard and IBM Portable
Personal Computer Keyboard ................ i • • •
• • ••
4-3
Description ................................... 4-3
Block Diagram ................................. 4-5
Keyboard Diagrams ............................. 4-5
Connector Specifications ........................ 4-13
Keyboard Logic Diagram ....................... 4-15
Keyboard 4-1
4-2 Keyboard
Block Diagram
8255A5
LS322
P A O - - - - - - i OH OH'
PA1
OG
PA2
OF
PA3
OE
PA4
aD
PA5
OC
PA6
OB
PA7------I
PB7
PB6
Keyboard Clock
Keyboard Data
Reset
GND
+5 V
0
0 t - = i - - - -___-:-:-:::--+-....
0
0
0
PC LK --t-+-t
Keyboard Interface Block Diagram
Keyboard 4-5
Keyboard Diagrams
The IBM Personal Computer keyboard is available in six different
layouts:
•
U.S. English
•
U.K. English
•
French
•
German
•
Italian
•
Spanish
The following pages show all six keyboard layouts.
4-6 Keyboard
~
•
00
•
~
=
....
11.9..
--
----_________
.
.
5[EJIEJJ lEJiO if[]i[]i[]l[] i~ i[] l(]I[]i[]iEJi[;] jOBOiJ§QCJ~O
lEJrEJJ
'O§U~lEJI[JIEJr[]l'[]lEJIEJrEJI[JI[]lill]r ~ 71~1[]1~IEJJ
r.Il
~
~
',EJrD tCElDJ[~j[]rEJr[]l'EJ1EJrf]lEJrEJILJ1[]IO~[]I[)l[]'"~ 8'...
6[01EJJ lu@]IDT~r[)rEJrtJr~1~lEJ1[]I[]y[JJO~Dlul[JI[Jl[Q
~
0
r l::: 0
l F9 lLJJ
:
--
-----------------
+
67EJ68
~
lfT:11~[
wuul~
57
c
2
fOlOiln-,
~ l~
Note: Nomenclature is on both the top and front face of key buttons
as shown. The number to the upper left designates the button
position.
g
a...
I
-...I
17 UO!paS
....
~
9
~
.&;..
I
oc
~
('>
'<
g
•
~
-- --.---.----'----.
•
~
a TEJTEJJ iEJ{OJ iGJi[]i[]l[JirJ i[] I(]I[]i[Jlui[J jOBOID§[jlD~~::~ 0 €.
6(EJrEJJ D[;][IEJ1EJI[]IEJI~l'rJIEJrDIEJl[]I[]lu[JU8 ~ 7'~I[]I~IEJJ ~
'[EriE] [EOEJl'EJrEJrEJ1'EJjEJrEJI[]rDILlr1!J1[] 1§l[]I[]Y[]'"~ ~
TEJIEJJ lu8UfDI[JIEJrEJrEJr[]rEJIEJlOrEJr[J](BuBI[JIIDIlQ ~ ~
'8fEIJ [JEl[]
"
lE ~:::rn~OfHJ
;
Note: Nomenclature is on both the top and front face of keybuttons
as shown. The number to the upper left designates the button
position.
...
:
~
~
a
=
~
5[oIDJ lEJi() i[]jDi[]i[]ilP fro l[Dlr8i[]iDiEJ JOGQO§[JIOSO
6(010) 'O[;]CiEJi[JI[]I~I[]l'[]rEJIDIEJI[]IPluGJUbt~l[]l~IEJJ
"rEJ1'EJJ
'08)tJl'[]r[]r[]rEJrEJIEJr[]r[]rr-'Ji[]l[8~[]I[]l[],e~
6[EJ1EJJ 100UI1DrEJJEJrD(EJrEJyEJI1JIDtrJrDJCEfuBIlbJI1DIg·
0
67EJ68
50EJ1J[
57
r~ L::''OOIolD(T"
l F9 IDJ
~ All u
il ~ lLeu
c
Note: Nomenclature is on both the top and front face of key buttons
as shown. The number to the upper left designates the button
position.
~
rD
~
~
=""'-=
I
17 UO!paS
=-
~
g
a
~
:;
e
~
~
....
o
I
e~
~
~
o
e;Q.
--
-------------
r
"a"
5[01EJJ iEJiITJ i~i[]i[]it]i[J fro IlJI[]i[]i[[]iD jOGOIO§OlO~~::: 0 ~
6(EJrEJJ 'O[;JaEJIEJI[)I[]I[]n~JIEJ1[JrEJI[]r~ l[JJb1~I[]I~IEJJ a
'rOlE]J [EI]EJrEJl~1!JrEJY[]1'EJr[]rOlEJ1~I[] ~[]I[]I~T~ ~
'[018J ilE]jrOfEJJUfnfEJitJrEJ1EJIOrOYEJIDuBIrgr[Jw;i~ ~
57
r~ i801ol08rTT~
a
l 18 J 50~lj[
~ uu
l t:J l~
67EJ68
F9
C.p,
F10
Lock
Note: Nomenclature is on both the top and front face of keybuttons
as shown. The number to the upper left designates the button
position.
IBM Personal Computer XT Keyboard
and IBM Portable Personal Computer
Keyboard
Description
The Personal Computer XT keyboard has a permanently attached
cable that connects to a DIN connector at the rear of the system
unit. This shielded 5-wire cable has power (+5 Vdc), ground, and
two bidirectional signal lines. The cable is approximately 182.88
cm (6 ft) long and is coiled, like that of a telephone handset.
The IBM Portable Personal Computer keyboard cable is
detachable, 4-wire, shielded cable that connects to a modular
connector in the front panel of the system unit. The cable has
power, (+5 Vdc), ground, and two bidirectional signal lines in it.
It is 762 mm (30 in.) long and is coiled.
Both keyboards use a capacitive technology with a
microprocessor (Intel 8048) performing the keyboard scan
function. The keyboard has two tilt positions for operator comfort
(5- or 15-degree tilt orientations for the Personal Computer XT
and 5- or 12-degree tilt orientations for the IBM Portable
Personal Computer).
Note: The following descriptions are common to both the
Personal Computer XT and IBM Portable Personal Computer.
The keyboard has 83 keys arranged in three major groupings. The
central portion of the keyboard is a standard typewriter keyboard
layout. On the left side are 10 function keys. These keys are
user-defined by the software. On the right is a 15-key keypad.
These keys are also defined by the software, but have legends for
the functions of numeric entry, cursor control, calculator pad, and
screen edit.
The keyboard interface is defined so that system software has
maximum flexibility in defining certain keyboard operations. This
is accomplished by having the keyboard return scan codes rather
Keyboard 4-3
than American Standard Code for Information Interchange
(ASCII) codes. In addition, all keys are typematic (if held down,
they will repeat) and generate both a make and a break scan code.
For example, key 1 produces scan code hex 01 on make and code
hex 81 on break. Break codes are formed by adding hex 80 to
make codes. The keyboard 110 driver can define keyboard keys
as shift keys or typematic, as required by the application.
The microprocessor (Intel 8048) in the keyboard performs several
functions, including a power-on self test when requested by the
system unit. This test checks the microprocessor's ROM, tests
memory, and checks for stuck keys. Additional functions are
keyboard scanning, buffering of up to 16 key scan codes,
maintaining bidirectional serial communications with the system
unit, and executing the handshake protocol required by each
scan-code transfer.
Several different keyboard arrangements are available. These are
illustrated on the following pages. For information about the
keyboard routines required to implement non-U.S. keyboards,
refer to the Guide to Operations and DOS manuals.
4-4 Keyboard
~
eo
....
~
--
=
~
~
-------------
5[EJIOJ
lEJ{[]10i[]i[]irDflO i[] i[]I[]lDiDltJjOGODEIIO~~::~ [; ...~
-- -----------------6(EJrEJJ
'OGJCIEJiEJI[]IEJI[]1'[]IEJl[]lrJI[]I(]lD28-=-71QI[]I~IEJJ
BBU~~~~~~O~~~~~-
"r8iElJ
~
('D
~
It
Lock
~L~
Note: Nomenclature is on both the top and front face of keybuttons
as shown. The number to the upper left designates the button
position.
~
o
a...
-
i
lu8iI~I[]ltJTEJIl'Jr~~tJiOrOrOJEJaElI~I1Di~
~ ~
57
r ca·'O,fUOilo,--uJUJ =
678680
l lLJJ 50EJO[
~
F9
~
I
17 UO!I:Jas
Del
....
-
00
I
~
N
~
'<
=-
[
§
.-.
-- ------------=TEJIEJJ iEJiGJJ[]i[] i[]1[]i(]1[0i(JI[]H[]iEJi~ jOGOD§JJ~ ~
III
- -
6(EJIEJJ
- - @ - _ . _ _. _ - - - - - - - - - - -
I]r;]UEJIEJI[]IEJI[JIrJIEJIDlrJl[JIPlU[JI~Ql[JI~IEJJ
~
a-
'tEJIEJJ '(El]eJr[)l'EJ1[Jl'EJlfJ1EJ1[]r[]T~DiD ~[]I~l[]'"~ ~
TEJIEJJ 1U8rIDrEJYrJrEJrEJr[JrEJIEJIOrEJrOJ(EJuBI1hJIlDIlQ . ~.
0
67EJ6
50EJ'j[
57
r~ C,p'OOfOlOiTT,
S·
l lCJJ
~
u
il t:J l~
~.
9
F9
All
look
Note: Nomenclature is on both the top and front face of keybuttons
as shown. The number to the upper left designates the button
position.
Connector Specifications
Rear Panel
5-Pin DI N Connector
TTL Signal
Pin
Signal Level
1
+ Keyboard Clock
+ 5 Vdc
2
+ Keyboard Data
+ 5 Vdc
3
- Keyboard Reset (Not used by
keyboard)
Power Supply Voltages
4
Ground
5
+ 5 Volts
Voltage
0
+ 5 Vdc
Keyboard Interface Connector Specifications
Keyboard 4-13
Connector
Keyboard Cable Connections
DIN
Connector
Modular
Connector
'0.'
•••
•••
4
0
00 5
2
Pin Side
Clock
Keyboard
Connector
1 3 5
246
Wire Side
Wire Side
4
6
Data
2
5
5
Ground
4
3
4
+5 Volts
5
2
2
Modular connector pins 1 and 6 are connected to the ground wire going to the chassis.
The ground wire at the keyboard connector is attached to the ground screw on the
keyboard logic board.
4-14 Keyboard
Keyboard Logic Diagram
~~
j1
~~
~<..>
~r
=;
tl
'"
~
1<
...
'0
...-;
I
~
Q)
~
=
~ ~
~
"
ill
~
iii
'T
e
.
"'C
III
o
.a
>
Q)
::.:::
::E
!!!
Ii:!
=
1l~1'
~ d c 11
~~el"'l ~I;:L
~
I
'-""'----+-----(-11.
J(eyboard 4-15
4-16 Keyboard
SECTION 5. SYSTEM BIOS
Contents
System BIOS Usage ............................... 5-3
Vectors with Special Meanings ................. 5-5
Keyboard Encoding and Usage .......................
Encoding .................................
Extended Codes ..............................
Shift States ................................
Special Handling ...........................
Extended Functions .........................
Keyboard Usage ...........................
5-12
5-12
5-16
5-16
5-18
5-19
5-20
System BIOS Listing .............................. 5-23
Quick Reference .............................. 5-23
System BIOS 5-1
5-2 System BIOS
System BIOS Usage
The basic input/ output system (BIOS) resides in ROM on the
system board and provides device level control for the major I/O
devices in the system. Additional ROM modules may be located
on option adapters to provide device level control for that option
adapter. BIOS routines enable the assembler language
programmer to perform block (disk and diskette) or
character-level I/O operations without concern for device address
and operating characteristics. System services, such as
time-of-day and memory size determination, are provided by the
BIOS.
The goal is to provide an operational interface to the system and
relieve the programmer of the concern about the characteristics of
hardware devices. The BIOS interface insulates the user from the
hardware, thus allowing new devices to be added to the system,
yet retaining the BIOS level interface to the device. In this
manner, user programs become transparent to hardware
modifications and enhancements.
The IBM Personal Computer MA CR 0 Assembler manual and the
IBM Personal Computer Disk Operating System (DOS) manual
provide useful programming information related to this section.
A complete listing of the BIOS is given in this section.
Access to the BIOS is through the 8088 software interrupts.
Each BIOS entry point is available through its own interrupt.
The software interrupts, hex lO through hex lA, each access a
different BIOS routine. For example, to determine the amount of
memory available in the system,
INT 12H
invokes the BIOS routine for determining memory size and
returns the value to the caller.
System BIOS 5-3
Parameter Passing
All parameters passed to and from the BIOS routines go through
the 8088 registers. The prologue of each BIOS function indicates
the registers used on the call and the return. For the memory size
example, no parameters are passed. The memory size, in lK-byte
increments, is returned in the AX register.
If a BIOS function has several possible operations, the AH
register is used at input to indicate the desired operation. For
example, to set the time of day, the following code is required:
MOV AH,l
;function is to set time of day.
MOV CX,HIGH_COUNT ;establish the current time.
MOV DX,LOW_COUNT
INT lAH
;set the time.
To read the time of day:
MOV AH,O
;function is to read time of day.
INT lAH
;read the timer.
Generally, the BIOS routines save all registers except for AX and
the flags. Other registers are modified on return only if they are
returning a value to the caller. The exact register usage is in the
prologue of each BIOS function.
5-4 System BIOS
Interrupt Hex 1E - Diskette Parameters
This vector points to a data region containing the parameters
required for the diskette drive. The power-on routines initialize
the vector to point to the parameters contained in the ROM
diskette routine. These default parameters represent the specified
values for any IBM drives attached to the system. Changing this
parameter block may be necessary to reflect the specifications of
the other drives attached.
Interrupt Hex 1 F - Graphics Character Extensions
When operating in the graphics modes of the IBM
Color/Graphics Monitor Adapter (320 by 200 or 640 by 200),
the read/write character interface forms the character from the
ASCII code point, using a set of dot patterns. The dot patterns
for the first 128 code points are contained in ROM. To access
the second 128 code points, this vector must be established to
point at a table of up to 1K bytes, where each code point is
represented by eight bytes of graphic information. At power-on,
this vector is initialized to 000:0, and it is the responsibility of the
user to change this vector if additional code points are required.
Interrupt Hex 40 - Reserved
When an IBM Fixed Disk Adapter is installed, the BIOS routines
use interrupt hex 30 to revector the diskette pointer.
Interrupt Hex 41 - Fixed Disk Parameters
This vector points to a data region containing the parameters
required for the fixed disk drive. The power-on routines initialize
the vector to point to the parameters contained in the ROM disk
routine. These default parameters represent the specified values
for any IBM fixed disk drives attached to the system. Changing
this parameter block may be necessary to reflect the specifications
of the other fixed disk drives attached.
System BIOS 5-7
Other Read/Write Memory Usage
The IBM BIOS routines use 256 bytes of memory from absolute
hex 400 to hex 4FF. Locations hex 400 to 407 contain the base
addresses of any RS-232C cards attached to the system.
Locations hex 408 to 40F contain the base addresses of the
Printer Adapter.
Memory locations hex 300 to 3FF are used as a stack area during
the power-on initialization, and bootstrap when control is passed
to it from power-on. If the user desires the stack in a different
area, the area must be set by the application.
Address
(Hex)
Interrupt
(Hex)
80-83
84-87
88-8B
8C-8F
90-93
94-97
98-9B
9C-9F
AO-FF
100-17F
180-19F
1AO-1 FF
200-217
218-3C3
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28-3F
40-5F
60-67
68-7F
80-85
86-FO
3C4-3FF
F 1-FF
Function
DOS Program Terminate
DOS Function Call
DOS Terminate Address
DOS Ctrl Break Exit Address
DOS Fatal Error Vector
DOS Absolute Disk Read
DOS Absolute Disk Write
DOS Terminate, Fix In Storage
Reserved for DOS
Reserved
Reserved for User Software Interrupts
Not Used
Reserved by BASIC
Used by BASIC Interpreter while BASIC is
running
Not Used
BASIC and DOS Reserved Interrupts
5-8 System BIOS
Address
(Hex)
Interrupt
Number
0-3
4-7
8-B
C-F
10-13
14-17
18-1B
1 D-1 F
20-23
24-27
28-2B
2C-2F
30-33
34-37
38-3B
3C-3F
40-43
44-47
48-4B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4C-4F
50-53
54-57
58-5B
5C-5F
60-63
64-67
68-6B
6C-6F
70-73
74-77
78-7B
7C-7F
100-103
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
40
104-107
168-16B
16C-16F
180-19F
41
5A
5B
60-67
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
10
11
12
Name
Divide by Zero
Single Step
Nonmaskable
Breakpoint
Overflow
Print Screen
Reserved
Reserved
Time of Day
Keyboard
Reserved
Communications
Communications
Disk
Diskette
Printer
Video
Equipment Check
Memory
Diskette/Disk
Communications
Cassette
Keyboard
Printer
Resident BASIC
Bootstrap
Time of Day
Keyboard Break
Timer Tick
Video Initialization
Diskette Parameters
Video Graphics Characters
Diskette pointer save
area for Fixed Disk
Fixed Disk Parameters
Cluster
Used by Cluster Program
Reserved for User Programs
BIOS Entry
D11
D11
NMI INT
D11
D11
PRINT SCREEN
D11
D11
TIMER INT
KB INT
D11
D11
D11
D11
DISK INT
D11
VIDEO 10
EQUIPMENT
MEMORY SIZE
DETERMINE
DISKETTE 10
RS232 10
CASSETTE 10
KEYBOARD 10
PRINTER
F600:0000
BOOT STRAP
TIME -OF DAY
DUMMY RETURN
DUMMY RETURN
VIDEO PARMS
DISK- BASE
0
fa
FD TBL
DOOO:XXXX
8088 Software Interrupt Listing
System BIOS 5-5
Vectors with Special Meanings
Interrupt Hex 1 B - Keyboard Break Address
This vector points to the code to be used when the Ctrl and Break
keys are pressed on the keyboard. The vector is invoked while
responding to the keyboard interrupt, and control should be
returned through an IRET instruction. The power-on routines
initialize this vector to an IRET instruction, so that nothing will
occur when the Ctrl and Break keys are pressed unless the
application program sets a different value.
Control may be retained by this routine, with the following
problems. The Break may have occurred during interrupt
processing, so that one or more End of Interrupt commands must
be sent to the 8259 Controller. Also, all I/O devices should be
reset in case an operation was underway at that time.
Interrupt Hex 1 C - Timer Tick
This vector points to the code to be executed on every
system-clock tick. This vector is invoked while responding to the
timer interrupt, and control should be returned through an IRET
instruction. The power-on routines initialize this vector to point
to an IRET instruction, so that nothing will occur unless the
application modifies the pointer. It is the responsibility of the
application to save and restore all registers that will be modified.
Interrupt Hex 1 D - Video Parameters
This vector points to a data region containing the parameters
required for the initialization of the 6845 on the video card. Note
that there are four separate tables, and all four must be
reproduced if all modes of operation are to be supported. The
power-on routines initialize this vector to point to the parameters
contained in the ROM video routines.
5-6 System BIOS
Address
(Hex)
400-48F
490-4EF
4FO-4FF
Mode
ROM BIOS
500-5FF
500
DOS
504
510-511
512-515
516-519
DOS
BASIC
BASIC
BASIC
51A-51D
BASIC
Function
See BIOS Listing
Reserved
Reserved as Intra-Application
Communication Area for any application
Reserved for DOS and BASIC
Print Screen Status Flag Store
O-Print Screen Operation Not Active or Successful
Print Screen Operation
1-Print Screen In Progress
255-Error Encountered during Print Screen
Operation
Single Drive Mode Status Byte
BASIC's Segment Address Store
Clock Interrupt Vector Segment: Offset Store
Break Key Interrupt Vector Segment: Offset
Store
Disk Error Interrupt Vector Segment: Offset
Store
Reserved Memory Locations
System BIOS 5-9
If you do DEF SEG (Default workspace segment):
Offset
(Hex Value)
Line number of current line being executed
Line number of last error
Offset into segment of start of program text
Offset into segment of start of variables
(end of program text 1-1)
Keyboard buffer contents
if O-no characters in buffer
if 1-characters in buffer
Character color in graphics mode
Set to 1, 2, or 3 to get text in colors 1 to 3.
Do not set to O.
(Default = 3)
Example
PEEK (&H2E) + 256*PEEK (&H2F)
100 Print
)
100
L
I
Hex 64
H
I
BASIC Workspace Variables
5-10 System BIOS
Hex 00
I
Length
2E
347
30
358
2
2
2
2
6A
1
4E
1
Starting Address in Hex
00000
BIOS
Interrupt
Vectors
00080
Available
Interrupt
Vectors
00400
BIOS
Data
Area
00500
User
Read/Write
Memory
C8000
Disk
Adapter
FOOOO
Read
Only
Memory
FEOOO
BIOS
Program
Area
BIOS Memory Map
BIOS Programming Hints
The BIOS code is invoked through software interrupts. The
programmer should not "hard code" BIOS addresses into
application programs. The internal workings and absolute
addresses within BIOS are subject to change without notice.
If an error is reported by the disk or diskette code, you should
reset the drive adapter and retry the operation. A specified
number of retries should be required on diskette reads to ensure
the problem is not due to motor start-up.
When altering I/O-port bit values, the programmer should change
only those bits that are necessary to the current task. Upon
completion, the programmer should restore the original
environment. Failure to adhere to this practice may be
incompatible with present and future applications.
System BIOS 5-11
Adapter Cards with System-Accessible ROM Modules
The ROM BIOS provides a facility to integrate adapter cards with
on-board ROM code into the system. During the POST, interrupt
vectors are established for the BIOS calls. After the default
vectors are in place, a scan for additional ROM modules takes
place. At this point, a ROM routine on the adapter card may gain
control. The routine may establish or intercept interrupt vectors
to hook themselves into the system.
The absolute addresses hex C8000 through hex F4000 are
scanned in 2K blocks in search of a valid adapter card ROM. A
valid ROM is defined as follows:
Byte 0:
Byte 1:
Byte 2:
Hex 55
HexAA
A length indicator representing the number of
512-byte blocks in the ROM (length/512). A
checksum is also done to test the integrity of the
ROM module. Each byte in the defined ROM is
summed modulo hex 100. This sum must be 0 for the
module to be deemed valid.
When the POST identifies a valid ROM, it does ~ far call ~te
3 of the RaMiwhich should be executable code). The adapter
card may now perform its power-on initialization tasks. The
feature ROM should return control to the BIOS routines by
executing a far return.
Keyboard Encoding and Usage
Encoding
The keyboard routine provided by IBM in the ROM BIOS is
responsible for converting the keyboard scan codes into what will
be termed "Extended ASCII."
5-12 System BIOS
'
Extended ASCII encompasses one-byte character codes with
possible values of 0 to 255, an extended code for certain extended
keyboard functions, and functions handled within the keyboard
routine or through interrupts.
Character Codes
The following character codes are passed through the BIOS
keyboard routine to the system or application program. A' -1 '
means the combination is suppressed in the keyboard routine.
The codes are returned in AL.
Key
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Base Case
UpperCase
Esc
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Esc
!
Ctrl
Alt
Esc
- 1
@
Nul (000) Note 1
-1
#
$
-1
-1
%
"
RS(030)
-1
&
-1
*
(
- 1
)
-1
US(031)
- 1
+
=
Backspace (008) Backspace (008)
Del (127)
-1(009)
i-(Note 1)
- 1
Q
DC1 (017)
q
ETB (023)
w
W
- 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
-1
-1
Note 1
Note 1
Character Codes (Part 1 of 3)
System BIOS 5-13
Key
Number
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29 Ctrl
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42 Shift
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54 Shift
55
56Alt
57
58 Caps Lock
59
60
61
62
63
64
Base Case
Upper Case
Ctrl
e
r
t
y
u
i
E
R
T
Y
U
I
0
0
p
P
[
{
ENG (005)
DC2(018)
DC4 (020)
EM (025)
NAK (021)
HT (009)
SI (015)
DLE (016)
Esc (027)
GS (029)
LF (010)
-1
SOH (001)
DC3 (019)
EOT (004)
ACK (006)
BEL (007)
BS (008)
LF (010)
VT(011)
FF (012)
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
FS (028)
SUB (026)
CAN (024)
ETX (003)
SYN (022)
STX (002)
SO (014)
CR (013)
- 1
- 1
- 1
- 1
(Note 1)
- 1
SP
- 1
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
1
}
CR
-1
a
s
d
f
CR
- 1
A
S
D
F
G
H
9
h
j
k
I
J
K
L
:
"
-
- 1
- 1
I
\
I
Z
z
x
c
v
b
n
X
C
V
B
N
M
m
<
>
/
?
- 1
- 1
(Note 2)
- 1
SP
- 1
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
Nul (Note 1)
*
Nul
Nul
Nul
Nul
Nul
Nul
- 1
SP
- 1
(Note
(Note
(Note
(Note
(Note
(Note
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
Character Codes (Part 2 of 3)
5-14 System BIOS
Alt
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
- 1
- 1
-1
-1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
- 1
- 1
-1
- 1
- 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
Note 1
- 1
- 1
-1
- 1
- 1
- 1
SP
- 1
Nul (Note
Nul (Note
Nul (Note
Nul (Note
Nul (Note
Nul (Note
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
Key
Number
Base Case
Nul
Nul
Nul
Nul
65
66
67
68
69 Num Lock
70 Scroll Lock
Notes:
(Note
(Note
(Note
(Note
-1
- 1
11
11
11
11
UpperCase
Nul
Nul
Nul
Nul
(Note
(Note
(Note
(Note
- 1
- 1
11
11
11
11
Ctrl
Alt
Nul (Note 11
Nul (Note 11
Nul (Note 11
Nul (Note 11
Pause (Note 2)
Break (Note 2)
Nul
Nul
Nul
Nul
(Note
(Note
(Note
(Note
- 1
- 1
11
11
11
11
1. Refer to "Extended Codes" in this section.
2. Refer to "Special Handling" in this section.
Character Codes (Part 3 of 3)
Keys 71 through 83 have meaning only in base case, in Num Lock
(or shifted) states, or in Ctrl state. Note that the Shift key
temporarily reverses the current Num Lock state.
Key
Num
Number
Lock
71
7
72
8
73
9
74
-
75
4
Base Case
Home (Note 1 )
t
Ctrl
Alt
- 1
Clear Screen
(Note 1)
- 1
- 1
Page Up (Note 1)
-1
Top of Text and Home
--- --- -- --------- -------
-(Note 1)
- 1
-1
- 1
- 1
Reverse Word (Note 1)
- 1
- 1
- 1
Advance Word (Note 1 )
76
5
77
6
78
+
+
-1
- 1
79
1
End (Note 1)
- 1
Erase to EOL (Note 1)
80
2
81
3
Page Down (Note 1 )
82
0
Ins
83
-(Note 1)
,
(Note 1)
Del (Notes 1,2)
- 1
- 1
- 1
Erase to EOS (Note 1)
- 1
Note 2
-1
Note 2
Notes: 1. Refer to "Extended Codes" in this section.
2. Refer to "Special Handling" in this section.
System BIOS 5-15
Extended Codes
Extended Functions
For certain functions that cannot be represented in the standard
ASCII code, an extended code is used. A character code of 000
(Nul) is returned in AL. This indicates that the system or
application program should examine a second code that will
indicate the actual function. Usually, but not always, this second
code is the scan code of the primary key that was pressed. This
code is returned in AH.
Second Code
3
15
16-25
30-38
44-50
59-68
71
72
73
75
77
79
80
81
82
83
84-93
94-103
104-113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120-131
132
-
Function
Nul Character
Alt Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, 0, P
Alt A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, l
AltZ, X, C, V, B, N, M
F 1 to F 10 Function Keys Base Case
Home
t
Page Up and Home Cursor
-
~
End
~
Page Down and Home Cursor
Ins (Insert)
Del (Delete)
F11 to F20 (Uppercase F1 to F1 0)
F21 to F30 (Ctrl F1 to F1 0)
F31 to F40 (AltF 1to F 10)
Ctrl PrtSc (Start/Stop Echo to Printer)
Ctrl-(Reverse Word)
Ctrl __ (Advance Word)
Ctrl End [Erase to End of Line (EOl)]
Ctrl PgDn [Erase to End of Screen (EOS)]
Ctrl Home (Clear Screen and Home)
Alt 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,0, -, = (Keys 2-13)
Ctrl PgUp (Top 25 lines of Text and Home Cursor)
Keyboard Extended Functions
5-16 System BIOS
Shift States
Most shift states are handled within the keyboard routine,
transparent to the system or application program. In any case,
the current set of active shift states is available by calling an entry
point in the ROM keyboard routine. The key numbers are shown
on the keyboard diagram in Section 4. The following keys result
in altered shift states:
Shift
This key temporarily shifts keys 2-13,15-27,30-41,43-53,55,
59-68 to uppercase (base case if in Caps Lock state). Also, the
Shift key temporarily reverses the Num Lock or non-Num-Lock
state of keys 71-73, 75, 77, and 79-83.
Ctrl
This key temporarily shifts keys 3, 7,12,14,16-28,30-38,
43-50,55,59-71,73,75,77,79, and 81 to the Ctrl state. Also,
the Ctrl key is used with the Alt and Del keys to cause the system
reset function, with the Scroll Lock key to cause the break
function, and with the Num Lock key to cause the pause function.
The system reset, break, and pause functions are described in
"Special Handling" on the following pages.
Ait
This key temporarily shifts keys 2-13, 16-25,30-38,44-50, and
59-68 to the Alt state. Also, the Alt key is used with the Ctrl and
Del keys to cause the "system reset" function described in
"Special Handling" on the following pages.
The Alt key has another use. This key allows the user to enter
any ASCII character code from 0 to 255 into the system from the
keyboard. The user holds down the Alt key and types the decimal
value of the characters desired using the numeric keypad (keys
71-73,75-77, and 79-82). The Alt key is then released. If more
than three digits are typed, a modulo-256 result is created. These
System BIOS 5-17
three digits are interpreted as a character code and are
transmitted through the keyboard routine to the system or
application program. Alt is handled within the keyboard routine.
Caps Lock
This key shifts keys 16-25, 30-38, and 44-50 to uppercase.
Pressing the Caps Lock key a second time reverses the action.
Caps Lock is handled within the keyboard routine.
Scroll Lock
This key is interpreted by appropriate application programs as
indicating that use of the cursor-control keys should cause
windowing over the text rather than cursor movement. Pressing
the Scroll Lock key a second time reverses the action. The
keyboard routine simply records the current shift state of the
Scroll Lock key. It is the responsibility of the system or
application program to perform the function.
Shift Key Priorities and Combinations
If combinations of the Alt, Ctrl, and Shift keys are pressed and
only one is valid, the precedence is as follows: the Alt key is first,
the Ctrl key is second, and the Shift key is third. The only valid
combination is Alt and Ctrl, which is used in the system reset
function.
Special Handling
System Reset
The combination of the Alt, Ctrl, and Del keys will result in the
keyboard routine initiating the equivalent of a system reset.
System reset is handled within the keyboard routine.
5-18 System BIOS
Break
The combination of the Ctrl and Break keys will result in the
keyboard routine signaling interrupt hex lA. Also the extended
characters (AL = hex 00, AH = hex 00) will be returned.
Pause
The combination of the Ctrl and Num Lock keys will cause the
keyboard interrupt routine to loop, waiting for any key except the
Num Lock key to be pressed. This provides a system- or
application-transparent method of temporarily suspending list,
print, and so on, and then resuming the operation. The
"unpause" key is thrown away. Pause is handled within the
keyboard routine.
Print Screen
The combination of the Shift and PrtSc (key 55) keys will result
in an interrupt invoking the print screen routine. This routine
works in the alphanumeric or graphics mode, with unrecognizable
characters printing as blanks.
Extended Functions
The keyboard routine does its own buffering. The keyboard
buffer is large enough that few typists will ever fill it. However, if
a key is pressed when the buffer is full, the key will be ignored
and the "bell" will sound.
Also, the keyboard routine suppresses the typematic action of the
following keys: Ctrl, Shift, Alt, Num Lock, Scroll Lock, Caps
Lock, and Ins.
System BIOS 5-19
Keyboard Usage
This section is intended to outline a set of guidelines of key usage
when performing commonly used functions.
Function
Key(s)
Comment
Home Cursor
Home
Editors; word processors
Return to outermost menu
Home
Menu driven applications
+
Move cursor up
Page up, scroll backward 25
lines and home
Move cursor left
PgUp
I-Key 75
Full screen editor, word processor
Editors; word processors
Text, command entry
Move cursor right
-..
Text, command entry
Scroll to end of text
Place cursbr at end of line
End
Editors; word processors
t
Move cursor down
Page down, scroll forward
25,li.nes and home
Pg Dn
Full screen editor, word processor
Editors'; word processors
Start/Stop insert text at cursor,
shift text right in buffer
Ins
Text, command entry
Delete character at cursor
Del
Text, command entry
_Key 14
T ext, command entry
Destructive backspace
Tab forward
Tab reverse
Clear screen and home
-..1
1Ctrl Home
t
SCroll up
Scroll down
Scroll left
Scroll right
Delete from cursor to EOL
Exit/Escape
...t
-
Ctrl End
Esc
Text entry
Text entry
Command entry
In scroll lock mode
In scroll lock mode
In scroll lock mode
In scroll lock mode
Text, command entry
Editor, 1 level of menu, and so on
Start/Stop Echo screen to
printer
Ctrl Prt Sc
(Key 55)
Anytime
Delete from cursor to EOS
Ctrl PgDn
Text, command entry
Advance word
Ctrl
Text entry
Reverse word
Ctrl
Window Right
Ctrl
Window Left
Ctrl
Enter insert mode
....
--~
Ins
Text entry
When text is too Wide to fit screen
When text is too wide to fit screen
Line editor
Keyboard - Commonly Used Functions (Part 1 of 2)
5-20 System BIOS
Function
Exit insert mode
Cancel current line
Key(s)
Ins
Esc
Comment
Line editor
Command entry, text entry
Suspend system (pausel
Ctrl
Num Lock
Stop list, stop program, and so on
Resumes on any key
Break interrupt
Ctrl Break
Interrupt current process
System reset
Top of document and home
cursor
Standard function keys
Secondary function keys
Alt Ctrl
Del
Ctrl PgUp
F1-F10
Shift F1-F10
Ctrl F1-F10
Alt F1-F10
Extra function keys
Alt Keys
2-13
(1-9,0,-, =)
Extra function keys
Alt A-Z
Reboot
Editors, word processors
Primary function keys
Extra function keys if 10 are not
sufficient
Used when templates are put
along top of keyboard
Used when function starts with
same letter as one of the alpha
,
keys
Keyboard - Commonly Used Functions (Part 2 of 2)
System BIOS 5-21
Key
Function
Carriage return
Line feed
Bell
Home
Cursor up
Cursor down
Cursor left
Cursor right
Advance one word
Reverse one word
Insert
Delete
Clear screen
Freeze output
Tab advance
Stop execution (break)
Delete current line
Delete to end of line
Position cursor to end of line
-I
Ctrl....J
Ctrl G
Home
,
t
--
Ctrl_
CtrlIns
Del
Ctrl Home
Ctrl Num Lock
~
Ctrl Break
Esc
Ctrl End
End
BASIC Screen Editor Special Functions
Function
Suspend
Echo to printer
Stop echo to printer
Exit current function (break)
Backspace
Line feed
Cancel line
Copy character
Copy until match
Copy remaining
Skip character
Skip until match
Enter insert mode
Exit insert mode
Make new line the template
String separator in REPLACE
End of file in keyboard input
DOS Special Functions
5-22 System BIOS
Key
Ctrl Num Lock
Ctrl PrtSc
(Key 55 any case)
Ctrl PrtSc
(Key 55 any case)
Ctrl
Break
-Key 14
Ctrl.-J
Esc
F10rF2
F3
Del
F4
Ins
Ins
F5
F6
F6
System BIOS Listing
Quick Reference
Page
Line
Number
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-27
5-42
12
335
67
76
239
1408
5-43
5-46
5-56
5-66
5-68
1461
1706
2303
3078
3203
5-93
5-93
5-99
5-101
5-103
5052
5083
5496
5630
5821
System ROM BIOS
Equates
8088 Interrupt Locations
Stack
Data Areas
Power-On Self-Test
Boot Strap Loader
I/O Support
Asynchronous Communications
(RS-232C)
Keyboard
Diskette
Printer
Display
System Configuration Analysis
Memory Size Determination
Equipment Determination
Graphics Character Generator
Time of Day
Print Screen
System BIOS 5-23
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
$TITlE(BIOS fOR THE IBM PERsmlAL COMPUTER XTl
1- - - - - -- ---------------- - -- --- -- -- --- ------ ---- - -------------- ---
THE
BIOS ROUTINES ARE MEANT TO BE ACCESSED THROUGH
SOFTWARE INTERRUPTS ONLY.
THE LISTINGS
NOT FOR
ABSOLUTE
ARE INCLUDED
REFEREtICE.
ADDRESSES
ANY ADDRESSES PRESENT IN
ONLY FOR
COMPLETENESS,
APPLICATIONS WHICH
WITHIN
THE
REFERENCE
CODE
SEGMENT
VIOLATE THE STRUCTURE AND DESIGN OF 6IOS.
10
; - - - - - - ---------------- -- - ---- - --------- --- ----------- ------ - - ---
11
12
; - -- - - - -- - --- ------- - - - --- - ---------- - ---
13
EQUATES
14
i ----------- -- - - - -- - - ---------- - - - - ------
0060
15
PORT_A
EOU
0061
16
PORT_B
0062
17
PORT_C
EOU
EOU
0063
18
CHD_PORT
19
INTAOO
EOU
EOU
002:1
20
INTAO!
EOU
0020
21
Ear
0040
"23
TIMER
EOU
EOU
24
TIMERO
25
26
27
THINT
0020
0043
0040
0001
0008
EOU
EOU
EOU
TIM_eTL
0540
28
MAX_PERIOD
EOU
EOU
EQU
0410
29
MIN_PERIOD
EOU
0060
0002
KBD_IN
31
KBDINT
"n
KB_DATA
EOU
EOU
EOU
KB_CTL
EOU
0000
0060
0061
30
DMA08
DMA
60H
6lH
62H
63H
20H
21H
20H
40H
43H
40H
i
8255 PORT A AD DR
i
8255 PORT B AD DR
; 8255 PORT C AOOR
; 8259 PORT
; 8259 PORT
; 8253 TIMER CONTROL PORT ADDR
; 8253 TIMER/CNTER 0 PORT AOOR
01
; TIMER 0 INTR RECVD MASK
08
I DMA STATUS REG PORT AODR
00
; OMA CH. 0 ADDR. REG PORT AODR
540H
410H
60H
; KEYBOARD DATA IN ADaR PORT
02
; KEYBOARD INTR MASK
60H
6lH
i
KEYBOARD SCAN CODE PORT
; CONTROL BITS FOR KEYBOARD SENSE DATA
34
35
i ----- - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- ----- -- - - - - - -------
36
8088 INTERRUPT LOCATIONS
37
; ------- - -- - - - - - ----- - -- - - - ------- - - - - - --
38
39
ABSO
0000
40
STG_lOCO
0008
41
0008
42
0014
43
0014
44
45
002:0
0020
SEGMENT AT 0
LABEL
ORG
ORG
ORG
~ORO
5*4
LABEL
INTS_PlR
BYTE
2*4
LABEL
NMI_PTR
~ORO
8*'
46
INT_AnOR
LABEL
WORD
INT_PTR
LABEL
D~ORD
0040
47
48
00 1,0
49
VIDEO_INT
0074
50
0074
51
52
PARM_PTR
BASIC]TR
0078
53
54
0078
55
OISKJOINTE"
D01C
56
0020
0060
0060
ORG
IDH*4
DRG
18H*4
LABEL
DRG
ORG
007C
57
58
0400
0400
59
60
0500
61
0500
62
63
MFG_TEST_RTN
'"
BOOT_LOCN
EXT._PTR LABEL
ORG
DATA_AREA
DATA_WORO
ORG
ORG
65
ABSO
LABEL
ORG
0400
7eoo
7eoo
10H*4
LABEL
WORD
DWORD
POINTER TO VIDEO PARMS
WORD
ENTRY POINT FOR CASSETTE BASIC
INTERRUPT lEH
01EH*4
LABEL
DWORD
01FH*4
LOCATION OF POINTER
DWORD
POINTER TO EXTENSION
400H
LABEL
BYTE
LABEL
WORD
;
ABSOLUTE LOCATION
0500H
LABEL
FAR
7COOH
LABel
FAR
ENDS
66
67
; ----------------------- ________________________ _
68
; STACK -- USED DURING INITIALIZATION ONLY
69
; -- ------------ --------- ________________________ _
70
71
0000 (128
72
0100
73
74
STACK
SEGtlENT AT 30H
ow
128 DUP(?)
TOS
LABEL
WORD
STACK
ENOS
75
76
77
5-24 System BIOS
; --------- ----------- - ---- -- ------------ROM BIOS DATA AREAS
OF DATA SEGMENT
LaC OBJ
LINE
78
SOURCE
• -------- -- - - - ------ - - -- - - --------- --- - --
79
80
DATA
SEGMENT AT 40H
0000 (4
81
0008 (4
82
0010 ..• ,
83
EQUIP_FLAG
OW
0012 ••
84
85
MFG_TST
DB
; INITIALIZATION FLAG
MEMORY_SIZE
OW
j
HEMORY SIZE IN K BYTES
??
86
MFG_ERRJlAG
DB
j
SCRATCH PAD FOR MANUFACTURING
0016 ..
87
08
i
ERROR CODES
0013 ••••
0015
DW
4 OUPI?)
; ADDRESSES OF RS232 ADAPTERS
4 OUP!?J
j
ADDRESSES Of PRINTERS
; INSTALLED HARDWARE
88
89
; - - - - --- - - - - - ------------------ ---- - - - ---
90
91
KEYBOARO OATA AREAS
i ----------------------------------------
n
0017 ??
93
08
KBJLAG
94
95
j----- SHIFT FLAG EQUATES WITHIN KBJLAG
0080
96
97
INS_STATE
EQU
8DH
0040
98
CAPS_STATE
EQU
40H
; CAPS LOCK STATE HAS BEEN TOGGLED
0020
99
NUM_STATE
EQU
20H
; NUM LOCK STATE HAS BEEN TOGGLED
0010
100
SCROll_STATE
EQU
IDH
; SCROll LOCK STATE HAS BEEN TOGGLEO
0008
101
ALt_SHIFT
EQU
D8H
; ALTERNATE SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
0004
102
CTL_SHIFT
EQU
D4H
; CONTROL SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
0002
103
LEFT_SHIFT
EQU
104
RIGHT_SHIFT
EQU
DZH
DlH
; LEFT SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
0001
; INSERT STATE IS ACTIVE
; RIGHT SHIFT KEY DEPRESSED
105
0018 ??
DB
106
; SECOND BYTE OF KEYBOARD STATUS
107
0080
108
INS_SHIFT
EQU
80H
l
0040
109
CAPS_SHIFT
EQU
4DH
; CAPS LOCK KEY IS DEPRESSED
0020
110
III
112
113
114
115
116
117
NUN_SHIFT
EQU
0010
0008
0019 ??
DOIA ••••
ODIC ????
ODIE (16
DOlE
0038
0010
003A
002A
0036
0052
0053
20H
; NUM LOCK KEY IS DEPRESSED
SCROLL_SHIFT
EQU
IDH
; SCROLL LOCK KEY IS DEPRESSED
HOLD_STATE
EQU
08H
; SUSPEND KEY HAS BEEN TOGGLED
ALT_INPUT
DB
BUFFER_HEAO
DW
BUFFER_TAIL
OW
KB_BUFFER
OW
; STORAGE FOR ALTERNAte KEYPAD ENTRY
; POINTER TO HEAD OF KEYBOARD BUFFER
; POINTER TO TAIL OF KEYBOARD BUFFER
16DUP(?)
; ROOM FOR 15 ENTRIES
118
119
120
0045
0046
INSERT KEY IS DEPRESSED
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
;------ HEAD
SCROLLJEY
ALT_KEY
CTl.....KEY
CAPS_KEY
LEFTJEY
RIGHT_KEY
INS_KEY
DEl_KEY
=
TAIL INDICATES THAT THE BUFFER IS EMPTY
EQU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
EQU
EOU
EOU
69
; SCAN CODE fOR NUMBER LOCK
7D
I SCROLL LOCK KEY
56
29
; SCAN CODE FOR CONTROL KEY
58
; SCAN CODE FOR SHIFT LOCK
42
; SCAN CODE FOR LEFT SHIFT
54
; ALTERNATE SHIFT KEY SCAN COOE
; SCAN CODE FOR RIGHT SHIFT
82
; seAN CODE FOR INSERT KEY
83
; SCAN CODE FOR DELETE KEY
13l
003E •.
132
133
; ---------------------~----- - ------------
134
;
DISKETTE DATA AREAS
------- -------- ---------- --------------DB
135
; DRIVE RECALIBRATION STATUS
=
136
; BIT 3-0
137
; BEfORE NEXT SEEK IF BIT IS
DRIVE 3-0 NEEDS RECAL
= 0
138
0080
003F .•
139
INTJLAG
EOU
140
MOTDR_ STATUS
DB
oaOH
; BIT 3-0
142
0040 •.
0025
; INTERRUPT OCCURRENCE FLAG
; MOTOR STATUS
141
=
DRIVE 3-0 IS CURRENtlY
RUNNING
143
144
145
146
MOTOR_COUNT
DB
147
MOTOR_WAIT
EOU
; BIT 7
= CURRENT
OPERATION IS A WRITE.
REQUIRES DELAY
; TIME OUT COUNTER FOR DRIVE TURN Off
37
; 2 SEes OF COUNTS FOR MOTOR TURN OfF
148
System BIOS 5-25
LaC OBJ
0041 '??
LINE
149
SOURCE
DISKETTE_STATUS DB
; RETURN CODE STATUS BYTE
0080
150
TINE_OUT
EOU
80H
; ATTACHMENT FAILED TO RESPOND
0040
151
152
BAD_SEEK
EOU
EOU
40H
20H
; SEEK OPERATION fAILED
IS'
154
155
BAD_CRt
EOU
OMA_BOUNDARY
lOti
O9H
BAD_DNA
EOU
EOU
IS6
RECORD_NOT_FND
EOU
WRITE_PROTECT
BAO_ADOR_MARK
EOU
EOU
0001
157
158
159
BAD_OlD
0042 {7
161
NEC_STATUS
16'
163
; - - ----------- -- --------- ----------------
002:0
0010
0009
0008
0004
0003
0002:
BAD_NEC
'8H
04H
; NEt CONTROLLER HAS F AI lEO
; BAD CRt ON DISKETTE READ
; ATTEMPT TO DHA ACROSS 64K BOUNDARY
; DNA OVERRUN ON OPERATION
; REQUESTED SECTOR NOT fOUND
; WRITE ATTEMPTED ON WRITE PROT DISK
; AODRESS HARK NOT FOUND
EOU
"H
O2H
OlH
DB
70UP(?)
; STATUS BYTES FROM NEt
i BAD COMMAND PASSED TO OISKETTE
110
160
..
164
VIDEO DISPLAY DATA AREA
165
1-- - - - ---- -------- - - ------- --------------
0049 ??
166
CRT_MODE
DB
; CURRENT CRT NODE
004A ??
167
168
CRT_COLS
DW
DW
; NUNBER OF COLUMNS ON SCREEN
169
170
CRT_START
004C ?'?
004E
??
0050 (8
0060 ????
CRT_LEN
CURSOR_POSN
171
CllRSOR_t!ODE
0062 ??
172
ACTIVE_PAGE
0063 ????
173
AOOR_6845
006S ??
174
CRT_MODE_SET
175
CRT_PALETTE
0066 ?'?
'W
DW
;
LENGTH OF REGEN IN BYTES
; STARTING ADDRESS IN REGEN BUFFER
8 DUP(?)
; CURSOR FOR EACH OF UP TO 8 PAGES
; CURRENT CURSOR MODE SETTING
'W
DB
DW
DB
DB
; CURRENT PAGE BEING DISPLAYED
; BASE ADDRESS FOR ACTIVE DISPLAY CARD
; CURRENT SETTING OF THE 3XB REGISTER
; CURRENT PALETTE SETTING COLOR CARD
176
177
; ----------------------------------------
178
0067 ????
0069 ????
006B ??
POST DATA AREA
179
; ----------------------------------------
180
IO_RON_INIT
DW
PNTR TO OPTIONAL I/O ROM INIT ROUTINE
181
IO_RON_SEG
'W
POINTER TO 10 ROM SEGMENT
IB'
INTRJLAG
'B
FLAG TO INDICATE AN INTERRUPT HAPPEND
IB'
184
; ------- -- - ---- - ---------- - -- ------------
185
TINER DATA AREA
186
; ------- - - ---- -- ---------- ---------------
DObC ?'???
187
TINER LOW
DObE ????
IBB
TINE~_HIGH
0070
??
-
IB9
TINER_OfL
190
; COUNTS_SEC
191
; COUNTS_NIN
In
; COUNTS_HOUR
193
; COUNTS_DAY
DW
DW
DB
EOU
EOU
EOU
EOU
; LOW WORD OF TIMER COUNT
; HIGH WORD OF TIMER COUNT
; TIMER HAS ROLLED OVER SINCE LAST READ
IB
1092
65543
1573040 :; 1800BOti
194
195
; ----------------------------------------
196
SYSTEN DATA AREA
197
; ----------------------------------------
0071 ??
19B
BIOS_BREAK
0012 ????
199
RESET_FLAG
200
; -- - - ------ - - --------- --- - - -- --- - - -- - - ---
2:01
0074 ????
0076 ????
; WORD=1234H IF KEYBOARD RESET UNDERWAY
FIXED DISK DATA AREAS
'"
DW
DW
20'
204
205
I BIT 7=1 IF BREAK KEY HAS BEEN HIT
DB
DW
; ------- - - -- ---------------------- ---- - ------ ------ ----
206
PRINTER AND RS232 TIME-OUT VARIABLES
207
; -- ----- -- ------------- --- - - ----------- ----- ------- ----
0078 (4
208
4 DUP(? I
007C
'09
4 OUP{?)
(4
210
; ----------------------------------------
l11
212
0080 ????
0082 ????
ADDITIONAL KEYBOARD DATA AREA
- ---- ---- ----- -------------------- - -----
21'
214
215
BUFFER_START
OW
BUFFER_END
OW
216
; --------- ---- ----- ----------------------
217
218
EXTRA DATA AREA
1---------------------- - --- --------------
5-26 System BIOS
DATA
ENOS
LOC OBJ
0000 ??
LINE
SOURCE
219
220
STATUS_BYTE
221
2:22
XXDATA ENDS
; ------ - -- - - --- - ---- -- - - ______ - ___ - _ - ___ _
XXDATA
SEGMENT AT SOH
DB
223
2: 2:4
VIDEO DISPLAY BUFFER
• - --- - - - - -- - - --- - --- -- - -- - - ---- _________ _
225
VIDEO]AM
SEGMENT AT OBBOOH
0000
226
REGEN
LABEL
BYTE
0000
227
REGENW
LABEL
WORD
0000 (16384
228
DB
16384 DUP(? 1
229
2: 30
ENOS
i ------------- - -- - - - - - --- -- - - ------- - - __ _
231
2: 32
ROM RESIDENT CODE
; --- -- - -- -- - --- - _ - - __ - - __ - ______________ _
233
CODE
0000 (57344
234
Eeoo 31353031353132
236
SEGMENT AT OfOOOH
DB
57344 DUP!?)
DB
'1501512 COPR. IBN 1981'
;
f ILL lOWEST 56K
2"
i
COPYRIGHT ~lOTICE
20434F5052:2E20
4942402:0313938
3Z
237
238
239
I - --- --- -------- - -- ---- -- ------ - - - - -- - - -- - -_ - ___ _
INITIAL RELIABILITY TESTS -- PHASE 1
240
241
; --- - - - - - -------- - - -- ----- ---- - - __ - _ -- __ - _______ _
242
243
ASSUME
CS: CODE, SS: CODE. ES:ABSO ,OS :OATA
244
245
; -------------- ----_ --- _________________ _
246
247
OATA DEfINITIONS
; ------------------- ____________________ _
248
f016 07EO
249
el
DW
ell
; RETURN ADDRESS
E018 7EEI
2SD
e2
DW
e24
; RETURN ADDRESS FOR DUMMY STACK
EClA 2:04B42204F4B
251
252
nB
DB
, KB OK' ,13
j
KB FOR MEMORY SIZE
E020 00
253
254
; --- -- -- -- - -------- --- ------ - ------------------ --- -- - -----------------
255
LOAD A BLOCK Of TEST COOE THROUGH THE KEYBOARD PORT
256
fOR HANUfACTUING TEST.
257
THIS ROUTINE WILL LOAD A TEST (MAX LENGTH:::fAFfH l THROUGH
258
THE KEYBOARD PORT, CODE WILL BE lOAOED AT LOCATION
259
0000: 0500. AFTER LOADING, cmHROl WILL BE TRANSFERED
260
TO LOCATION 0000:0500. STACK WILL BE LOCATED JUST BELO~
261
THE TEST CODE. THIS ROUTINE ASSUMES THAT THE FRIST 2
262
BYTES TRANSfERED CONTAIN THE COUNT Of BYTES TO BE LOADED
263
264
(BYTE l=COUNT LOW, BYTE 2:::COUNT HI.)
; ----- --- ------ ---- ----- - - -- ---- --------- ---------------- ----- - - ------
265
266
;----- FIRST, GET THE COUNT
267
E021
268
E02:1 E8131A
269
CALL
SP _TEST
E024 8AFB
270
NDV
BH,BL
; SAVE IT
E026 ESOEIA
271
CALL
SP _TEST
; GET COUNT HI
E029 8AEB
272
NOV
CH,BL
E02B BACF
273
NOV
CL,BH
E02D Fe
274
eLD
fOZE FA
275
276
eLI
NOV
DI,0500H
; SET TARGET OFFSET (OS:::OOOO)
E032 BOFO
277
NDV
Al,OfDH
; UNMASK K/B INTERRUPT
E034 E621
278
DUT
INTAOl,AL
E036 BODA
279
E038 E620
280
OUT
INTACO ,AL
E03A BA6leo
281
NOV
DX.61H
E030 BBCC4C
282
NOV
BX ,4CCCH
E040 8402:
283
NOV
AH,02H
E02F BF0005
MFG_BOOT:
NOV
; GET COUNT LOW
; CX NOW HAS COUNT
; SET OIR, fLAG TO INCRIMENT
AL ,OAH
SEND READ INT. REQUEST REG. eND
SET UP PORT B ADDRESS
CONTROL BITS FOR PORT B
; K/B REQUEST PENDING MASK
TST:
E042
284
E042 BAe3
285
NOV
AL ,BL
E044 EE
286
OUT
DX,Al
; TOGGLE K/B CLOCK
System BIOS 5-27
LaC aBo
LINE
[045 BAC7
287
MOV
E047 EE
288
OUT
AL.8H
OX,AL
E048 4A
289
OEe
OX
; POINT OX AT AD OR • 60 (KB DATA)
E049
290
291
292
293
294
29.
:iN
AND
JZ
Al.INTAOO
AL,AH
TSTl
; LOOP TILL DATA PRESENT
IN
Al,OX
; GET DATA
E049 E420
E04B 22C4
E040 74fA
E04f I!C
E050 AA
E051 42
(052 ElEE
E054 EA00050000
SOURCE
TST1:
; GET IRR REG
; KB REQUEST PENDING?
; STORE IT
STOSB
29'
297
298
INC
ox
POINT OX BACK AT PORT B (61)
LOOP
1ST
LOOP TILL ALL BYTES READ
299
JMP
FAR JUMP TO CODE THAT WAS JUST
300
LOADED
301
302
;
------------------ ----------- ----------6088 PROCESSOR TEST
30'
304
30.
306
307
; DESCRIPTION
VERIFY 6088 FLAGS, REGISTERS
AND CONDITIONAL JUttps
CS: CODE, OS: NOTHING, ES: NOTHING> SS: NOTH ING
f058
OE05BH
E058
FAR
.e056 FA
; DISABLE INTERRUPTS
EOSC B4fJ.5
E05E
AH,OOSH
; SET SF, CF, ZF, AND AF FLAGS ON
n.
EOSY 7~'4C
f061 754A
E-063 7_648
'15
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF CF NOT SET
JNZ
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF ZF NOT SET
JNP
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF PF NOT SET
JNS
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF SF NOT SET
fObe elOS
31'
317
318
319
NOV
CL,S
; LOAD CNT REG WITH SHIFT CNT
E06A a.2EC
3~O
SHR
AU,CL
; SHIFT AF INTO CARRY BIT POS
EObC 7'31F
'21
JNC
ERRO 1
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF AF NOT SET
E'abE B040
'"
NOV
AL,40H
; SET THE OF F LAG ON
'"
SHL
AL,l
; SETUP FOR TESTING
JNO
ERROl
I GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF OF NOT SET
E€l74 32£4
324
32.
XOR
AH ,AH
; SET AH :: 0
E076 9E
326
SAHF
Eon 7634
327
328
JBE
ERHO I
1 GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF CF ON
E079 7832
329
JS
E076 7A30
33'
331
JP
'"
MOV
E065 7946
~Ob7
91'
EO,?O OOEO
E072
n~9
f070 9F
f07E 6105
E080 OZEC
EOS2. 7229
E084 OOE4
E086 7025
LAtiF
; LOAO F LAG IMAGE TO AH
j
j
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF SF ON
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF Pf ON
LAHF
; LOAD FLAG IMAGE TO AH
CL,S
; LOAD CNT REG WITH SHIFT CNT
SHR
AH,Cl
; SHIFT
JC
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF ON
'"
SHL
AH,I
; CHECK THAT
JO
ERROl
; GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF ON
33'
337
338
WITH ALL ONE'S AND ZEROES'S.
NOV
EOBS F9
'42
'"'
'44
I
OS,AX
; WRITE PATTERN TO ALL REGS
34.
HOV
eX,DS
,ex
ES
'4'
'47
MOV
CX,ES
MOV
SS,CX
'48
'49
MOV
OX,S5
E098 8BE2
MOV
SP,DX
E09A S8Ee
350
MOV
BP.SP
E09C 8BF5
351
MOV
SI,BP
E09E eaFE
'"
E094 8EDl
E096 8e02
SETUP ONE'S PATTERN IN AX
AX,OFFFFH
HOV
STe
C8:
MOV
E0'92 BCCl
OF' IS CLEAR
;----- READ/WRITE THE 6088 GENERAL AND SEGMENTATION REGISTERS
'4'
'41
E090 8fC3
AF' INTO CARRY BIT POS
33'
334
E088 B8FFFF
E08f Bene
GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF ZF ON
ERROl
339
foBC BEDe
CLEAR SF, CF, ZF, AND PF
MOV
01,51
35'
354
JNC
C9
fOA2 33C7
XOR
AX,D!
I PATTERN MAKE IT THRU ALL REGS
EOA4 7507
355
JNZ
ERROl
; NO - GO TO ERR ROUTINE
EOM Fe
fOA7 feD
35'
357
358
359
EOAO 7307
fOA9
fOA9 OBC7
EDAB 7401
EOAD F4
i
eLe
JMP
C8
OR
AX,DI
JZ
elO
; TSTlA
C9:
i
ERROl:
362
; --- - --- ------- --------------------------
5-28 System BIOS
HLT
ROS CHECKSUM TEST I
ZERO PATTERN HAKE IT THRU?
; YES - GO TO NEXT TEST
'"
361
363
TSTlA
; HALT SYSTEM
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
364
j
A CHECKSUM IS DONE FOR THE 8K
366
ROS NODULE CONTAINING POD
BIOS.
367
EOAE
DESCRIPTION
365
A/'.()
368
;----------------------------------------
3 ••
CI0:
370
EOAE [6AO
371
; ZERO IN AL ALREADY
OAOH,AL
EOBO E683
372
OIJT
OUT
Eoez BA0603
373
~IOV
OX.lOBH
[OB5 EE
374
OUT
DX.AL
AL
DL,DBaH
83H,AL
[OB6 FEeD
375
INC
EOB8 BZBB
376
MOV
EOBA EE
EOBB 8089
377
OUT
378
MOV
DX,AL
AL.89H
EOBD E663
379
OUT
tHO_PORT,AL
EOBF BOAS
360
MOV
AL,lOIOOlOlB
EOCI E661
36'
363
OUT
PORT_S,AL
MOV
AL,O!H
361
; DISABLE NHI INTERRUPTS
; INITIAlZE DHA PAGE REG
; DISABLE COLOR VIDEO
; DISABLE B/W VIDEO,EN HIGH RES
; SET 8255 FOR B,A=DUT. C=IN
I ENABLE PARITY CHECKERS AND
; PULL KB CLOCK HI. TRI-STATE
j KEYBOARD INPUTS.EtIABlE HIGH
364
j
BANK OF SWITCHES->PORT C(O-])
EOt5 f660
3••
OUT
PORT_A,Al
i <><><><><><><><><><><><>
I <:><><>CHECKPOINT 1<><><>
EOC7 8CC8
367
MOV
AX,CS
I SETUP 5S SEG REG
EOC9 8EDO
368
MOV
SS,AX
EOCB 8E08
36'
390
MOV
OS,AX
EOC3 8001
365
<><><><><><><>
EODB E660
410
OUT
PORT_A,AL
j
<><><>CHECKPOIHT 2<><><>
EODD B004
4"
MOV
AL,04
J DISABLE DMA CONTROLLER
EODF E608
4"
413
OUT
DHAoa,AL
E009 8002
414
1----- VERIFY THAT TIMER 1 FUNCTIONS OK
415
SEL TIMER 1,LSB,MODE 2
EOEI B054
416
MOV
AL,54H
EOE3 E043
417
OUT
TIMER+3,AL
EOE5 8ACI
416
MOV
.U,CL
EOE7 E641
419
OUT
TIMER:+l,A.L
£OE9
4"
EOE9 8040
4"
MOV
AL,40H
EOEB E643
4"
423
OUT
TINER+3,AL
CHP
BL,OFFH
; YES - SEE IF ALL BITS GO OFf
424
4,.
JE
C13
i TIMERl.8ITS_OFF
IN
A.L,TIMER+l
I READ TIMER 1 COUNT
426
OR
BL,AL
; ALL BITS ON IN TIMER
LOOP
C"
I TIMERl.BITS_ON
EOED 80FSFF
EOFO 7407
EOF2 E441
EOF4 OAD8
EOF6 E2Ft
EOF8 F4
EOF9 8AC!
430
MOV
AL,SL
EOFB 28C9
431
SUB
CX,CX
HLT
Cll:
OUT
TIMER+l,AL
AL,40H
435
OUT
TIMER+3,AL
436
Nap
EI04 '90
437
Nap
flOS 1;441
43B
IN
AL, TIMER+l
El07 22:08
4"
440
AHD
BL,AL
JZ
C15
4"
4"
434
EIOI E643
E103 90
EI09 7403
LATCH TIMER 1 COUNT
I TINERI.BITS_OFF
MOV
EOFD E641
EOFF 8040
i
) TIMER 1 FAILURE, HALT SYS
EOF9
428
4. .
EOFF
; SET INITIAL TIMER CNT TO 0
; TIMER1_BITS_ON
CI2::
.>7
j
; SET TIMER 1 CNT
I TIMER_LOOP
C14:
i
LATCH TIMER 1 COUNT
; DElAY FOR TIMER
I READ TIMER 1 COUNT
I WRAP_DNA_REG
System BIOS 5..29
LOC OBJ
flaB E2F2
EI00 F4
LINE
441
442
443
444
flOE Ba03
EllO E660
SOURCE
445
446
447
lOOP
C14
HLT
j-----
C15:
; HALT SYSTEM
INITIALIZE TIMER 1 TO REFRESH HEMORY
MOV
AL,Q3H
OUT
PORT_A,Al
OUT
DHA+OOH, AL
449
450
451
; <><><><><><><><><><><><>
i
<><:><>C!-IECKPOINT 3<><><>
; l.olPAP _DNA_PEG
448
E1l2 E60D
; TIMER_lOOP
j-----
; SEND MASTER CLEAR TO DHA
WRAP OMA CHANNELS ADDRESS AND COUNT REGISTERS
452
E1I4 BOFf
453
f1I6 BAD8
EllA 890800
454
455
456
EllD 8,.0,0000
457
E120 EE
458
459
El18 BAFS
E121 50
E 122 EE
E123 Baal
E125 EC
E126 8AEO
E128 EC
E129 l808
E128 7401
E120 F4
Al.OfFH
BL,Al
MOV
SH,Al
MOV
eX,8
I SETUP LOOP tNT
HOV
OX.DMA
; SETUP 110 PORT AODR OF REG
OUT
DX,Al
; WRITE PATTERN TO REG. lSB
; SAVE PATTERN FOR COMPARE
PUSH
AX
I SATISIFY 8237 I/O TIMINGS
OUT
DX.AL
; MSB OF 16 BIT REG
MOV
AL.OIH
; AL TO ANOTHER PAT BEFORE RO
462
463
IN
AL,DX
; READ 16-BlT DNA CH REG,
HOV
AH,AL
; SAVE lSB Of 16-BIT REG
IN
AL.ax
; READ NSB OF DNA CH REG
eMP
aX,AX
;
JE
CI8
; YES - CHECK NEXT REG
464
465
466
E12E
f12E 42
469
E12F E2EF
470
471
472
fIB 74fl
e17:
; WRITE PATTERN FF TO ALL REGS
MOV
460
461
467
468
E131 FEtO
HOV
C16:
HLT
PATTERN READ AS WRITTEN?
; NO -
C18:
LSB
HALT THE SYSTEM
; NXT_DHAJH
INC
lOOP
INC
OX
t17
AL
; WRITE PATTERN TO NEXT REG
JZ
C16
I WRITE TO CHANNEL REGS
j
SET
110 PORT TO NEXT CH REG
; SET PATTERN TO 0
473
474
j-----
INITIALIZE AND START DMA FOR MEMORY REFRESH.
475
E135 8E08
E137 8EC3
El3D 50
478
479
480
481
E139 BOFF
EBB f601
HOV
476
477
OS,BX
MOV
ES,BX
ASSUME
DS:ABSO,ES:ABSO
HOV
AL,OFFH
OUT
OMA+l,AL
PUSH
AX
DNA+l,AL
; 5ET UP ABSQ INTO OS AND ES
SET CNT OF 64K FOR REFRESH
EBE f60l
482
OUT
E140 B058
483
MOV
AL,05BH
E142 E60B
484
OUT
DHA+OBH .AL
j
E144 Boao
485
486
HOV
AL,O
; ENABLE DMA CONTROLLER
E 146 8Af8
; SET DNA MOOE.CH O,RD.,AUOTINT
WRITE DNA NODE REG
HOV
CH,AL
j
487
488
489
OUT
DMA+B, Al
; SETUP DMA COMMAlill REG
PUSH
AX
OUT
DHA+IO,AL
; ENABLE DMA CH 0
490
491
HOV
AL.IB
; START TIMER 1
OUT
TIMER+l.Al
492
493
MOV
Al,41H
E153 E608
OUT
DMA+OBH,Al
E 155 50
494
PUSH
AX
E 148 E608
E14A SO
E14B E60A
E140 B012
E14F E641
flSI 8041
SET COUNT HIGH=OO
; SET MODE FOR CHANNEl 1
E156 £408
495
IN
AL,OHA+08
; GET DMA STATUS
Els8 2410
EISA 7401
496
AND
AL,OOOI0000B
; IS TIMER REQUEST THERE?
497
JZ
C18C
; lIT SHQUlD'T 6E)
EISC F4
498
HLT
ElSO 8042
499
MOV
Al,42H
; SET MODE FOR CHANNEL 2.
OIlA+OBH ,Al
C18C:
; HALT SYS. (HOT TIMER 1 OUTPUT)
E15F E60B
500
OUT
E161 8043
501
MOV
AL,43H
E163 E60B
502
OUT
OtlA+OBH.Al
503
; - ------ - - --- - - - - -- - - -- - - --- - --- -----------------
504
505
; SET MODE FOR CHANNEL 3
BASE 16K READ/WRITE STORAGE TEST
; DESCRIPTION
506
WRITE/READ/VERIFY DATA PATTERNS
507
AA.55,FF,Ol, AND 00 TO 1ST 32K OF
508
STORAGE. VERIFY STORAGE ADORESSABILITY.
509
; - ------ ----- -- --------------------- - ------------
510
511
j-----
DETERMINE MEMORY SIZE AND FIll MEMORY WITH DATA
E168 BOOI
512
513
514
MOV
Al.OIH
ElbA EE
515
OUT
DX,Al
E168 881E7<:04
516
517
HOV
BX.DATA_WORO[OFFSET RESETJLAGl i SAVE 'RESET_flAG' IN
f165 BAi30Z
5-30 System BIOS
HOV
DX,0213H
; ENABLE I/O EXPANSION BOX
ax
LOC OBJ
LINE
E16F 890020
516
MOV
CX,2000H
; SET FOR 16K WORDS
fl72 81FB3412
519
CHP
ex, 1234H
; WARM START?
E176 7416
520
JE
CLR_STG
f176 8e18EO
521
MOV
SP,OFFSET C2
JMP
STGTST_CNT
JE
HOW_BIG
HOV
Bl,Al
; SAVE FAILING BIT PATTERN
HOV
AL,QtfH
; <><><><><><><><><><><><>
OUT
PORT_A,AL
; <><><>CHECKPOINT 4<><><>
SUB
ex,cx
; BASE RAM FAILURE -
lOOP
XCHG
C248
BL,AL
; FAIlH1G BIT PATTERN
JMP
C24A
E178 E9FI04
f17E 7412
523
E180 BADB
524
f182 8004
525
ElB'l· E660
526
522
El66 28C9
527
El88 E2FE
526
ElBA 8608
529
E18C EBF6
SOURCE
C24:
C24A:
C24B:
530
; STORAGE OK. DETERMINE SIZE
HANG
FLIPPING BETI-lEEN 04 AND
E18E
531
E18E 28CO
532
SU6
AX,AX
; MAKE AX::OOOO
E190 F3
533
REP
STOSIoI
; STORE 8K WORDS OF 0000
fI9l AS
EIn:
534
fIn 891E7204
535
MOV
E196 BAa004
HOV
DX,0400H
; SET POINTER TO JUST>16KB
MOV
8X,16
; BASIC COUNT OF 16K
E19C
536
537
536
E19C 8EC2
539
E19E 2BFF
540
SU6
01,01
ElAO B855AA
541
MOV
AX,OAA5SH
;
EIA3 88t8
542
MOV
eX,AX
; SAVE PATTERN
EIAS 268905
543
MOV
ES:(OIJ,AX
; SEND PATTERN TO tlEM.
E199 B61000
HOW_BIG:
OATA_LolORO[OFFSET RESETJlAGl.BX ; RESTORE RESET FLAG
FILL_lOOP:
ES,DX
I SET SEG. REG.
TEST PATTERN
; PUT SOMETHING IN AL
EIAS BOOf
544
MOV
AL ,OFH
ELAA 268805
545
MOV
AX,ES:[OIl
; GET PATTERN
EIAO 33Cl
546
XOR
AX,ex
; COMPARE PATTERNS
EtAF 7511
547
546
JNl
HOW_BIG_END
; GO END IF NO COMPARE
EIBI 890020
HOV
CX.2000H
; SET COUNT FOR 8K WORDS
E184 F3
549
REP
STOSW
; FILL 8K WORDS
f186 81C20004
550
ADO
DX.400H
; POINT TO NEXT 16K8 BLOCK
ElBA 83C310
551
ADO
BX,l6
; BUMP COUNT BY 161\B
E160 80FEAO
552
CMP
OH, eAOH
i TOP pF RAM AREA YET? (AOOOO)
ElCO 75DA
553
JNl
FILL_LOOP
Ele2
E1t2 891E1304
554
E185 AS
HOW_BIG_END:
MOV
555
556
557
DATA_WORD I OffSET MEMORY_SIZE 1 ,8X
; SAVE MEMORY SIZE
j----- SETUP STACK SEG ANO SP
556
EIC6 B83000
559
MOV
AX,STACK
I GET STACK VALUE
EIC9 8EOO
560
MOV
SS,AX
; SET THE STACK UP
EICB BeOCOl
561
MOV
SP.OFFSE'r TOS
; STACK IS REAOY TO GO
562
; -------- ----------- --- - -- - --- -- ------- --- - - - ---- - - - - -- --
563
EleE Bon
564
565
INITIALIZE THE 8259 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER CHIP
; - ---- ---- -------- ---------- - --- - -- - - - ------ ----- --- - ---C25:
NOV
AL ol3H
j
IOU - EDGE, SNGL, lCW4
ElOO E620
566
OUT
lNTAOO,AL
fl02 B008
5b7
MOV
AL.8
EI04 E621
fl06 6009
566
OUT
INTAOl.AL
569
MOV
AL.9
EIDB E621
570
OUT
INTAOl,AL
flDA BOFF
571
MOV
AL.OFFH
; MASK ALL INTS. OFF
EIDC E621
572
OUT
INTAOl,Al
;. (VIDEO ROUTINE ENABLES IHTS. l
I SETUP
IC~2
- INT TYPE 8 (8-F I
; SETUP ICW4 - BUHRO ,8086 MODE
573
574
1----- SET UP THE INTERRUPT VECTORS TO TEMP INTERRUPT
575
flOE IE
576
PUSH
OS
flOf 892000
577
MOV
CX.32
EIE2 2BfF
576
SUB
01,01
;. FIRST INTERRUPT LOCATION
EIE4 8EC7
579
MOV
ES,DI
; SET E5=0000 ALSO
EIE6 B823Ff
560
MOV
AX,OFFSET 011
; MOVE AODR OF INTR PROC TO TBl
EIE9 AS
AX.tS
.; GET AODR OF INTR PROt SEG
03
; VECTBlO
03:
561
STas~
flEA 8CC8
562
HOV
EIEe AS
563
STasw
EIED ElF7
564
lOOP
;. FILL ALL 32 INTERRUPTS
565
586
i-----
ESTABLISH BIOS SUBROUTINE CAll INTERRUPT VECTORS
567
EIEf BF40DO
566
ElF2 DE
569
MOV
01, OFFSET VIDEO_INT
; SETUP ADOR TO INTR AREA
CS
EIF3 IF
590
as
;. SETUP ADDR OF VECTOR TABLE
EIF4 8CD8
591
MOV
AX.OS
;. SET AX=SEGMENT
Elf6 BE03FF90
592
MOV
51 ,OFFSET VECTOR_TABLE+16
POP
i
START WITH VIDEO ENTRY
System BIOS 5-31
LOC OBJ
EIFA 691000
LINE
SOURCE
593
MOV
03A:
CX,16
ElFD AS
594
ElFE 47
595
mc
Dr
EIFF 47
596
597
INC
01
LOOP
D,3A
E200 EZFB
598
MOVE VECTOR TABLE TO RAM
SKIP SEGMENT POINTER
; --- - ------------------ ----- -- ------------- ------
599
600
MOVSW
DETERMINE CONFIGURATION AND MFG. MODE
; ------ ------------------ ----------------- - -- - ---
601
E202 If
602
POP
OS
E203 IE
603
604
6,.
PUSH
OS
; RECOVER DATA SEG
IN
AL, PORT_C
; GET SWITCH INFO
E204 E462
E206 240F
AND
AL,OOOOllllB
; ISOLATE SWITCHES
HOV
AH,Al
; SAVE
MOV
Al,lOlOIIOIB
; ENABLE OTHER BANK Of SWS.
PORT_B,Al
E20A 60AO
606
607
f20C E661
608
OUT
E20E 90
NDP
£20B BAED
E211 6104
609
610
611
E213 02CO
612
ROl
AL,CL
; ROTATE TO HIGH NIBBLE
E2:15 24FO
613
AND
AL,llllOOOOB
; ISOLATE
E217 OAC4
614
OR
AL,AH
; COMBINE WITH OTHER BANK
E219 2AE4
SUB
AH,AH
MOV
DATA_WORD!OFFSET EQUIPJlAGI,AX ; SAVE SWITCH INFO
E21E 6099
615
616
617
MOV
Al.99H
E220 E663
618
OUT
CHD_PORT ,AL
E2:22 f80518
E20F £462:
E2lB A31004
IN
MOV
619
CALL
KBD_RESET
; SEE IF MfG. Jur1PEp IN
E22:5 eOfBAA
620
CNP
BL,OAAH
; KEYBOARD PRESENT;
E228 7418
621
JE
E6
E22A BafB65
622
CMP
BL,065H
E220 7503
623
624
JNE
E22F E9EFFO
03B:
E232 B038
625
E2:34 E661
626
OUT
E236 90
627
NOP
E2:37 90
628
NOP
EZ3e E460
629
IN
E2:3A 24Ff
630
631
AND
E23C 7504
EnE FE061204
;
LOAD HFG. TEST REQUEST?
; GO TO BOOTSTRAP IF SO
JMP
Al,38H
MOV
AL.PORT_A
Al,OFFH
JNZ
; WAS DATA LItlE GROUNDED
E6
; SET HANUFACTURWG TEST FLAG
632
633
OATA_AREA[OfFSET HFG_TSTl
634
; ------- - - - - - - - ---- ----- --------------- -- - - - - --- ----- - ---
635
INITIALIZE AND START CPT CONTROLLER (6845)
636
TEST VIDEO READ/WRITE STORAGE.
637
; DESCRIPTION
638
RESET THE VIDEO ENABLE SIGNAL.
639
SELECT
640
READ/WRITE DATA PATTERNS TO STG. CHECK STG
641
AOORESSABILITY.
642
ERROR
= 1
ALPHANU~lERIC
HODE. 40
*
25, B & W.
LONG AND 2 SHORT BEEPS
643
; --------- --- --- - - -- ----- -- --- - - - - - - ---- --- --- ------- -- --
E242
644
E6:
E242 A11004
645
MDV
AX,DATA_~ORD[OFF5ET EQUIPJLAGI
E245 50
646
647
PUSH
AX
MDV
AL,30H
E246 B030
i GET SENSE SWITCH INFO
; SAVE IT
648
MDV
OATA_WORO[OFFSET EQUIP_FlAGJ,AX
E246 2AE4
649
SUB
AH.AH
E240 COlO
6"
INT
E24f B020
651
MDV
AL,20H
E251 nl004
652
653
MOV
OATA_WORD(OFFSET EQUIP_FLAG1,AX
SUB
AH,AH
654
655
INT
ION
£258 58
POP
AX
E259 A31004
656
MOV
DATA_WORO[OFFSET EQUIPJLAGI,AX ; RESTORE IT
Else 2430
657
658
AND
AL,30H
; ISOLATE VIDEO SWS
JNZ
E7
; VIDEO SWS SET TO O?
MOV
DI,OFFSET VIDEO_INT
I SET INT IOH TO DUHMY
MOV
[oII.OFFSET DUMMY_RETURN
E2:48 A31004
E254 2AE4
E256 COlO
E25E 750A
E260 BF40DO
E263 C7054BFF
E267 E9AOOO
10H
i SEND INIT TO B/W CARD
; AND INIT COLOR CARD
; RECOVER REAL
S~ITCH
INFO
i AND CONTWUE
659
660
661
662
; RETURN IF NO VIDEO CARD
; BYPASS VIDEO TEST
JHP
; TEST_VIDEO:
E7:
E26A
663
E26A 3e30
664
eMP
AL,30H
fZ6C 7408
665
JE
E8
i
INC
AH
; SET COLOR MODE FOR COLOR CD
eMP
AL.20H
; 80X25 MODE SELECTED?
E26E FEC4
E270 3C20
666
667
E2n 7502
668
JNE
E274 6403
669
MOV
5-32 System BIOS
'8
AH,3
; S/W CARD ATTACHED?
i
YES - SET MODE FOR S/W CARD
NO - SET MODE FOR 40X25
; SET MODE fOR 80X25
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E8:
XCHG
AH.Al
i SET_MODE:
E278 50
671
PUSH
AX
; SAVE VIDEO MODE ON STACK
E279 2AE4
672
SUB
AH,AH
; INITIALIZE TO ALPHANUMERIC MO
E276 86EO
670
673
INT
10H
; CALL VIDEO_IO
E2:70 58
674
POP
AX
; RESTORE VIDEO SHISE SI.IS IN AH
E27E SO
675
PUSH
AX
i RESAVE VALUE
E27F BB0080
676
MOV
BX.OBDDaH
; BEG VIDEO RAH ADOR 9/14 CO
E282: BABaOl
677
HOV
DX,3B8H
; MODE REG FOR B/W
E278 COlO
HOV
CX,2048
E2:88 BOOI
679
HOV
AL,l
; SET NODE FOR Bioi CARD
ElBA BOFt30
680
eHP
AH,30H
; B/W VIDEO CARD ATTACHED?
; YES - GO TEST VIDEO STG
E285 890008
E28D 7409
678
; RAH WORD CNT FOR B/W CO
681
JE
E9
E28F B7B8
682
MOV
BH, DB8H
i BEG VIDEO RAM AODR COLOR CO
E2:91 BAD803
683
MOV
OX.3D8H
; MODE REG FOR COLOR CD
E2:94 8520
684
E296 FEte
685
E298
686
E2:98 EE
E299 813E72043412:
HOV
CH,2011
; RAM WORD CNT FOR COLOR CO
DEC
AL
; SET NODE TO 0 FOR COLOR CD
687
OUT
DX,AL
688
eHP
OATA_WORO[OFFSET RESETJLAGJ,1234H ; POD INIT BY KBD RESET?
E2:9F 8EC3
689
HOV
ES, ax
;
f2Al 7407
690
JE
ElO
; YES -
E2A3 8EDB
691
HOV
DS.3X
; POINT OS TO VIDEO RAH STG
692
ASSUME
DS:~IOTHIHG,ES:NOTHING
E2:AS E8e703
6.,
flAB 7546
694
695
E9:
; DISABLE VIDEO FOR COLOR CO
POINT ES TO VIDEO RAM STG
SKIP VIDEO RAM TEST
CALL
STGTST_CtH
; GO TEST VIDEO R/W STG
JNE
E17
; R/14 STG FAILURE - BEEP SPK
; ---- --------- - -- ----- ------ - - ------------- ------
696
SETUP VIDEO DATA ON SCREEN fOR VIDEO
697
69B
; TEST_VIOEO_STG:
LINE TEST.
; DESCRIPTION
ENABLE VIDEO SIGNAL At1D SET MODE.
699
DISPLAY A HORIlONTAL BAR ON SCREEN.
700
701
i ------------------------------------------------
EIO:
E2:AA
702
E2AA 58
703
POP
AX
; GET VIDEO SENSE SWS (AH)
ElAB 50
704
PUSH
AX
; SAVE IT
EZAC 8400
705
MOV
AH,O
i
E2AE COlO
706
INT
lOH
; VIDEO
E2BO B82070
707
MOV
AX.7020H
I WRT BlAtlKS IN REVERSE VIDEO
ENABLE VIDEO AND SET tIDDE
708
709
E283 EBll
E2:C3
E20 E99915
E2e6
E2e6 2BFF
E2:C8 S92eoo
E2tB F3
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
;----- UNNATURAL ACT FOR ADDRESS COMPATIBILITY
SHORT flOA
ORG
OE2C3H
JMP
NMI_INT
ElDA:
SUB
01.01
HOV
CX,40
; NO. OF BLANKS TO DISPLAY
REP
STOSW
; WRITE VIDEO STORAGE
; SETUP STARTING LOC
flte AB
719
; ----------------------------------------
720
721
CRT INTERFACE LINES TEST
i DESCRIPTION
722
SENSE ON/OFF TRANSITION OF THE
723
VIDEO ENABLE AND HORIZONTAL
724
725
SYNC LINES.
; ----- ---- - - - - --- -- - ------- --------------
fZtD 58
726
POP
AX
I GET VIDEO SENSE SW INfO
EltE 50
727
PUSH
AX
I SAVE IT
E2CF BOFOO
728
CNP
AH, 30H
; B/W CARD ATTACHED?
E202 8ABA03
729
MOV
DX,03BAH
; SETUP ADDR OF EW STATUS PORT
E205 7403
730
JE
Ell
; YES - GO TEST LINES
E207 BADA03
731
HOV
DX,03DAH
; COLOR CARD IS ATTACHED
HOV
AH,8
SUB
ex.cx
E20A
732
ElOA 8408
733
Ezoe
734
Ell:
; LINE_ TST:
EI2::
fZOC 28C9
735
E20E
736
HOE EC
737
IN
Al.DX
; READ CRT STATUS PORT
HOF 22C4
738
AND
AL,AH
; CHECK VIDEO/HORZ LINE
E2El 7504
739
JNZ
E14
; ITS ON - CHECK IF IT GOES OFF
E2E3 E2F9
740
LOOP
E13
; LOOP TILL ON OR TIMEOUT
E2E5 E809
741
JHP
SHORT El7
i GO PRINT ERROR MSG
E2E7
742
SUB
CX.cx
IN
AL,DX
E2E7 28C9
743
E2E9
744
E2E9 EC
745
En:
E15:
; READ CRT STATUS PORT
System BIOS 5-33
LOC OBJ
LINE
E2EA 22C4
746
747
748
E2EC 7411
E2EE E2F9
E2FO
E2FO IF
E2Fl IE
749
750
751
SOURCE
AND
Al.AH
; CHECK VIDEO/HORl LINE
JZ
El6
; ITS ON - CHECK NEXT lH1E
LOOP
E15
; lOOP IF OFF TILL IT GOES ON
PDP
OS
E17:
; CRT_ERR:
PUSH
OS
E2F2 C606150006
752
HOV
DS:MFG_ERRJLAG,06H
ElF7 BA020 1
MOV
OX,102H
E2FA E80816
753
754
UFO EB06
755
E2Ff
756
E2Ff 8103
757
758
nOI D2EC
E303 7507
nos
E305 58
n06 8400
E308 COlO
E30A
759
760
761
ERR_BEEP
JHP
SHORT E18
; GO BEEP SPEAKER
NXT_ln~E:
;
E16:
HOV
el,3
SHR
AH,Cl
JNZ
El2
; GO CHECK HORIZONTAL LINE
POP
AX
; GET VIDEO SENSE SWS (AH)
MDV
AH.O
INT
10H
; CALL VIDEO I/O PROCEDURE
; SEE IF ADVANCED VIDEO CARD
; GET NEXT BIT TO CHECK
E18:
762
763
764
765
766
CAll
; <><><>CRT ERR CHKPT. 06<><><>
; DISPLAY_CURSOR:
SET MODE AND DISPLAY CURSOR
MOV
DX,OCOOOH
767
768
769
HOV
DS,DX
SUB
BX,BX
NOV
AX,[BXJ
770
771
PUSH
BX
E314 58
POP
ex
E315 3055AI>.
772
CMP
AX,OAA55H
E318 7505
773
JNl
EIB8
NO? GO LOOK FOR OTHER MODULES
niA E83616
774
775
CALL
ROM_CHECK
GO SCAN MODULE
JHP
SHORT E18C
DOA BAOOCO
E300
E300 8EDA
nOF 2BDB
E311 8B07
E313 53
DID E804
E323
776
777
778
E323 81FAooce
779
E31F
E'31F 81C28000
E327 7CE4
E18A:
DX,0080H
; POINT TO NEXT 2:K BLOCK
DX,OC800H
; TOP OF VIDEO ROM AREA YET?
Jl
E18A
; GO SCAN FOR ANOTHER MODULE
; ---- -- -- - -- -- -- --- ---- - --- - - - - -------- - - --------- - --- --82:59 INTERRUPT CONTROLLER TEST
; DESCRIPTION
784
READ/WRITE THE INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER (IMR)
785
WITH ALL ONES AND ZEROES. ENABLE SYSTEM
786
INTERRUPTS.
787
£329 IF
ADD
eHP
El8C:
782:
783
LET BUS SETTlE
PRESENT?
I
E18B:
780
781
IS PRESENT
GET FIRST 2: LOCATIONS
MASK DEVICE INTERRUPTS OFF. CHECK
FOR HOT INTERRUPTS (UNEXPECTED).
788
; ------ - --- ---- ------ - - -- - -- - -------- - -- - --------- -- - - ---
789
790
791
C2l:
792:
j -----
ASSUME
DS:ABSO
POP
OS
TEST THE IMR REGISTER
793
E32A C606150405
794
C21A:
MOV
; <><><><><><><><><><><><>
; <><><>CHECKPOINT 5<><><>
795
796
AL,O
; SET IMR TO ZERO
E32F BODO
797
MOV
E331 £621
798
799
OUT
INTAOl,AL
IN
AL,INTAOI
E335 OACO
800
OR
AL,AL
; IMR
E337 7518
801
JNZ
06
, GO TO ERR ROUTINE IF NOT
£339 BOFF
802
HOV
Al.OFFH
; DISABLE DEVICE INTERRUPTS
E33B E621
803
804
805
OUT
INTAOl,Al
; WR ITE TO IMR
IN
Al,INTAOl
; READ IMR
ADD
AL'!
; ALL IMP BIT ON?
806
807
JNZ
06
i
E333 E421
E33D E421
E33F 0401
E341 7511
808
; READ IMR
=
O?
a
NO - GO TO ERR ROUTINE
;----- CHECK FOR HOT INTERRUPTS
'09
810
j-----
INTERRUPTS ARE MASKED OFF.
CHECK THAT NO INTERRUPTS OCCUR.
811
£343 A26804
HOV
812
DATA_AREA[OFFSET INTPJlAGJ ,Al
; CLEAR INTERRUPT fLAG
; ENABLE EXTERNAL INTERRUPTS
E346 FB
B13
STI
£347 28C9
814
SUB
CX,CX
; WAIT 1 SEC FOR ANY INTRS THAT
; MIGHT OCCUR
£349
BIS
E349 EZFE
81.
E34B
817
E340 80310680400
818
819
E352 7409
820
E354
821
E354 BEFFF890
822
E34B E2FE
5-34 System BIOS
04:
lOOP
04
LOOP
05
eHP
DATA_AREA[OFFSET INTR_FLAGJ ,OOH ; DID ANY INTERRUPTS OCCUP?
JZ
07
; NO - GO TO NEXT TEST
MOV
SI,OFFSET &0
; DISPLAY 101 ERROR
05:
06:
LOC OBJ
LINE
E358 E84E16
B23
E358 FA
B24
E3SC F4
B25
826
SOURCE
CLI
HlT
827
828
; HALT THE SYSTEM
; -------- -- - - - -- ------------ - ------- - --- --- --- - - - - - - -- ---
8253 TIMER CHECKOUT
; DESCRIPTION
829
VERIFY THAT THE SYSTEH TIMER (0) DOESN'T COUNT
830
TOO FAST OR TOO SLOW.
831
E350
832
E350 C606150402
B33
; -- -- --- - - -- - - - ------- ---- - - - - -- - - ------ - --- - - - --- - - - ---07:
HOV
; < ><>< >< ><>< ><>< >< >< >< >< ><><>< ><>
B34
; <><><>TIMER CtiECKPOINT 12 }<><><>
835
f362 BOFE
MOV
B36
AL,OFEH
E364 E621
837
OUT
f366 BOlO
B3B
HOV
AL.OOOlOOOOB
i
E368 E643
839
OUT
TIM_CTL.AL
CX,16H
; WRITE TItlER CONTROL MODE REG
; seT THIER 0 CNT REG
E36A B91600
INTAOl,Al
; MASK ALL INTRS EXCEPT LVL 0
; WRITE THE 8259 IMR
SE l TIM O.
; SET PGN LOOP CNT
B40
HOV
D6D BACl
841
MOV
E36F E640
B42
OUT
Al.Cl
TIMERO ,AL
TEST
OATA_AREA(OFfSET INTRJLAG1.OIH
E371
843
E371 F6066B0401
B44
LSB. MODE O. BINARY
; WRITE TIMER 0 CNT REG
08:
845
j
DID TIMER 0 INTERRUPT OCCUR?
E376 7504
B46
JNZ
09
; YES - CHECK TIMER OP FOR SLOW TIME
E378 E2F7
847
LOOP
08
; WAIT FOR INTR fOR SPECIFIED TIME
JMP
06
; TIMER 0 nnR DIDN T OCCUR - ERR
HOV
CL.12
; SET PGM lOOP CNT
; WRITE THIER 0 CtlT REG
E37A EBDB
84B
E37C
84.
E37C BlOC
B50
09:
E37E BOFF
851
HOV
AL,OFFH
E380 E640
852
OUT
TIMERO.AL
E382 C606680400
853
HOV
DATA_AREAl OFfSET INTR_FLAG1.O
; RESET INTR RECEIVED FLAG
E387 BOFE
B54
HOV
AL,OFEH
E389 E621
855
OUT
INTAOl,AL
E388
856
DBB F6066B0401
E390 75t2
B57
TEST
DATA_AREAl OFFSET INTRJlAGJ,OIH ; DID TIMER 0 INTERRUPT OCCUR?
B5B
JNZ
06
; YES - TIMER CNTING TOO fAST. ERR
n92 E2F7
859
LOOP
010
; WAIT FOR INTR FOR SPECIFIED TIME
j
REENABLE TIMER 0 INTERRUTS
010:
B60
861
j----- SETUP TIMER 0 TO MODE 3
B62
E394 BOFF
B63
HOV
AL,OfFH
E396 E621
864
OUT
INTAOl,AL
; DISABLE All DEVICE INTERRUPTS
E398 B036
865
HOV
AL,36H
; SEl TIM O.LSB.MSB.MOOE 3
E39A E643
B66
OUT
TIMERt3.AL
; WRITE TIMER MODE REG
E39C BOOO
B67
HOV
AL.O
E39E E640
86B
OUT
TIMER.AL
; WRITE lSB TO TIMER 0 REG
E3AO E640
B6.
OUT
TIMER .AL
; WRlTE MSB TO TIMER 0 REG
B70
;
------------------- ------ -----------------------
871
872
KEYBOARD TEST
; DESCRIPTION
873
RESET THE KEYBOARD AND CHECK THAT SCAN
874
CODE
875
AA' IS RETURNED TO THE CPU.
CHECK FOR STUCK KEYS.
876
; -- ------- - --- - --- ----- ------ -- - - - - - ----- - ---- ---
E3A2
877
TSTl2:
E3AZ 8099
B78
HOV
AL,99H
E3A4 E663
B79
DAb AOI004
B80
OUT
HOV
CMD_PORT ,AL
AL,OATA_AREA[OFFSET EQUIP_FLAG]
E3A9 2401
881
AND
AL,OI
nAB 7431
8B2
JZ
E3AD 803E120401
8B3
CHP
; BYPASS IF SO
F7
DATA_AREAl OFFSET MFG_TST1.l
; MANUFACTURING TEST MODE?
E382 742A
884
JE
F7
YES - SKIP KEYBOARD TEST
E3Bct E87316
B85
CALL
E387 DIE
886
JCXZ
F6
PRINT ERR MSG If NO INTERRUPT
E3B9 8049
BB7
MOV
Al,49H
HIABLE KEYBOARD
E388 £661
BB8
OUT
PORT_B.AL
E3BD 80FBAA
BB9
CMP
BL,OAAH
SCAN CODE AS EXPECTED?
nco
BOO
JNE
F6
NO - DISPLAY ERROR MSG
7515
I SET 8255 MODE A, C=IN B=OUT
; TEST CHAt1BER:
ISSUE RESET TO KEYBRO
BOl
892
j-----
CHECK fOR STUCK KEYS
893
894
HOV
Al,OC811
E3e4 E661
BOS
ouT
PORT_B,AL
nCb 80"8
896
HOV
Al,48H
OUT
PORT_B.AL
CX,CX
BC2 BOC8
nce
E661
B97
DCA 28C9
89B
f3ee
899
SUB
CLR KBO
I
SET CLK LINE HIGH
ENABLE KBD,CLK IN NEXT BYTE
F5:
System BIOS 5-35
LaC OBJ
LINE
nec E2FE
neE E460
900
901
lOOP
F5
; DElAY FOR A WHILE
IN
AL.KBD_IH
; CHECK FOR STUCK KEYS
E300 3COO
CHP
AL,Q
; SCAN CODE:; O?
DOl 740A
902
903
JE
F7
; YES - CONTINUE TESTING
E3D4 E86415
904
CALL
XPC_BYTE
; COINERT AND PR INT
E307
905
HOV
SI,DFFSET Fl
; GET MSG ADDR
CALL
E_MSG
; PRINT MSG ON SCREEN
E307 BE4CEC90
906
E30B E8e815
907
nOE
DOE IE
E30F 2BCO
nEl aECO
E3E3 890800
908
909
; ---------------- ------ ------ ----- - ---- -- -------SETUP HARD~ARE INT. VECTOR TABLE
910
911
; --- - - ------------ - ------- ---------------- -- ----f7:
DEb DE
DE? IF
917
E3E8 BEF3FE90
918
919
E3EF
E3EF AS
nFO 47
DFI 47
E3F2 EHB
E3F4 IF
PUSH
912
913
914
915
916
E3Et BF2aCQ
SOURCE
920
921
OS
SUB
AX,AX
tlOV
HOV
ES,AX
CX,08
PUSH
CS
POP
OS
HOV
HOV
SI,OfFSET VECTOR_TABLE
DI,OfFSET INT_PTR
MOVSW
INC
01
INC
01
lOOP
F7A
POP
OS
; GET VECTOR CNT
; SETUP OS SEG REG
F7A:
'"
923
924
925
; SKIP OVER SEGMENT
926
n7
,----- SET UP OTHER INTERRUPTS AS NECESSARY
928
E3F5 C70608005FFB
929
HOV
NMI]TR,OFfSET NMI_INT
E3FB C706140054FF
930
931
HOV
; PRINT SCREEN
IHT5_PTR,OFFSET PRINT_SCREEN
; SEGMENT FOR CASSETTE BASIC
E401 C706620000F6
HOV
'"
933
; NMI INTERRUPT
;----- SETUP TIMER 0 TO BLINK LED IF MANUFACTURING TEST MODE
934
935
936
CMP
E40e 750A
E40E q0670003CF9
937
HOV
WORD PRT(ICH*4},OFFSET BLINK_INTI SETUP TINER INTR TO BLINK lED
E414 BOFE
938
HOV
E416 [(,21
939
OUT
Al,OFEH
INTAOl,Al
E407 803E120401
DATA_AREA[OFFSET MFG_TSTl,OlH
I MFG. TEST NODE?
JNZ
; -------
940
941
942
943
I ENABLE TIMER INTERRUPT
-- --------------------------------- - --------------- -- ----
EXPANSION I/O BOX TEST
CHECK TO SEE IF EXPANSION BOX PRESENT - IF INSTALLED,
TEST DATA AND ADDRESS OlJSES TO 1/0 BOX
944
945
ERROR='l801'
----- - -- - -- ------ - ------------- ---------------- - - ---- -----------
946
947
j-----
DETERMINE IF BOX IS PRESENT
948
E418
949
E418 6AI002
950
E418 885555
HOV
HOV
951
(CARD WAS ENABLED EARlIERl
i
EXP_IO:
DX,0210H
AX,5555H
DX,Al
; COf.lTROl PORT ADORESS
I SET DATA PATTERN
E41E EE
952
OUT
E41F B001
953
HOV
E421 EC
954
IN
E422 3AC4
955
CMP
AL.OIH
AL,DX
Al,AH
E424 7544
956
JtlE
El9
; REPLY?
; NO RESPONSE, GO TO NEXT TEST
j
E426 F70C
957
NOT
AX
E428 EE
958
OUT
E429 BOOI
959
MOV
DX,Al
Al,OlH
E42B EC
960
IN
Al,DX
E42C 3AC4
961
CHP
Al,AH
E42E 753A
'"
963
JHE
El9
964
; MAKE Al DIFFERENT
; RECOVER DATA
tlAKE DATA=AAAA
; RECOVER DATA
;----- CHECK ADDRESS BUS
965
EXP2:
E430
966
E430 BBO 100
967
HOV
BX,OOOlH
E433 8A1502
968
HOV
HOV
DX,021SH
CX,0016
; LOAD KI ADOR. REG ADDRESS
E436 891000
969
E439
970
E439 2E8807
971
MOV
CS:IBX],Al
j
E43C 90
970
NOP
E430 EC
'73
IN
974
CMP
AL,DX
AL,BH
I READ ADDR. HIGH
E43E 3AC7
'75
976
JNE
EXP _ERR
INC
OX
J GO ERROR IF MISCOMPARE
; DX=216H (ADDR. LOW REGl
E44-0 7521
E442 42
5-36 System BIOS
; GO ACROSS 16 BITS
EXP3:
WRITE ADDRESS FOOOO+BX
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E443 EC
977
IN
AL.DX
E444 3AC3
978
CNP
Al,BL
E446 7518
979
JNE
EXP _ERR
E448 4A
980
DEC
OX
E449 DID
98'
98'
983
SHL
ex,!
LOOP
EXP3
E448 E2Et
984
j-----
; COMPARE TO lOI>! ADDRESS
; ox
BACK TO 2ISH
I lOOP TILL 'I' WALKS ACROSS
ax
CHECK DATA BUS
985
E440 890800
986
MOV
CX,0008
E450 8001
987
MOV
Al,OI
; DO
B TIMES
E452 4A
988
OEC
ox
E453
989
E453 8AEO
990
MOV
AH,Al
; SAVE DATA BUS VALUE
OUT
OX.AL
; SEND VALUE TO REG
tl0V
Al,OlH
Al,DX
; RETRIVE VALUE FROM REG
E459 3.4.C4
99'
99'
99'
994
CMP
Al,AH
j
E458 7506
995
JNE
SHORT EXP _ERR
E4S0 ODED
996
997
SHl
Al,l
; FORM NEI>! DATA PATTERN
E4SF E2FZ
lOOP
EXP4
; lOOP TILL BIT WALKS ACROSS
E461 EB07
998
JMP
SHORT E 19
j
E463 BEOFf990
999
1000
MOV
SI,OFFSET F3C
E467 E83F15
1001
CALL
E_MSG
E455 EE
E456 BOO 1
E4S8 EC
E463
; MAKE DX==214H (DATA BUS REG)
EXP4:
IN
== TO SAVED VALUE
Al
GO ON TO NEXT TEST
1002:
1003
1004
ADDITIONAL READ/l-IRITE STORAGE TEST
; DESCRIPTION
1005
WRITE/READ DATA PATTERt~S TO MIY READ/WRITE
1006
STORAGE AFTER THE FIRST 32K.
1007
ADDRESSABIlITY IS CHECKED.
1008
; - -- --- --------------------------- --- -- - - ----- -----------
1009
E46.4.
E46A E8EC15
1010
1012
1013
E46E 813E72003412
ASSUME
DS:OATA
CALL
DDS
PUSH
OS
E19:
1011
E460 IE
E46E
STORAGE
fZO:
1014
CMP
RESET_F LAG ,IZ34H
; WARM START?
E474 7503
1015
JNE
E20A
; CONTINUE TEST IF t-16K
DS,BX
E21 :
E48E SEDB
1028
MOV
1029
MOV
ES,BX
E492 81C30004
1030
ADO
BX,0400H
1031
PUSH
E497 51
1032
rUSH
CX
E498 53
1033
PUSH
BX
1034
PUSH
AX
E49.4. 890020
1035
MOV
CX,ZOOOH
E490 ESCfOI
1036
CALL
STGTST_CNT
E4AO 754C
1037
JNl
EZlA
E4.4.2 58
1038
POP
AX
E4A3 051000
1039
ADD
AX,16
E4.4.6
1040
1041
PUSH
E4A7 880AOO
1042
HOV
BX,10
E4AA 890300
1043
HOV
CX,3
E4AD
1044
E4AD 3302
1045
XOR
1046
DIY
BX
1047
OR
DL,30H
E484 52
1048
PUSH
ox
E485 E2f6
1049
lOOP
DECIMAL_lOOP
E487 690300
1050
MOY
CX,3
E4SA
1051
POP
AX
1052
1053
SAVE WORK REGS
SET COUNT FOR 8K WORDS
GO FPINT ERROR
; RECOVER TESTED MEM NUI-tBER
SET UP FOR DECIMAL CONVERT
I
OF 3 NIBBLES
DECIMAL~LOOP:
E481 80C.4.30
E4BB f80E14
j
AX
E4.A.f f7F3
E4SA 58
; SET SEG. REG
; POINT TO NEXT 16K
OX
E499 50
E4.4.6 50
1ST 16K ALREADY DONE
; DIVIDE BY 16
; SAVE COUNT Of 16K BLOCKS
E490 8EC3
E496 52
; STARTING AMT. OF MEl-IOPY OK
E20B:
DX,OX
; DIVIDE BY 10
MAKE INTO ASCII
I
SAVE
; RECOVER A NUM[3ER
System BIOS 5-37
LOC OBJ
SOURCE
LINE
E4BE E2FA
1054
E4CO 890700
1055
MOV
CX.7
E4C3 BEIAEO
1056
MOV
Sl.0FFSET F3B
E4e6
1057
E4e6 lE8A04
1058
1059
1060
E4C9 46
E4eA ESCFI4
MOV
AL.CS:[SII
INC
SI
CAlL
PR!_nEX
PRINT ' KB OK'
E4eD E2F7
1061
LOOP
KB_Loor
E4CF 58
POP
AX
; RECOVER WORK REGS
E400 301000
1062
10('3
01P
AX,16
; FIRST PASS?
E403 74A9
1064
JE
E20B
E405 56
1065
POP
BX
1066
POP
cx
E407 SA
lq67
POP
OX
E40B E284
1068
1069
LOOP
E21
MOV
AL,lO
CALL
PRT_HEX
E406 59
E40A BOOA
E40C E85D14
1070
1071
1072
lOOP TILL ALL MEM. CHECKED
LINE FEED
;----- DHA Teo SHOULD BE ON BY NOW - SEE IF IT IS
1073
1074
1075
IN
AND
AL.OOOOOOOIB
j
1076
1077
J~lZ
ROM_SCAN
; GO ON WITH NEXT TEST IF OK
POP
OS
E4E6 C606150003
1078
MOV
MFG_ERR_FLAG,03H
; <><><><><><><><><><><><><>
E4EB E966FE
1079
JMP
06
; POST 101 ERROR MSG AND HALT
E40F E408
E4El 2401
E4E3 7533
E4E5 IF
IDeo
1081
AL.DMA+08H
TCO STATUS BIT ON?
;----- PRINT FAILING ADDRESS AND XDR'EO PATTERN IF DATA COMPARE ERROR
1082
CH.AL
; SAVE FAILING BIT PATTERN
E4FO BODO
1084
MOV
AL,l3
; CARRAGE RE1URN
E4F2 E8A714
1085
CALL
PRT_HEX
E4F5 BOOA
1086
MOV
Al.IO
E4F7 E8.6o.214
1087
CALL
E4FA 58
1088
POP
AX
E4FB 83C406
1089
1090
ADO
SP.6
; BALANCE STACK
MOV
DX,OS
; GET FAILING SEGMENT
E4EE 8AE8
E4FE BCOA
1083
E21A:
MOV
PRT_HEX
E500 If
ESDI IE
1091
1092
PUSH
OS
E502 A31300
MEMORY_SIZE,AX
E505 86361500
1093
1094
1095
MOV
E509 EaCEIA
1097
CAll
ESOC 8ACS
E50E E67A14
1098
1099
ESll BE04F990
1100
POP
OS
; LOAD MEM.
SIZE WORD TO SHOW
; HOW MUCH MEM. !-lORKING
; <><><><><><><><><><><><><>
MOV
; <><>CHECKPOINTS 08->AO<><>
1096
E515 E89114
; RECOVER AMT. OF GOOD MEM.
1101
PRT_SEG
; PRINT IT
MOV
AL,CH
; GET FAILING BIT PATTERN
CALL
XPC_BYTE
; CONVERT AND PRINT CODE
MOV
SI,OFFSET El
; SETUP ADDRESS OF ERROR MSG
CAll
E_MSG
; PRINT ERROR MSG
1102
; ---------- ----- -- ------ --- ---- -- - --- - - - ---- ---------------------
1103
I
CHECK FOR OPTIONAL ROM FROM CBOOO->F4000
IN
2.K BLOCKS
1104
(A VALID MODULE HAS '5SAA'
1105
LENGTH INDICATOR ILENGTH/512) IN THE 3D LOCATION AND
1106
IN THE FIRST 2 LOCATIONS,
TEST/INlT. CODE STARTING IN THE 4TH LOCATION.)
1107
; ------- - --_. ------ -- --- -- ---- - - -- -------- ---- -------- - -----------
E518
1108
ROM_SCAN:
E518 BAOOC8
1109
MOV
E51B
1110
ROM_SCAN_l:
E51B 8EOA
1111
1112
MOV
DS,DX
SUB
DX.OCBOOH
I SET BEGINNING ADDRESS
BX,BX
; SET ex=oooo
ESIF 8B07
111,3
MOV
AX, leX)
; GET 1ST !-lORD FROM MODULE
E521 53
1114
PUSH
E522 58
1115
POP
BX
BX
; BUS SETTLING
E523 3055AA
1116
CMP
AX,OAA55H
; :; TO 10 WORD?
E526 7506
1117
JNZ
NEXT _ROM
; PROCEED TO NEXT ROM IF NOT
E510 ZBDS
E528 E82814
1118
CALL
RDtI_CHECK
; GO CHECK OUT MODULE
E528 E60590
1119
JMP
ARE_WE_DONE
; CHECK FOR END OF ROM SPACE
ES2E
llZ0
E52E 81C28000
1121
ADO
DX,OOBOH
; POINT TO NEXT 2K ADDRESS
CMP
OX,OF600H
; AT F6000 YET?
1124
JL
ROM_SCAN_l
; GO CHECK ANOTHER ADD. IF NOT
1125
JMP
BASE_ROM_CHK
; GO CHECK BASIC ROM
E532
llZZ
E532 8lFADDFb
1123
E536 7eE3
E536 EB0190
1126
; ----- - ------ ----------- - - - - - -- - -- ------ --- - -- --- - ------ -- ------- --- - - - --
1127
;
A CHECKSUM IS DONE FOR THE 4 ROS MODULES CONTAINING BASIC CODE
1l~8
J ----- - - - ----- -- --- -- -- -- - - --- -- - - ----- - - - - -- -- - - - ------- - ------- ------ --
E538
1129
BASE_ROM_CHK:
E538 8404
1130
5-38 System BIOS
MOV
AH,4
; NO. OF ROS MODULES TO CHECK
LOC OBJ
E53D
LINE
1131
1132
SOURCE
E4:
SUB
eX,ex
E53F 8EDA
1133
1134
MOV
OS,OX
ES41 EaAEl3
1135
CALL
ROS_CHECKSUM
E544 7403
1136
1137
1138
JE
E5
CALL
ROM_ERR
; POST ERROR
ADD
DX,0200H
; POINT TO NEXT 8K MODULE
DEC
AN
; ANY HORE TO DO?
JNZ
E4
;
E53D 2.80B
E546 E88201
E549
E549 81C20002
E54D FEee
E54F 75ft
I CHECK ROS
1143
1144
;
DISKETTE ATTACHtlENT TEST
; DESCRIPTION
CHECK IF IPl DISKETTE DRIVE IS ATTACHED TO SYSTEM.
ATTACHED
I
VERIFY STATUS OF NEe FOC AFTER A RESET.
A RECAL AND SEEK eHD TO Foe AND CHECK STATUS. COMPLETE
LOADER PROGRAM.
----------------------------------------------------- - ------- ---
1150
;
E551
1151
F9:
E551 1F
1152
PDP
E552 AOIOOO
1153
MDV
At. ,BYTE PTR EQUIP_flAG
ESSS 2401
1154
AND
At..01H
JZ
Fl5
1155
1156
E559 E421
IF
ISSUE
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION THEN PASS CONTROL TO THE BOOT
Il49
E559
YES - CONTINUE
----------------------------------------------------------------
1145
1146
1147
1148
E557 743E
; CONTINUE IF OK
E5:
1139
1140
1141
1142
; SETUP STAI(TIHG ROS AOOR
OS
FlO:
1157
; DISKETTE PRESENT?
; NO - BYPASS DISKETTE TEST
• DISK_TEST:
IN
At..INTAOl
E55B 24BF
1158
AND
Al,OBFH
E550 E621
1159
OUT
INTAOl,AL
E55f 5400
1160
MDV
AH.O
; ENABLE DISKETTE INTERRUPTS
; RESET HEe FOC
E561 8AD4
1161
MOV
Dl,AH
; SET FOR DRIVE 0
E563 COB
1162
INT
13H
; VERIFY STATUS AFTER RESET
E565 F6C4FF
1163
TEST
AH.OFFH
; STATUS OK?
E568 7520
1164
JNZ
F13
J NO - FOC FAILED
1165
1166
;----- TURN DRIVE 0 NOTOR ON
1167
E56A BAF203
1168
MDV
OX,03F2H
; GET AOOR OF Foe CARD
E560 801e
1169
MDV
AL.leH
; TURN MOiOR ON. EN DNA/INT
E56F EE
E570 2BC9
1170
OUT
OX.Al
1171
SUB
ex.ex
E572
1172
E572 E2FE
1173
E574
1174
E574 E2FE
1175
WRITE Foe CONTROL REG
FU:
MOTOR_WAIT:
lOOP
'11
LOOP
F12
WAIT fOR 1 SECOND
F12:
MOTOR_WAIT I :
E576 3302
1176
XOR
OX,OX
E578 B501
1177
MOV
CH,1
E57A 88163EOO
1178
MDV
SEEK_STATUS,Ol
E57E E8FC08
1179
CALL
SEEK
; RECALIBRATE DISKETTE
E581 7207
1180
JC
Fl3
; GO TO ERR SUBROUTINE IF ERR
E583 B522
1181
MOV
CH,34
; SE LECT TRACK 34
E585 E8F508
1182
CALL
SEEK
; SEEK TO TRACK 34
E588 7307
1183
JNe
Fl4
; OK. TURN NOTOR OF F
ES8A
1184
E5eA BE52EC90
1185
HDV
SI,OFFSET F3
; GET AOOR OF MSG
E58E E81814
1186
CAll
E_MSG
; GO PRINT ERROR NSG
F13:
SELECT DRIVE 0
; SELECT TRACK 1
I aSK_ERR:
1187
E5n
1188
1189
;----- TURN DRIVE 0 MOTOR Off
1190
F14:
• ORO_OFF:
E591 BOOC
1191
MOV
AL.OCH
E593 BAF203
1192
1193
MOV
OX,03F2H
OUT
OX.AL
E590 EE
TURN DRIVE 0 MOTOR OFF
;
FOC CTl ArlOR E5S
1194
1195
,----- SETUP PRINTER AND R5232 BASE ADDRESSES IF DEVICE ATTACHED
1190
E597
1197
Fl5:
E597 Co066BOOOO
1198
MDV
INTR]LAG,DOH
SET STRAY INTERRUPT flAG
E59C BEIEOO
1199
MDV
51 ,OFFSET KO_BUFFER
SETUP KEYBOARD PARAMETERS
E59F 89361AOO
1200
MDV
BUffER_HEAD, SI
E5A3 89361COO
=
1201
MDV
BUFFER_TAIL, 51
E5A7 89368000
1202
MDV
BUFFER_START ,SI
E5AB 83C620
1203
ADD
SI,32
E5AE 89368200
1204
MOV
BUFfER_BID,SI
E582 BF780D
1205
MOV
01.OfFSET PR1NT_ TIM_OUT ;SET DEFAULT PRINTER TIMEOUT
ESB5 IE
1206
PUSH
OS
E5B6 07
1207
POP
ES
00
,DEFAULT BUFFER OF 32 BYTES
System BIOS 5-39
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E587 881414
12:08
ESBA AB
12:09
STOSIo!
ESBB AS
1210
STaSio!
ESBC B80101
1211
MOV
E5BF AB
1212
STaSio!
Esea AS
1213
STOSIo!
E5Cl E421
MOV
1214
AX,1414H
AX.OIOIH
IN
AL.INTAOI
ESC3 24FC
1215
AND
AL.OFCH
E5C5 E621
1216
OUT
INTAOl,AL
ESC7 83fDoa
1217
CMP
BP,QOOOH
EseA 7419
1219
JE
FlSA_O
1218
;RS232 DEFAULT=Ol
; ENABLE TIMER AND KB INTS
; CHECK FOR BP= NON-ZERO
; (ERROR HAPPENED)
ESCC BAOZ:OO
1220
MOV
OX.2
E5CF E80614
1221
CALL
ERR_BEEP
E502 8E09E890
1222
HOV
51 ,OFFSET F30
E506 Eafll3
ESD9
1223
CALL
P_MSG
E509 9400
DEFAUL1=20
I CONTINUE IF NO ERROR
2 SHORT BEEPS (ERROR)
LOAD ERROR MSG
1224
1225
MOV
AH .00
ESUB C016
1226
INT
16M
ESOD 80FC3B
1227
CMP
AH.3BH
(5EO 7SF7
1228
JNE
; WAIT FOR 'Fl' KEY
ESE2 EBOE"IO
1229
ESES
1230
ESE5 803E120001
1231
ESE A 7406
In2
ESEC BAOlao
1233
E5EF E8E613
1234
CALL
ERR_BEEP
ESF2 AOlooa
ESF; 2401
1235
MOV
AL.BYTE PTR EQUIP_FLAG
1236
AND
Al.OOOOOOOIB
;
ESF7 7503
1237
JNl
FlSB
; CONTINUE WITH BRING-UP
E5F9 E95FFA
1238
Fl5A:
JMP
F15A
; BYPASS ERROR
eMP
MFG_1ST, 1
; MFG MODE
JE
F15A
; BYPASS BEEP
MOV
OX,l
; 1 SHORT BEEP (NO ERRORS)
JMP
START
ESFC 2AE4
1239
SUB
AH,AH
E5FE A04900
1240
MOV
AL, CRT_MODE
E601 COlO
1241
INT
10H
f603
1242
f603 BDA3f990
1243
MOV
BP,OFFSET F4
MOV
SI.O
FI5B:
; GET SWITCHES
'LOOP rOST' SWITCH ON
; CLEAR SCREEN
FISC:
f607 BEOOOO
1244
E60A
1245
EbOA 2E885600
1246
MOV
DX,CS:[BP]
; GET PRINTER BASE ADDR
E60E 80M
1247
MOV
AL.OAAH
; WRtTE DATA TO PORT A
1248
FIb:
PRT_BASE:
OUT
DX,AL
E6l1 IE
1249
PUSH
OS
; BUS SETTLEING
E612 EC
1250
IN
AL,DX
; READ PORT A
E613 IF
1251
POP
OS
E614 :stAA
1252
CMP
Al,OAAH
; DATA PATTERN SM1E
E616 7505
1253
JNE
F17
; NO - CHECK NEXT PRT CD
E618 895408
1254
MOV
PRINTER_BASE[SI1,DX
; YES - STORE PRT BASE AOOR
E61B 46
1255
INC
SI
; INCREMENT TO NEXT WORD
fblC 46
1256
INC
SI
E610 EE
F17:
f61D
1257
f61D 45
1258
INC
BP
f61E 45
1259
INC
BP
E6lF 81FDA9F9
1260
eMP
BP,OFFSET F4E
; POINT TO NEXT BASE ADDR
; ALL POSSIBLE AODRS CHECKED?
E623 75f5
1261
JNE
F16
E625 Beoooo
1262
MOV
BX.O
; POINTER TO RS232 TABLE
E628 BAFA03
1263
MOV
DX.3FAH
; CHECK IF RS23.2
E628 EC
1264
IN
AL,DX
; READ INTR 10 REG
f62t A8F8
1265
TEST
AL,OF8H
f62E 7506
co
1 ATTCH?
1266
JNZ
FI8
f630 C7D7FaC)
1267
HOV
RS232_BASE( BX] ,3F8H
E634 43
1268
INC
BX
E635 43
1269
INC
BX
E636
1270
f636 SAFAD2
1271
MOV
DX,2FAH
; CHECK IF RS232
E639 EC
1272
IN
Al.DX
; READ INTERRUPT 10 REG
E63A A8F8
1273
TEST
AL,OF8H
F18:
f63t 7506
1274
JNZ
n9
f63E C707FeD2
1275
MOV
RS232_BASE [BX 1, 2F8H
E642 43
1276
INC
BX
INC
BX
E643 43
SETUP RS232 CO #l ADDR
1277
co
2: ATTCH
; SETUP RS232 CD #2
1278
1279
j----- SET UP EQUIP FLAG TO INDICATE NUMBER OF PRINTERS AND RS232 CARDS
1280
; BASE_END:
E644
1281
E644 8BC6
1282
MOV
AX,SI
; 51 HAS 2* NUMBER OF RS232
E646 B103
1283
MOV
CL.3
; SIIIFT COUNT
E648 0::C8
1284
ROR
AL.CL
; ROTATE RIGHT 3 POSITIONS
5-40 System BIOS
F19:
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E64A OAtl
1285
OR
E64C AlllOO
1286
MOV
BYTE PIR EQUIPJLAG+l,Al
EMF BADI02
1287
MOV
OX.20lH
E652 EC
Al,OX
Al,BL
1288
IN
E653 90
1289
NOP
E654 90
1290
NOP
; OR IN THE PRINTER COUNT
1291
NOP
E656 A80F
1292
TEST
Al,OFH
f658 7505
1293
JNZ
F20
E65A 800ElIOOI0
1294
OR
BYTE PTR EQUIP _FLAG+l, 16
E65F
1295
E655 90
; STORE AS SECOND BYTE
; NO_GAME_CARD
flO:
1296
1297
1298
;----- ENABLE NMI INTERRUPTS
IN
AL,PORT_B
E661 De 30
1300
OR
Al.301{
E663 E661
1301
OUT
PORT_B,Al
AND
Al,OCFH
E65F E461
12:99
E66S 24CF
1302
E667 E661
1303
OUT
pOln_B,AL
E669 B080
1304
MOV
AL,BCH
E66B EbAD
1305
OUT
aMH ,Al
E66D
1306
E66D C019
1307
INT
19H
; RESET CHECK ENABLES
EHABLE NMI INTERRUPTS
F2I:
LOAD_BOOT _STRAP:
; GO TO THE BOOT LOADER
1308
1309
; --------- - --- - - ----------- ----- -- - - ----- - - - --- --- - - - - - -- -- - - - - --
1310
; THIS SUBROUTINE PERFORMS A READ/WRITE STCRAGE TEST ON A BLOCK;
1311
1312
; ENTRY REQUIREMENTS:
OF STORAGE.
1313
ES
=
=
ADDRESS Of STORAGE SEGMENT BEING TESTED
1314
OS
1315
ex = WORD
1316
ADDRESS OF STORAGE SEGMENT BEItlG TESTED
COUNT Of STORAGE BLOCK TO BE TESTED
EXIT PARAMETERS:
1317
ZERO FLAG
=
0 IF STORAGE ERROR (DATA COMPARE OR PARITY
1318
CHECK.
1319
1320
BIT PATTERN OF THE EXP!:.CTED DATA PATTERN VS THE ACTUAL
AL=O DENOTES A PARITY CHECK.
ELSE AL=XOR'EO
DATA READ.
1321
i
1322
i -- - ------- - - - - - - - - - ------ ------- - - ---- ----- ------- -- - - ----------
AX,BX.CX.DX,DI, AND 51 ARE ALL DESTROYED.
1323
EMF
1324
E66F Fe
1325
CLO
E670 2BFF
1326
SUB
E67Z 2:8CO
1327
E674
1328
E674 8805
STGTST_CNT
PROt
NEAR
; SET DIR FLAG TO INCREMENT
; SET DI=OffSET 0 REL TO ES REG
SUB
01,01
AX,AX
1329
MOV
[01 J ,AL
; ON FIRST BYTE
; SETUP FOR O->FF PATTERN TEST
C2_1:
E676 SACS
1330
MOV
E678 32C4
1331
1332
XOR
IN;!
Al,[OI J
AL,AH
; O.K.?
E67A 7540
C7
; GO ERROR IF NOT
E67e FEC4
1333
INC
AH
E67E BAC4
1334
MOV
E680 75Fl
1335
1336
Al,AH
C2_1
E682 8809
MOV
E684 OIE3
1337
f686 B8AAAA
1338
E669 BA55FF
Ebat F3
JNZ
I LOOP TILL WRAP THROUGH FF
SHL
eX,ex
ax.l
; CONVERT TO A BYTE COUNT
MOV
AX,OAAAAH
I GET INITIAL DATA PATTERN TO WRITE
1339
MOV
DX,OFF55H
; SETUP OTHER DATA PATTERNS TO USE
1340
REP
STOSIooI
; FILL STOiUGE LOCATIONS IN BLOCK
1341
IN
AL,PORT_B
OR
AL,OOllOOOOB
OUT
PORT_B,AL
E694 90
1343
1344
E695 24CF
1345
ANO
E697 E661
1346
OUT
PORT_B,AL
E699
1347
E699 4f
1348
DEC
01
; POINT TO LAST BYTE JUST WRITTEN
E69A FO
1349
STO
E698
1350
E698 8BF7
1351
MOV
SI,DI
; INITIALIZE DESTINATION POINTER
MOV
eX,ax
; SETUP BYTE COUNT FOR LOOP
i SAVE WORD COUNT OF BLOCK TO TEST
E680 AS
f68E E461
E690 000
E692 E661
i TOGGLE PARITY CHECK LATCHES
NOP
AL,llOOllllB
C3:
; SET DIR
F LAG TO GO BACKWARDS
C4:
E690 88CB
1352
E69F
1353
E69F At
1354
Loose
E6AD 32C4
1355
XOR
Al,AH
; DATA READ AS EXPECTED ?
f6A2 7525
1356
JHE
C7
;
E6A4 BAC:::
1357
MOV
EbA6 AA
1358
5TOSB
foA7 E2F6
1359
LOOP
C5:
INNER TEST LOOP
; READ OLD TEST BYTE FROM STORAGE
~IO
[SIIEbAO 32
- GO TO ERROR ROUTINE
Al,Ol
I GET NEXT DATA PATTERN TO WRITE
CS
; DECREMENT BYTE COUNT ANO LOOP
I WRITE lNTO LOC JUST READ [DIh
ex
1360
EbA9 22E4
1361
At'"
AH,AH
; ENDING ZERO PATTERN WRITTEN TD STG
EbAa 7416
1362
JZ
C6X
; YES -
?
RETURN TO CAllER WITH AL=O
System BIOS 5-41
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
1363
MOV
AH,AL
; SETUP NEW VALUE FOR COMPARE
fbAF 86F2
1364
XCHG
DH,DL
; HOVE NEXT DATA PATTERN TO OL
E6B1 22f4
1365
ANa
AH,AH
; READING ZERO PATTERN THIS PASS ?
E683 7504
1366
JNZ
C6
; CONTINUE TEST SEQUENCE TILL ZERO DATA
E6B5 BAD4
1367
MOV
DL,AH
; ELSE SET ZERO FOR END READ PATTERN
E6B7 fBEO
1368
JMP
C3
; AND MAKE FINAL BACKWARDS PASS
E669
1369
E669 Fe
1370
EbAD 8AEO
C6:
CLO
; SET DIR FLAG TO GO FORWARD
E6BA 47
1371
INC
OI
EbBB 740E
1372
JZ
C4
j
E660 4F
1373
DEC
OI
; ADJUST POINTER
fbBE 8A0100
1374
MOV
DX,OOOOIH
; SETUP 01 FOR PARITY BIT AND 00 FOR EHD
JMP
C3
; READ/WRITE BACKWARD IN STG
IN
AND
AL,PORT_C
; DID A PARITY ERROR OCCUR?
AL,OCOH
; ZERO fLAG WILL BE OFF PARITY ERROR
MOV
AL,OOOH
; AL:::O DATA COMPARE OK
EbCl EBDb
1375
EbCl
1376
E6C3 E462
1377
1378
f6CS 24CO
E6C7 BOOO
E6C9
1379
1380
E6C9 Fe
1381
EbCA C3
READ/WRITE FORWARD IN STG
C6X:
C7:
CLO
1382-
1383
; SET POINTER TO BEG LOCATION
; SET DIRECTION F LAG TO INC
RET
STGTST_CNT
ENDP
1384
; -- ------ - - --- -- -- - -- - -- -------- -- - - -- - - --- - - - ----------~- --- - - - ------ - ---
1385
;
PRINT ADDRESS AND ERROR MESSAGE FOR ROM CHECKSUM ERRORS
1366
E6CB
1387
ROM_ERR PROC
E6CB 52
1388
PUSH
OX
Ebce 50
1389
PUSH
AX
Ebeo BCDA
1390
MOV
OX,OS
EbCF i688361S00
1391
MOV
ES:HFG_ERR_F LA:;, DH
E6D4 BIFAQOC8
1392
1393
CMP
ox.oceOOH
E608 7COO
1394
JL
RON_ERR_BEEP
I GIVE CRT CARD FAll BEEP
EbDA fBFDl8
1395
CALL
PRT_SEG
i
; DISPLAY ERROR MSG
NEAR
; SAVE POINTER
; GET ADDRESS POINTER
E600 8EOAF990
1396
MOV
SI,OFFSET F3A
f6El EeCSll
1397
CALL
E_HSG
fbE4
1398
ROM_ERR_END:
E6E4 58
1399
f6ES 511.
1400
POP
pop
f6E6 C3 ,
f6E7
1401
RET
1402
j
CRT CARD IN ERROR?
PRINT SEGEMENT IN ERROR
AX
OX
ROM_ERR_BEEP:
f6E7 811.0201
1403
MOV
DX.OI02H
EI!)EA E8EB12
1404
CALL
ERR_BEEP
E6ED EeFS
1405
JMP
SHORT ROM_ERR_END
1406
; < ><><><><><><><>< ><>< >< ><><><>
; <><><>CHECKPOINTS CO->F4<><><>
; BEEP 1 LotlG, 2 SHORT
ROM_ERR ENoP
1407
1408
;--- INT 19 ---------------------------------------------
1409
; BOOT STRAP LOADER
1410
TRACK 0, SECTOR 1 IS READ HHO THE
1411
BGOT LOCATION (SEGMEtH 0, OFFSET 7COO 1
1412
AND eOtHROL IS TRANSFERRED THERE.~
1413
E6Fi2
1414
IF THERE IS A HARDWARE ERROR CONTROL IS
1415
TRANSFERRED TO THE ROH BASIC ENTRY POINT.
1416
; - ----- ----- - --------- - --------- ------- ---- - - --- - - --- - ---
1417
ASSUME
1418
ORG
CS:CODE,oS:ABSO
OE6F2H
1419
foF2
1420
PROC
foF2 FB
1421
STI
E6n 28CO
1422
SUB
AX.AX
foFS eE08
1423
MOV
DS,AX
NEAR
ENABLE INTERRUPTS
ESTABLISH ADDRESSING
1424
1425
;----- RESET THE DISK PARAMETER TABLE VECTOR
1426
f6F7 C7067800C7fF
1427
MOV
WORD Pl R DISK_POINTER, OFFSET DISK_BASE
EbFD 8COE7AOO
1428
MOV
WORD PTR OISK_POINTER+2,CS
1429
1430
;-----
LOAD SYSTEM FRatl DISKETTE -- CX HAS RETRY COUNT
1431
f701 890400
1432
f704
1433
HOV
CX,4
HI:
; SET wETR: COUNT
; IPL_S)STEM
f704 51
1434
PUSH
ex
f705 8400
1435
tlOV
AH ,0
; RESET THE DISKETTE SYSTEM
E707 CDl3
1436
INT
13H
; DISKETTE_IO
E709 nOF
1437
JC
H2
; IF ERROR, TRY AGAIN
E70B 680102
1438
MOV
AX,20nl
; READ IN THE SINGLE SECTOR
nOE 2802
1439
SUB
DX,DX
; TO THE BOOT LOCATION
5-42 System BIOS
; SAVE RETRY COUNT
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E710 8EC2:
1440
MOV
ES,DX
E7ll BBDD7e
1441
1442
MOV
BX.OFFSET BOOT_LOCN
; DRIVE 0, HEAO 0
E715 890100
1443
MOV
eX.I
I SECTOR 1, TRACK 0
E718 C013
1444
INT
13H
; DISKETTE_IO
E7lA
E7lA 59
1446
POP
cx
; RECOVER RETRY COUNT
E71B 7304
1447
JNC
H4
i
CF SET BY
E7lD E2E5
1448
lOOP
H'
j
00 IT FOR RETRY TINES
1445
HZ:
UI~SUCCESSFUL
READ
1449
1450
;----- UNABLE TO IPL FROM THE DISKETTE
1451
E71F
1452
E71F CD18
1453
H3:
INT
; GO TO RESIDENT BASIC
'8H
1454
1455
j-----
E721
1456
1457
H4:
E721 EM07eODOO
1458
IPL WAS SUCCESSFUL
JHP
1459
BOOT_LOCH
WOP
1460
1461
i
-----INT 14-------------------------------------------------------------
1462:
; R52:32_10
1463
THIS ROUTINE PROVIDES BYTE STREAM liD TO THE COMMUNICATIONS
1464
PORT ACCORDING TO THE PARAMETERS:
1465
{AH 1=0
1466
INITIALIZE THE COM.'IUtHCA TIm~s PONT
(All HAS PARAMETERS FOR INITIALIZATION
1467
1468
----- BAUO RATE --
-PA~ITY-
000 - 110
001 - 150
XO - NONE
1471
147Z
010 - 300
11 -
1473
1474
1475
011 - 600
1476
110 - 4800
1469
1470
1477
100 -
01 - ODD
STOPBIT
I
1 - 2
--WORO LENGTH-10 -
7 BITS
II - 8 BITS
EVEN
1200
101 - 2400
III - 9600
1478
1479
ON RETURN, CONDITIONS SET AS IN CALL TO cmlMO STATUS (AH=3)
1480
1481
(AHJ=l
SEND THE CHARACTER IN {All OVER THE CCtltlO LINE
(All REGISTER IS PRESERVEO
ON EXIT. BIT 7 OF AH IS SET IF THE ROUTINE WAS UNABLE
1482
TO TRANSMIT THE BYT[ OF DATA OVER THE LINE.
1483
1484
IF BIT 7 OF AH IS NOT SET. THE REMAUlOER OF AH
1485
1486
IS SET AS IN A STATUS REQUEST. REFLECTING THE
1487
CURRENT STATUS OF THE LINE.
(AH )=2
RECEIVE A CHARACTER IN (AL) FROM cmlMO LINE BEFORE
1488
RETURNING TO CALLER
1489
ON EXIT. AH HAS THE CURRENT LINE STATUS, AS SET BY THE
1490
THE STATUS ROUTINE. EXCEPT THAT THE ONLY BITS
1491
LEFT ON ARE THE ERROR BITS (7.4.3,2,1)
1492
IF AH HAS BIT 7 ON (TIME OUT) THE REMAHUNG
1493
BITS ARE NOT PREDICTABLE.
1494
THUS. AH IS NON ZERO ONLY I-lHEN AN ERROR
1495
OCCURRED.
1496
(AHl=3
RETURN THE COM~IO PORT STATUS IN (AX)
1497
1498
BIT 7 = TIME OUT
1499
BIT 6 = TRANS SHIFT REGISTER EMPTY
AH CONTAINS THE LINE STATUS
1500
BIT 5 = TRAN HOLDING REGISTER EMPTY
1501
BIT 4 = BREAK DETECT
1502
BIT 3 = FRAMING ERROR
BIT 2 ~ PARITY ERROR
BIT I = OVERRUN ERROR
1503
1504
~
1505
1506
BIT 0
1507
BIT 7 = RECEIVED LINE SIGNAL DETECT
1508
BIT 6 = RING INDICATOR
1509
BIT 5 = DATA SET READY
DATA READY
AL CONTAINS THE HOOEM STATUS
= CLEAR
1510
BIT 4
151:'
BIT 3 = DELTA RECEIVE LINE SIGNAL DETECT
1512
BIT 2 = TRAI LING EDGE RING DETECTOR
TO SENO
1513
BIT 1 = DELTA DATA SET READY
1514
BIT 0 = DELTA CLEAR TO SE~m
1515
1516
(oX) = PARAMETER INDICATING WHICH RS232 CARD 10,1 HLOWEOl
System BIOS 5-43
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
1517
1518
1519
; DATA AREA RS232_BASE CONTAINS THE BASE ADDRESS OF THE 8250 ON THE
CARD LOCATION 400H CONTAINS UP TO 4 RS2.32 ADDRESSES POSSIBLE
DATA AREA LABEL RS232_TIM_OUT IBYTE) CONTAINS OUTER LOOP COUNT
15ZP
VALUE FOR TIMEOUT I DEFA!JlT= 1 )
1521
1522
1523
; OUTPUT
AX MODIFIED ACCORDING TO PARNS OF CALL
1524
1525
ALL OTHERS UNCHANGED
;
----------------------- -- --- -- --- -.,. ------------ ----- - --- ----- -----------
1526
E72:9
1527
E729
1528
ASSUME
CS: CODE, OS: DATA
ORG
OE72.9H
LABEL
OW
WORD
1047
; TABLE OF INlT VALUES
1529
OW
768
; 150
E72D 8001
1530
1531
OW
3B4
I 300
E72F COOO
1532
OW
192
, 600
E731 6000
OW
96
I
E733 3000
1533
1534
OW
4B
1200
; 2400
E735 1800
1535
OW
24
; 4800
oeoo
1536
OW
12
E729 1704
EnB 0003
E737
Al
110 BAUD
; 9600
1537
E739
1538
1539
1540
RS232_10
j -----
PROt
FAR
VECTOR TO APPROPRIATE ROUTINE
1541
E739 FB
1542
5n
E73A IE
1543
PUSH
OS
E73B 52
1544
PUSH
OX
INTERRUPTS BACK ON
E73C 56
51
SAVE SEGMENT
1545
PUSH
E730 57
1546
PUSH
E73E 51
1547
PUSH
CX
E73F 53
1548
PUSH
BX
E740 SBF2
1549
MDV
SI,OX
E742 8BFA
1550
HOV
DI,DX
E744 01E6
1551
5HL
SId
01
i RS232 VALUE TO SI
; WORD OfFSET
E746 EBI013
1552
CAll
DDS
E7 49 BB14
1553
NOV
OX, RS232_BASE[ SI I
E748 OBD2
1554
OR
OX,OX
; TEST FOR 0 BASE ADDRESS
E740 7413
1555
JZ
A3
; RETURN
E74F OAE4
1556
OR
AH,AH
; TEST FOR (AH):;:O
E751 7416
1557
JZ
A4
E753 FECC
1558
DEC
AH
i TEST FOR {AH):;:l
E755 7445
1559
JZ
AS
I SEND Al
DEC
AN
; TEST FOR (AH \:;:2
JZ
Ale
; RECEIVE INTO Al
; TEST FOR (AH ):;:3
E757 FECC
1560
E759 746A
1561
E75B
1562
E75B FECC
; GET BASE ADDRESS
i CQMMUN INIT
A2:
1563
DEC
AH
E750 7503
1564
JNZ
A3
E75F E98300
1565
JHP
A18
E762
1566
E762 58
1567
POP
E763 59
1568
POP
ex
cx
; COMMUNICATION STATUS
A3:
; RETURN FROM RS232
E764 5F
1569
POP
01
E76S SE
1570
POP
51
E766 SA
1571
POP
OX
E767 IF
1572
POP
OS
E768 CF
1573
IRET
i
RETURN TO CALLER, NO ACTION
1574
1575
i----- INITIALIZE THE COMMUNICATIONS PORT
1576
A4:
E769
1577
E769 8AEO
1578
HOV
AH ,AL
E76B B3C203
1579
ADO
ox,
E76E B080
1580
HOV
Al,BOH
E770 EE
1581
OUT
oX,AL
~
; SAVE INIT PARMS IN AH
; POINT TO 8250 CONTROL REGISTER
; SET DlAB:;:1
1582
1583
;----- DETERMINE BAUD RATE DIVISOR
1584
E771 8A04
1585
E773 BI04
1586
NOV
Cl,4
E775 02C2:
1587
ROL
Dl.Cl
E777 81E2:0EOO
HOV
Dl,AH
; GET PARMS TO Ol
1588
AND
OX,OEH
E77B BF2:9E7
1589
HQV
DI,OFFSET Al
j
E77E 03FA
1590
ADD
oI,OX
; pur INTO INDEX REGISTER
E780 8814
1591
MOV
DX,RS2:32_BASEI SI I
: POINT TO HIGH ORDER OF DIVISOR
[782: 42:
[783 2E8A4S01
\592:
INC
NOV
ox
1593
5-44 System BIOS
Al,CS: [01 hI
; ISOLATE THEM
i
BASE OF TABLE
GET HIGH ORDER OF DIVISOR
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E787 EE
1594
OUT
OX.Al
E788 4A
1595
DEC
OX
E789 2E8A05
1596
MOV
AL.SC:[OIi
; GET
E7ec EE
1597
OUT
DX.AL
; SET LOW CF DIVISOR
E780 83C203
1598
ADO
DX.3
E790 8AC4
1599
MOV
E792: 241F
1600
AND
Al,OIFH
E794 EE
1601
OUT
DX.Al
E795 4A
1602:
DEC
OX
; SET MS OF DIV TO 0
lO~
ORDER Of DIVISOR
I GET PARMS BACK
AL.AH
STRIP OFf THE BAUD BITS
LINE CONTROL TO 8 BITS
;
E796 4A
1603
DEC
E797 BOOO
1604
MOV
Al.O
E799 EE
1605
OUT
DX.Al
; INTERRUPT ENABLES ALL OFF
E79A EB49
1606
JMP
SHORT AlB
; COM_STATUS
OX
1607
1606
;----- SEND CHARACTER IN fAll OVER COMMO LINE
1609
E79C
1610
E79C 50
1611
PUSH
AX
E790 83C204
1612
1613
ADD
DX.4
i
HOV
Al,3
; DTR AND RTS
OUT
DX,Al
i DATA TERMINAL READY. REQUEST TO SEND
OX
; MODEM STATUS REGISTER
E7AO B003
E7A2 EE
AS:
; SAVE CHAR TO SEND
MeDEM CONTROL REGISTER
E7A3 42
1614
1615
E7A4 42
1616
WC
OX
E7AS B730
1617
MOV
BH, 30H
E7A7 E84800
1618
CALL
WAITJOR_STATUS
ARE BOTH TRUE
E7AA 7408
1619
JE
A9
YES, READY TO TRANSMIT CHAR
E7AC
1620
1621
POP
CX
MOV
Al,Cl
E7AF
1622
1623
E7AF SOtteD
1624
OR
AH ,BaH
INDICATE TINE OUT
E782 EBAE
1625
JMP
AJ
RETURN
DEC
OX
LINE STATUS REGISTER
MOV
BH,20H
JNZ
A7
E7At 59
E7AO SACl
E7B4
1626
E794 4A
1627
E7B5
1628
E785 BnD
1629
E7B7 E83800
1630
E7BA 75FO
1631
INC
DATA SET READY & ClEAR TO SEt~D
A7:
; RELOAD DATA BYTE
AB:
A9:
AID:
IS TRANSMITTER READY
; TEST FOR TRANSMITTER READY
RETURN !-lITH TIME OUT SET
All:
E7se
1632:
E7se 83EA05
1633
SUB
OX,s
; DATA PORT
E7BF 59
1634
POP
CX
; RECOVER IN CX TEMPORARILY
E7CO BACl
1635
MOV
Al,Cl
; MOVE CHAR TO AL FOR OUT, STATUS IN AH
E7C2 EE
1636
OUT
DX,AL
OUTPUT CHARACTER
1637
JMP
AJ
RETURN
E7e3 EB9D
1638
1639
;----- RECEIVE CHARACTER FROM COMMO LINE
1640
E7es
1641
Al2 :
E7e5 83C204
1642
ADD
E7e8 8001
1643
MOV
AL,l
E7eA EE
1644
OUT
DX,Al
E7eB 42
1645
INC
OX
nee
1646
INC
OX
42
E7CO
1647
E7CO 872:0
DX,4
MODEM cmHROl REGISTER
I
DATA TERMINAL READY
MODEM STATUS REGISTER
A13:
; IoIAIT_DSR
; DATA SET READY
HAS
NOV
BH.20H
E7eF E8200D
1649
CALL
!-IAIT_FOR_STATUS
; TEST FOR DSR
E7D2 750B
1650
JNZ
AS
; RETURN IoIITH ERROR
DEC
ox
E704
1651
E704 4A
1652:
E70S
1653
E705 B701
A15:
LINE STATUS REGISTER
A16:
RECEIVE BUFFER FULL
1654
MOY
BH.l
E707 E81800
1655
CALL
!-IAITJOR_STATUS
;
f70A 7503
1656
JNZ
A8
; SET TIME OUT ERROR
TEST FOR REC. BUFF. FUll
; GET_CHAR
Al7:
E70t
1657
E70C 80E41E
1658
1659
AND
AH, 000 1111 OB
HOV
DX,f~S232_BASE[
1660
IN
AL,DX
; GET CHARACTER FROM LnlE
1661
JMP
AJ
; RETURN
E70F 8B14
E7El EC
E7E2 E97DFF
TEST FOR ERR CONDITIONS ON PEev CHAR
SI I
; DATA PORT
1662
1663
;----- COMNO PORT STATUS ROUTINE
1664
E7E5
1665
AlB:
E7E5 8814
1666
HOV
E7E7 83C205
1667
ADD
OX,S
; CON1ROl PORT
E7EA EC
1668
IN
AL,DX
; GET LINE CONTROL STATUS
E7EB BAED
1669
~OV
AH,AL
E7ED 42
1670
INC
OX
PUT IN AH FOR RETURN
; POINT TO MODEM STATUS REGISTER
System BIOS 5-45
LaC OBJ
E7EE EC
E7EF E970FF
LINE
SOURCE
; GET MODEM COIlTROL STATUS
AL,DX
A>
IN
1671
1672
JMP
RETURN
i
1673
1674
WAIT FOR STATUS IWUTlNE
j
1675
1676
; ENTRY:
1677
BH=STATU5 BIT(S) TO LOOK FOR,
OX=ADDR. OF STATUS REG
1678
1679
1680
; EXIT:
ZERO FLAG ON
= STATUS
FOUND
1681
ZERO FLAG OFF == TIMEOUT.
1682
1683
AH=LAST STATUS READ
;
E7F2
1684
WAIT_FOR_STATUS PROC
E7F, BAS07e
1685
E7F5
1686
1687
WFSO:
E7FS 26C9
E7F?
1688
WFS1 :
-- - -- -- --------------------------- - ----NEAR
MOV
BL ,1<5232_ TIM_OUTE 01
SUB
CX,CX
J
LOAD OUTER LOOP COUNT
I
E7F7 EC
1689
IN
AL,OX
; GET STATUS
E7FS BAEO
1690
1691
MOV
AH,AL
; MOVE TO AH
ANIl
AL,BH
I
E7Fe 3AC7
1692
; EXACT LY
WFS_END
; RETURN
E800 E2F5
1693
1694
CMP
J,
AL,BH
E7FE 7408
LOOP
WFSI
; TRY AGAIN
E802 FEce
1695
DEC
BL
1696
JHZ
WFSO
OR
SH,SH
E7FA 22C7
E804 75EF
ISOLATE SITS TO TEST
=
TO MASK
wITH
ZERO
FLAG
ON
1697
E806 OAFF
1698
E808
1699
1700
WFS_ENO:
1701
1702:
WAIT_FOR_STATUS ENOP
E808 C3
; SET ZERO FLAG OFF
RET
ENOP
1703
E809 4552524F52ZE20
1704
no
'HmOR.
DB
(RESUME = Fl KEy)',13,lO
ERROR PROMPT
28524553554045
2:03020224631222048455929
E823 00
E824 OA
1705
1706
; ---- INT 16 ----------- - - -- - ---------- - --- ------ - ------ - - - ---- -- - ------I KEYBOARD 1/0
1707
1708
THESE ROUTINES PROVIDE KEYBOARD SUPPORT
1709
1710
INPUT
tAH)=O
(AH)=l
SET THE Z flAG TO INDICATE IF AN ASCII CHARACTER IS
1713
AVAILABLE TO BE READ.
1714
(ZF)==1 -- NO CODE AVAILABLE
1715
(ZF )=0 -- CODE IS AVAILABLE
1716
IF ZF = 0, THE NEXT CHARACTER IN THE BUFFER TO BE READ
1717
IS IN AX,
1718
(AH)=Z
Atm THE ENTRY REMAINS IN THE BUFFER
RETURN THE CURRENT SHIFT STATUS IN Al REGISTER
THE BIT SETTINGS fOR THIS CODE ARE INDICATED IN THE
1719
1720
THE EQUATES FOR KBJLAG
; OUTPUT
1721
1722
1723
AS NOTED ABOVE, ONLY AX AND FLAGS CHANGED
ALL REGISTERS PRESERVED
; -------- ---
1724
------ --- - ---------------------------------------------------
1725
ASSUME
ORG
EaZE
1726
1727
KEYBOARD_IO
EaZE FB
1728
ST!
E8lF IE
172:9
1730
1731
PUSH
EaZE
READ THE NEXT ASCII CHARACTER STRUCK FROM THE KEYSOARD
RETURN THE RESULT IN tAL), SCAN CODE IN tAH)
1711
1712
CS: CODE, OS: DATA
OE82EH
PROC
FAR
os
PUSH
BX
CALL
DOS
OR
AH,AH
E836 740A
1732
1733
JZ
E838 FEee
1734
DEC
Kl
AH
Ea3A 741E
1735
JZ
[a3e FEee
1736
DEC
K'
AH
[83E 7426
1737
JZ
K3
E840 EBZC
1738
JMP
SHORT INTlO_END
E830 53
E831 E82512
[834 OAE4
,
,
,
,
,
INTERRUPTS BACK ON
SAVE CURRENT OS
SAVE SX TEMPORARILY
AH=O
ASCII_READ
,
AH::1
I
SHIFT_STATUS
,
,
ASCII_STATUS
AH==2
EXIT
1739
E842
1740
;----- READ THE KEY TO FIGURE OUT WHAT TO 00
1741
1742
K1:
5-46 System BIOS
; ASCII READ
laC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
; INTERRUPTS BACK ON DURING lOOP
£84-2 FB
1743
E843 90
1744-
STI
NOP
£844 FA
1745
CLI
E845 881EIAOQ
1746
NOV
ex, BUfFER_HEAD
;
ALLOW AN INTERRUPT TO OCCUR
i
INTERRUPTS BACK Off
; GET PUlNTER TO HEAD OF BUFFER
1747
CNP
ex.SUFFER_TAIl
; TEST END OF BUFFER
f840 74F3
1748
JZ
Kl
;
E84F 8807
1749
NOV
AX,[BXl
; GET SCAN CODE AND ASCII CODE
E849 381E1COO
LOOP UIlTIL smlETtHNG IN BUFFER
1750
CALL
K4
; MOVE POINTER TO NEXT POSITION
[854 891ElAOO
1751
NOV
BUFFeR_HEAD,BX
; STORE VALUE IN VARIABLE
E858 EB14
1752
JNP
SHORT INTlO_ENO
; RETURN
E851 E81DOO
1753
1754
,----- ASCII STATUS
1755
E8SA
1756
K2 :
EBSA FA
1757
CLI
ESSS BBIEIAOO
1758
NOV
BX. CUF FER_HEAD
j
E85F 381EICOO
1759
CNP
ex.BUFFER_TAIL
; IF EQUAL Il=l) THEN NOTHING THERE
E863 8807
1760
NOV
AX,[BX)
E865 FB
1761
STI
E866 5B
1762
1763
POP
BX
; RECOVER REGISTER
E867 IF
POP
OS
1 RECOVER StGMENT
E868 CA0200
1764
RET
2
j
;' WTERRUPTS OfF
GET HEllO POINTER
; INTERRUPTS BACK ON
THROW AWAY fLAGS
1765
1766
;----- SHIFT STATUS
1767
E86B
1768
E8bB A01700
1769
K3:
NOV
AL,KBJU.G
; GET THE SHIFT STATUS fLAGS
EabE
1170
E86E 58
1771
POP
BX
; RECOVER REGISTER
E86F IF
1772
POP
OS
E870 CF
1773
IRET
1774
; RECOVER REGISTERS
j
RETURN TO CALLER
j
MOVE TO NEXT WORD IN LIST
END?
1775
1776
; ----- INCREMENT A. BUFFER POINTER
1777
f871
1778
E871 43
1779
INC
BX
E872 43
1780
INC
BX
E873 3Bl£8200
1781
CNP
eX,BUFFER_ENO
;
K4
PROC
NEAR
AT END OF BUFFER?
E877 7504
1782
JNE
KS
; NO, CONTI NUE
E879 881E8000
1783
NOV
ex, BUFFER_START
;
£870
178(1
E870 C3
1785
1786
YES, RESET TO BUFFER BEGINNING
K5;
RET
K4
ENOP
1787
1788
j-----
TABLE OF SHIFT KEYS AND MASK VALUES
1789
fa7E
1790
LABEL
£87E 52
1791
DB
INS_KEY
E87F 3A
1792
DB
CAPS_KEY ,NUM_KI::Y ,SCROLL_KEY ,ALT _KEY .CTl_KEY
DB
LEFTJEY.RIGHTJEY
EOU
$-K6
BYTE
;
INSERT KEY
E880 45
E881 46
E882 38
E883 10
E884 2A
1793
Eass 36
0008
1794
KbL
1795
1796
;----- SHIFT_MASK_TABLE
1797
E886
1798
E886 80
1799
DB
E887 40
1800
DB
1801
DB
K7
LABEL
BYTE
E88S 20
E889 10
ESSA 08
E8SB 04
EB8C 02
LEFT_SHIFT> RIGHT_SHIFT
E880 01
1802
1803
j-----
SCAN COOE TABLES
1804
E88E 18
1805
K8
DB
27,-1.0.-1.-1.-1.30.-1
fS8F FF
£890 00
E891 FF
E892 FF
System BIOS 5-47
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
E893 Ff
[894 IE
E895 FF
£896 Ff
1806
DB
-1.-1,-1,31,-1,127,-1,17
1807
DB
23,5,18,20,25.21. <;1, IS
1808
DB
16.27,29,10.-1,1,19
1809
DB
4,6.7.8,10,11,12,-1,-1
1810
DB
-1, -1,28.26,24) 3 > 22.2
1811
DB
14,13,-1, -1.-1 ,-1.-1.-1
E897 FF
E898 fF
E899 IF
E89A FF
E898 7F
E89C FF
E890 11
E89E 17
E89F 05
EBAO
12
EBAI 14
E8A2 19
[8A3 15
E8A4 09
E8A5 OF
E8A6 10
E8A7 18
E8A8 10
E8A9 OA
EeAA FF
EBAS 01
EBAC 13
EBAD 04
EBAE Do
E8AF 07
E880 08
E861 DA
E8B2 08
£883 DC
E884 FF
EeBS FF
E886 FF
E8B7 Ff
E8B8 Ie
E8B9 lA
EBBA 18
E85B 03
EBBC 16
EBBO 02
EBBE DE
E8BF 00
£8CO FF
E8Cl FF
E8C2 FF
£8C3 ff
E8C4 FF
E8C5 FF
£8C6 20
1812
DB
,-1
E8C7 Ff
1813
; ----- eTL TABLE SCAN
E8C8
1814
K9
E8C8 5E
lB15
DB
94,95.96,97,98.99,100,101
1816
DB
102,103,-1,-1.119,-1,132,-1
1817
DB
lls,-l, 116 ,-1,117,-1.118,-1
LABEL
BYTE
E8C9 SF
EBCA 60
E8CB 61
EBce 62
EBCD 63
EBCE 64
EBCF 65
E8DO 66
E8Dl 67
E802 FF
E803 FF
E804 77
E80S FF
E8D6 84
E8D7 FF
E808 73
E8D9 FF
E80A 74
E8DB FF
Eeoc 75
E800 FF
5-48 System BIOS
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
f8DE 76
f80r FF
f8EO FF
EeEI
E8EI
lB
1818
DB
1819
i-----
1820
KID
-1
LC TABLE
LABEL
BYTE
1821
DB
DIBH. ' 1234567890-::' • 08H. 09H
1822
DB
'qwertyuiop[ J' ,ODH,-i, 'asdfghjkl;' ,027H
1823
DB
bOH > -1.5CH. 'zxcvbnm •. /' ,-1, '*' .-1.'
DB
-1
f8E2 31323334353637
3839302030
EBEE 08
E8EF 09
[BfO 71776572747975
696F70585D
f8FC 00
EBFO FF
faFE 6173646/;>67686"
666e38
E908 27
E909 60
E90A FF
E90B SC
E<;IOC 7A786376626E60
2CZE2F
E9l6 FF
E917 <:A
E9le FF
E919 20
E91A FF
1824
1825
;----- UC TABLE
E91B
1826
Kll
E91B 16
1827
DB
27,'
1828
DB
'Ql,.lERTYUIOPO' • OOH. -1. 'ASDfGHJKL:'"
1829
DB
07EH,-I,' IZXCVBNM<>?' .-1,0.-1.'
LABEL
BYTE
~~#&',
37.05EH.' &*( 1_+' ,08H ,0
E9le 21402324
EnD 25
E921 SE
E922 262A28295F2B
E928 08
E929 00
E92A 51574552545955
494f507B70
E936 00
E937 Ff
E938 4153444647484A
484C3A22
[943 7E
, ,-1
E944 FF
E945 7C5A584356424E
403C3E3F
E950 FF
E951 00
E952 FF
E953 20
E954 FF
1830
;----- UC TABLE SCAN
E955
1831
K12
E955 54
1832
DB
84.85.86.87.88.89.90
1833
DB
91,92.93
LABEL
BYTE
E956 55
E957 56
E958 57
E959 58
E95A 59
E95B SA
E95C 58
E950 SC
E 95E 50
1834
;----- AlT TABLE SCAN
E95F
1835
K13
E95F 68
1836
DB
104.1 05.I 06.107.108
1837
DB
109.110.111.112,Il3
LABEL
BYTE
E960 69
E961 6A
E962 6B
E963 6C
E964 60
E965 6E
E966 6F
E967 70
E968 71
1838
E969
1839
j-----
K14
NUM STATE TABLE
LABEL
BYTE
System BIOS 5-49
LOC OBJ
E969 37383920343536
29313233302E
LINE
SOURCE
DB
1840
'789-456+1230.'
1841
; ----- BASE CASE TABLE
E976
1842
K15
E976 47
1843
DB
71.72,73,-1,75.-1.77
1844
DB
-1.79.80.81,82: ,83
LABEL
BYTE
E977 48
E978 ~9
E979 FF
E97A. 46
E97B FF
E97C 40
E970 FF
E97E 4F
E'nF 50
E98D 51
E981 S2
E982 53
1845
1846
; ----- KEYBOARD INTERRUPT ROUTINE
1847
E987
1848
DRG
OE9B7H
E9S7
1849
E987 FB
1850
STI
E988 50
1851
PUSH
E989 53
1852
PUSH
BX
E9SA 51
1853
PUSH
ex
E98B 52
1854
PUSH
ox
KB_INT
PROC
FAR
; ALLOW FURTHER INTERRUPTS
AX
E<;l8C 56
1855
PUSH
51
E980 57
1856
PUSH
01
E<;I8E lE
1857
PUSH
OS
E98F 06
1858
PUSH
E990 Fe
1859
eLD
E991 E8e510
1860
CALL
DDS
E994 E460
1861
IN
AL,KB_DATA
; READ IN THE CHARACTER
E996 50
PUSH
AX
; SAVE IT
[997 E461
1862
1863
IN
Al,KB_CTL
; GET THE COHTROL PORT
E999 BAED
1864
MOV
AH,Al
; SAVE VALUE
E99B OC80
1865
DR
Al,80H
; RESET BIT FOR KEYBOARD
E990 E661
1866
OUT
KB_CTl"Al
E99F 86EO
1867
XCHG
AH,Al
; GET BACK ORIGIHAl CONTROL
E9AI E661
1868
OUT
KB_CTL,Al
; KB HAS BEEN RESET
E9A3 58
1869
POP
AX
; RECOVER SCAN CODE
E9A4 BAED
1870
MOV
AH,Al
; SAVE SCAN CODE IN AH ALSO
ES
; FORWARD DIRECTION
1871
18n
;----- TEST FOR OVERRUN SCAN CODE FROM KEYBOARD
1873
E9A6 3eFF
1874
eMP
AL,OFFH
; IS THIS AN OVERRUN CHAR
E9A8 7503
1875
JHZ
K16
; NO. TEST FOR SHIFT KEY
E<;lAA E<;I7A-D:!
1876
JMP
Kb2
I BUFFER_FUll_BEEP
1877
j-----
1878
TEST FOR SHIFT KEYS
1879
E<;lAO
1880
K16:
I
E9AO 247f
1881
AND
AL,07FH
E9AF DE
1882
PUSH
es
E960 07
TEST_SHIFT
; TURN OFF THE BREAK BIT
ESTABLISH ADDRESS OF SHIFT TABLE
1883
POP
ES
i
E9S1 BF7EE8
1884
MOV
DI,OFFSET K6
i SHIFT KEY TABLE
E984 890800
1885
MOV
CX.K6L
E987 F2
1886
REPNE
seASB
E969 BAC4
1887
MOV
Al.AH
E9SB 7403
1888
JE
K17
; JUHP IF HATCH FOUND
E9BO E9850D
1889
JMP
K2S
I
LENGTH
; LOOK THROUGH THE TABLE FOR A HATCH
E968 AE
; RECOVER SCAN CODE
IF NO MATCH. THEN SHIFT HOT FOUND
1890
1891
j-----
SHIFT KEY FOUND
1892
Egeo 81EF7FEB
1893
K17:
SUB
DI,OFFSET K6+1
; ADJUST PTR TO SCAH CODE HTCH
E9C4 2E8AA586E8
1894
MOV
AH,CS:K7(OIl
; GET MASK INTO AH
E9C9 ABBD
1895
TEST
Al.80H
; TEST FOR BREAK KEY
E9CB 7551
1896
JNZ
K23
; BREAK_SHIFTJOUND
1897
1898
;----- SHIFT MAKE FOUND. DETERMINE SET OR TOGGLE
1899
Egeo BOFCIO
E9DO 7307
1900
eMP
1901
JAE
K18
1902:
1903
5-50 System BIOS
j-----
PLAIN SHIFT KEY. SET SHIFT ON
j
IF SCROll SHIFT OR ABOVE, TOGGLE KEY
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
1904
E902 08261700
E906 E98000
1905
OR
KBJLAG.AH
• TURN ON SHIFT BIT
1906
JHP
K26
I
INTERRUPT_RETURN
1907
1908
;----- TOGGLED SHIFT KEY. TEST FOR 1ST HAKE OR NOT
}909
K18:
; SHIFT-TOGGLE
E909
1910
E9D9 f606170004
1911
TEST
KB_FLAG. CTL_SHIfT
E9DE 7565
1912
JNZ
K25
E9EO 3C52
1913
E9E2 7522
1914
JNZ
K22
; JUMP IF NOT INSERT KEY
TEST
KBJlAG. ALT_SHIFT
; CHECK FOR ALTERNATE SHIFT
E9E4 F606170008
1916
E9EB F606170020
1917
E9FO 7500
1918
E9f2 F606170003
1919
E9F7 7400
1920
; JUMP I f
;
1915
E9E9 755A
; CHECK CTl SHIFT STATE
K19:
C~IECK
eTl STATE
FOR INSERT KEY
; JUMP IF ALTERNATE SHIfT
JNZ
K25
TEST
KB_FlAG. NUH_STATE
; CHECK FOR BASE STATE
JNZ
K2I
; JUMP IF NUM LOCK IS ON
JZ
K22
; JUMP IF BASE STATE
1921
K20 :
; NUHERIC ZERO, NOT INSERT KEY
E9F9
1922
E9F9 B83052
1923
HOV
AX. 5230H
I
E9ft E90601
1924
JHP
K57
; BUfFERJILL
E9FF
E9FF F606170003
1925
1926
TEST
KBJLAG,
EA04 74F3
1927
JZ
K20
fA06
1929
K21:
PUT OUT AN ASCII ZERO
; HIGHT BE NUMERIC
LEFT_SHIFT'" RIGHT_SHIFT
I
JUMP NUMERIC. NOT INSERT
1928
fA06 84261800
K22:
I SHIFT TOGGLE KEY HIT; PROCESS IT
1930
I
IS KEY ALREADY DEPRESSED
EADA 7540
1931
JNZ
K26
; JUMP If KEY ALREADY DEPRESSED
fADe 08261800
1932
OR
KBJLAG_l.AH
;
lIlDICATE THAT THE KEY IS DEPRESSED
EAIO 30261700
1933
XOR
KBJLAG.AH
; TOGGLE THE SHIFT STATE
EA14 3C52
1934
CMP
Al.1NS_KEY
; TEST FOR 1ST HAKE OF INSERT KEY
EA16 7541
1935
JNE
K26
; JUMP IF NOT INSERT KEY
EAl8 B80052
1936
HOV
AX,INS_KEY*256
; SET SCAN CODE INTO AH, 0 INTO AL
EAIB E98701
1937
JHP
K57
; PUT INTO OUTPUT BUFfER
1938
1939
;----- BREAK SHIFT FOUND
1940
EAIE
1941
K23:
; BREAK-SHIFT-FOUND
fAIE 80FCIO
1942
CHP
AH, SCROLL_SHIFT
EA21 731A
1943
JAE
K24
fA23 F604
1944
NOT
AH
ltNERT MASK
IS THIS A TOGGLE KEY
; YES, HANDLE BREAK TOGGLE
EA25 20261700
1945
ANO
KBJLAG.AH
TURN OFF SHIFT BIT
EA29 3eB8
1946
CHP
AL,ALT_KEY+80H
IS THIS ALTERNATE SHIFT RelEASE
fAZB 752C
1947
JNE
K26
INTERRUPT_RETURN
1948
1949
;----- ALTERNATE SHIfT KEY RELEASED, GET THE VALUE INTO BUFFER
1950
EA20 AD 1900
EA30 B400
1951
1952
HOV
AL,AL T_INPUT
HOV
AH.O
; SCAN CODE OF 0
EA32 88261900
1953
HOV
ALT_INPUT,AH
j
EA36 3eoo
1954
CHP
AL,O
; WAS THE INPUT=O
EA38 741F
1955
JE
K26
; INTERRUPT_RETURN
JHP
K58
NOT
AH
E"A3A E9A101
1956
EA30
1957
EA3D F604
1958
K24:
ZERO OUT THE FIELO
; IT WASN'T, SO PUT IN BUFFER
; BREAK-TOGGLE
EA3F 20261800
1959
ANO
EA43 E614
1960
JHP
INVERT MASK
INOICATE NO LONGER DEPRESSED
SHORT K26
1961
1962
;----- TEST FOR HOLD STATE
1963
EA45
1964
EA45 3e80
1965
CHP
AL,80H
; TEST FOR BREAK KEY
EA47 7310
1966
JAE
K26
; NOTHING FOR BREAK CHARS FROM HERE ON
EA49 F606180008
1967
1968
TEST
KB_FLAG_I.HOLO_STATE
ARE WE IN HOLD STATE
EA4E 7417
JZ
K28
BRANCH AROUND TEST I f NOT
EASO 3C45
1969
CMP
AL,NUM_KEY
EA52 7405
1970
JE
K26
EA54 80261800F7
1971
AND
KBJLAG_l,NOT HOLD_STATE
EA59
1912
EA59 FA
1973
EASA B020
1974
EAse E620
1975
EASE
1976
EASE 07
1977
POP
EASF IF
1978
POP
OS
EA60 SF
1979
1980
POP
or
sr
EA61 SE
K25:
; NO-SHIFT-FOUND
K26:
CAN'T END HOLD ON NUM_LOCK
j
TURN OFF THE HOLD STATE BIT
; WTERRUPT-RETURN
CLI
I TURN OFF INTERRUPTS
HOV
AL,EOI
OUT
020H ,.6,l
K27:
; END OF INTERRUPT COMMAND
j
SEND CotlMAND TO INT CONTROL PORT
; INTERRUPT-RETURN-NO-EOI
POP
"
System BIOS 5-51
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
1981
POP
ox
EA63 59
1982-
POP
CX
EA64 56
1983
1984
POP
BX
POP
AX
1985
IRET
EA62 SA
[A65 58
EAb6 CF
; RESTORE STATE
; RETURN. INTERRuprs BACK ON
1986
;
WITH F LAG CHANGE
1987
1988
; ----- NOT IN.
HOLD STATE. TEST FOR SPECIAL CHARS
1989
EA67
1990
K2:8:
; NO-HOLD-STATE
EA67 F606170008
1991
TEST
KBJLAG,ALT_SHIFT
EAbC 7503
1992
JNZ
K29
EA6E E99100
1993
JMP
K38
; ARE WE IN ALTERNATE SHIFT
JUMP IF ALTERNATE SHIFT
; JUMP IF NOT ALTERNATE
1994
1995
j-----
TEST FOR RESET KEY SEQUENCE {ell ALT OEll
1996
fA7l
1997
fA7l F606170004
1998
K2:9:
i
TEST-RESET
; ARE WE IN CONTROL SHIFT ALSO
EA76 7433
1999
JZ
K31
j
NO_~'ESET
EA78 3C53
2000
CMP
AL,OEl_KEY
j
SHIFT STATE IS THERE, TEST KEY
EA7A 752F
2:001
JNE
K31
2:002
2003
j----- Cil-ALT-DEL HAS BEEN FOUNO, DO I/O CLEANUP
2004
fA7C C706n00341Z
2:00S
NOV
EA82 EA56EOOOFO
2:006
JMP
SET FLAG FOR RESET FUNCTION
RESET
2007
2008
;----- ALT-INPUT-TABLE
EA87
2:009
K30
LABEL
BYTE
EAS7 52
2:010
OB
82:.79.80.81,75,76.77
2011
OB
71.72..73
JUMP TO POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS
EA88 4f
EAa9 50
fAaA 51
EASe 46
EABC 4C
EABO 40
EABE 47
10 NUMBERS ON KEYPAD
EMF 48
!:A90 49
2012:
fA91 10
2013
i----- SUPER-SHIFT-TABLE
DB
16.17018.19.20.21.22.23
j
A-Z TYPEWRITER CHARS
EAn 11
fA93 12
EA94 13
EA95 10:.
EA96 15
fA97 16
E,6,98 17
fA99 )8
2014
OB
,4.25.30.31.32.33.34.35
2015
OB
36.37,38,44,45,46,47,48
2016
OB
49.50
EA9A 19
EA9B IE
EA9C IF
EA90 20
EA9E 21
EA9F 22
EAAO 23
EAAl 24
fAA:?: 25
fAA3 26
EAA4 2C
EAA5 20
EAAb 2E
fAA7 2F
EAM 30
fAA9 31
EAAA 32
2017
2018
j-----
IN ALTERNATE SHIFT, RESET NOT FOUND
2019
EAAB
2020
; NO-RESET
K31 :
EAAB 3C39
2021
CNP
AL.57
; TEST FOR SPACE KEY
EAAD 7505
2022
JtiE
K32
; NOT THERE
EAAF B020
2623
NOV
AL. '
; SET SPACE CHAR
EABt E92101
2024
JMP
K57
; BUFFER_fILL
2025
2026
2027
5;..52 System BIOS
j-----
LOOK FOR KEY PAD ENTRY
LaC OBJ
LINE
EAB4
2028
EA54 BF67EA
2029
SOURCE
K32:
J ALT-KEY-PAD
MOV
DI,OFFSET K30
; ALT-INPUT-TABLE
2030
MOV
eX,lo
2031
REPNE
seAse
,
I NO_AlT_KEYPAD
2033
IN'
SUB
Oll
2034
NOV
EACS 840A
2035
NOV
AL,ALT_INPUT
AH.IO
NUL
AH
EAS7 890AOO
EABA F2
EABB AE
EABC 7512
2032
EABE BIEF86EA
EAC2 A01900
DI.OFFSET K30+1
LOOK FOR ENTRY USING KEYPAQ
LOOK FOR MATCH
OX NOW HAS ENTRY VALUE
; GET THE CURRENT BYTE
I MULTIPLY BY 10
EAC7 F6E4
2036
EAC9 03e7
2037
ADO
AX.DX
; ADD IN THE LATEST ENTRY
EAce .6.21900
2038
NOV
ALT_WPUT ,AL
; STORE IT AWAY
EACE E889
2039
JMP
"6
; THROW AWA.Y THAT KEYSTROKE
2040
2041
; ----- LOOK FOR SUPER SHIFT ENTRl
K33:
EADO
2042
2043
EAOO C&06190000
2044
MOV
EA05 891AOO
2045
MOV
EA08 F2
2046
EADA 7505
2047
EADC BODO
EAOE E9F400
; NO-ALi-KEYPAD
All_INPUT ,0
eX,lE>
; OX. ES ALREADY POINTING
REPNE
seASB
; LOOK FOR MATCH IN ALPHABET
034
AL,O
;. NOT FOUND, FUNCTION KEY OR OTHER
2048
IN'
MOV
2049
JMP
057
;. PUT IT IN THE BUFFER
J ZERO ANY PREVIOUS ENTRY INTO IN?uT
EA09 AE
;. ASCII CODe OF ZERO
2050
2051
,~-~--
LOOK FOR TOP ROW OF ALTERNATE SHIFT
2052
fAfl
2051
EAEI 3C02
2054
noc
2055
EAE5 3COE
2056
EAE3
K34:
;. ALT-TOP-ROW
C"P
JB
AL,2
KEY WITH '1' otlIT
035
;. NOT ONE OF INTERESTING KEYS
AL,14
I IS IT IN THE REGION
035
AH , 1l8
;. CONVERT PSUEDO SCAN CODE TO RANGE
EAE7 7308
2057
CMP
JAE
EAE9 80C476
2058
ADD
EAEC BODO
2059
MOV
ALia
j
EAEE E9E400
2060
JMP
057
;. aUFFERJILL
j
All-FUNCTION
INDICATE AS SUCH
2061
2062
1----- TRANSLATE ALTERNATE SHIFT PSEUDO SCAN CODES
2063
EAFI
2064
K35:
I AlT-FUNCTION
EAFt 3C38
2065
CMP
AL,59
;. TEST FOR IN TABLE
EAF3 7103
2066
JAE
037
J ALT-CONTINUE
EAF5
2067
EAF5 f96tFF
2068
JMP
026
fAF8
2069
K36:
;. CLOSE-RETURN
K37:
I IGNORE THE KEY
;. ALT-CONTINUE
EAF8 3C47
2070
Al,71
I IN KEYPAD REGION
EAFA 73F9
2071
JAE
036
;. IF 50, IGNORE
EAFC BBSFE9
2072
MOV
BX,OFFSET K13
;. AL T SHIFT PSEUDO SCAN TABLE
EAFF E91BOI
2073
J"P
063
;. TRANSLATE THAT
CMP
2074
2075
1----- NOT IN ALTERNATE SHIFT
2076
EB02
2077
EB02 F606170004
2078
EB07 7458
2079
K38:
;. NOT-ALT-SHIFT
TEST
KB_FLAG.CTl_SHIFT
; ARE WE IN CONTROL SHIFT
JZ
044
;. NOT-CTL-SHIFT
2080
Z081
;----- CONTROL SHIFT, TEST SPECIAL CHARACTERS
208l
j-----
TEST FOR BREAK AND PAUSE KEYS
2083
EB09 3C46
Z084
CMP
AL,SCROLL_KEY
; TEST FOR BREAK
EBOB 7518
2085
JNE
01.
EBOO 8BIE8000
2086
MOV
BX,BUFFER_START
EBll 891ElAOO
2087
MOV
BUF FER_HEAD, BX
EBIS 691E1COO
2088
MOV
BUFFER_TAIL.BX
E819 C606710080
2069
"OV
BIOS_BREAK,SOH
EBIE COIS
2090
INT
16H
EB20 lBCO
2091
SUB
AX,AX
;. PUT OUT DUHMY CHARACTER
EBl2: E9BOOO
2092
JMP
057
, BUFFERJILL
K39:
NO-BREAK
1 RESET BUFFER TO EHPTY
; TURN ON BIOS_BREAK BIT
;. 8REAK INTERRUPT VECTOR
EB2S
2093
E825 3C45
2094
C"P
AL,NUH_KEY
E8l7 7511
2095
041
J LOOK FOR PAUSE KEY
j NO-PAUSE
; NO-BREAK
2096
IN'
OR
KBJlAG_l.HOLD_STATE
I TURN ON THE HOLD flAG
EBlE B02:0
2097
MOV
AL,EOI
j
END OF INTERRUPT TO CONTROL PORT
EB30 E620
l098
2Qqq
OUT
020H,AL
j
ALLOW FURTHER KEYSTROKE INTS
EB29 600E180008
2100
j----~
DURING PAUSE INTERVAL, TURN CRT BACK ON
2101
E832 803E490007
Z102
CMP
CRT_MOOE.7
; IS THIS BLACK AND WHITE CARD
System BIOS 5-53
LINE
LOC OBJ
SOURCE
E837 7407
2103
JE
K40
; YES. NOTHING TO DO
E839 BAQSDl
2104
MOV
OX.03DSH
; PORT FOR COLOR CARD
EBlt A06500
2105
MOV
AL,eRT_MODE_SET
I GET THE VALUE OF THE CURRENT MODE
OUT
OX.AL
; SET THE CRT MODE. SO THAT CRT IS ON
TEST
KBJlAG_l.HOlD_STATE
EBlF EE
2:106
E840
2107
E640 F60618000S
2108
E845 75F9
2109
EB47 Eq14FF
2110
EB4A
2111
K40:
; PAUSE-LOOP
JHZ
K40
JMP
K27
K41:
; lOOP UNTIL FLAG TURNED OFF
; INTERRUPT_RETURN_ND_EOI
; NO-PAUSE
2112
2113
2114
; ----- TEST SPECIAL CASE KEY 55
E54A 3e37
2115
CMP
Al.55
EB4C 7506
2116
JHE
K42
; NOT-KEY-55
EB4E B80072
2117
MOV
AX,l14*256
; START/STOP PRINTING SWITCH
E851 E98100
2118
JMP
K57
; BUFFER_FILL
2119
j-----
Zi2:0
SET UP TO TRANSLATE CONTROL SHIFT
2121
E854
2:122
; NOT-KEY-55
K42::
E854 BB8EE6
2123
MOV
BX.OFFSET K8
E857 3C3B
2124
CMP
AL,59
2125
i SET UP TO TRANSLATE tTL
; IS IT IN TABLE
I Cll-TABLE-TRANSLATE
E8S9 7276
2126
JB
K5.
ESSS
2:127
ESSS SBCBEe
2128
MOV
eX.OFFSET K9
ESSE E96COO
2129
JMP
K.'
K43:
I YES. GO TRANSLATE CHAR
I Cll-TABLE-TRANSLATE
I CTL TABLE SCAN
TRANSLATE_SCAN
2:130
2131
I ----- NOT IN CONTROL SHIFT
2:132
EB61
2133
EB61 3C47
2134
CMP
AL.71
i
EB63 732C
2135
K44:
JAE
K48
; HANDLE KEYPAD REGION
E605 F606170003
2136
TEST
KB_FLAG, LEFT_SHIFT "'RIGHT_SHIFT
ES6A 745A
2:137
JZ
K54
I NOT-Cll-SHIFT
TEST FOR KEYPAD REGION
I TEST FOR SHIFT STATE
2138
2139
;----- UPPER CASE, HANDLE SPECIAL CASES
2140
EB6C 3COF
2141
CMP
AL.IS
; BACK TAB KEY
EB6E 7505
2142
I NOT-BACK-TAB
2:143
JHE
MOV
K45
E870 B8000F
AX.15*256
I SET PSEUDO SCAN CODE
EB73 EB60
2144
JMP
SHORT K57
I BUFFERJILL
EB75
2145
EB75 3C37
2146
tMP
AL.55
I PRINT SCREEN KEY
EB77 7509
2147
JHE
K4.
I NOT-PRINT-SCREEN
K45:
I NOT -BACK -TAB
2148
j----- ISSUE INTERRUPT TO INDICATE PRINT StREEt-! FUNCTION
2149
2150
EB79 B020
2151
MOV
EB7B E620
2:152:
OUT
020H. Al
;
Ee70 C005
2:153
INT
5H
I ISSUE PRINT SCREEN INTERRUPT
JMP
"7
; GO BACK WITHOUT EOI OCCURRING
CMP
AL,59
I FUNCTION KEYS
AL.EOI
; END OF CURRENT INTERRUPT
SO FURTHER THINGS CAN HAPPEN
EB7F E9DCFE
2154-
EB82
2155
EB82 3C3B
2156
E884 1206
2157
JB
E886 B855E9
2158
MOV
8X,OFFSET K12
i UPPER CASE PSEUDO SCAN CODES
EB89 E99100
2159
JMP
K.'
I TRANSLATE_SCAN
; NOT-PRINT-SCREEN
K46:
K47
i NOT-UPPER-FUNCTION
i NOT-UPPER-FUNCTION
K47:
EB8e
2160
EB8C BBIBE9
2161
MOV
BX,OFFSET Kll
; POINT TO UPPER CASE TABLE
EB8F EB40
2:162
JMP
SHORT K56
; OK, TRANSLATE THE CHAR
2163
2164
j-----
KEYPAD KEYS. MUST TEST NUN LOCK FOR DETERMINATION
2165
K48:
KEYPAD-REGION
EB91
2166
EMI F606170020
2167
TEST
KBJ LAG. NUH_STATE
I ARE WE IN NUM_LOCK
EB96 7520
2168
JHZ
K52
i
E898 F606170003
2169
TEST
KB_F LAG, LEFT_SHIFT +RIGHT_SHIFT
EB9D 7520
2170
JHZ
K53
j
TEST FOR SURE
; ARE WE IN SHIFT STATE
; IF SHIFTED. REALLY NUM STATE
2171
2172
I ----- BASE CASE FOR KEYPAD
2173
EB9F
2174
K49:
I BASE-CASE
EB9F 3C4A
217S
tMP
AL.74
i SPECIAL CASE FOR A COUPLE OF KEYS
fBAI 7406
2176
JE
K50
I MINUS
EBA3 3C4E
2177
tMP
AL,78
EBA5 740C
2178
JE
K51
EBA7 2C47
2179
SUB
AL.7l
5~54
System BIOS
; CONVERT ORIGIN
LaC OBJ
LINE
EBA9 8876E9
2180
EBAC EB7l
2181
EBAE
2182
fBAE 88204,A.
2183
2184
EBBI EB22
EBBl
EBB3 88284E
EBB6 EBID
2185
2186
2167
SOURCE
MOV
eX,OfFSET K15
JMP
SHORT K64
; CONVERT TO PSEUDO SCAN
MOV
AX,74*256+'-'
; MINUS
; BASE CASE TABLE
K50:
JtlP
SHORT K57
; BUFFERJILl
MOV
AX, 78*256+' .. '
; PLUS
JMP
SHORT K57
; BUFFER_FILL
K51:
2188
EBBS
2:189
j----- NIGHT BE NUM LOCK. TEST SHIFT STATUS
2190
2191
K52:
;
EBBD 75EO
2192
2193
EBBF
2194
EBeF 2C46
ESCI 8869E9
2195
2196
MOV
AL.70
eX,OFFSET K14
EBC4 EBOB
2197
JMP
SHORT 1<56
EBBS F606170003
ALHOST-t~Utl-STATE
TEST
KBJLAG, lEFT _SHIFT+RIGHT_SHIFT
JHZ
K49
SUB
; CONVERT ORIGIN
I TRANSLATE_CHAR
K53:
; SHIFTED TEHP OUT OF HUN STATE
; REALLY_NUM_STATE
; NUI'i STATE TABLE
2196
2199
; ----- PLAIN OLD LOWER CASE
2200
EBC6
2201
K54:
I NOT-SHIFT
EBC6 3C3B
2202
eMP
AL.S9
EBca 7204
2203
JB
K55
j
; TEST FOR FUNCTION KEYS
NOT-LOWER-FUNCTION
EBCA BOOO
2204
MOV
AL.O
; SCAN CODE IN AH ALREADY
EBce EB07
2205
JMP
SHORT K57
; BUffER_FILL
EBCE
2206
EBCE BSEIE8
2207
MOV
BX.OFFSET KID
K55:
; NOT -LOWER-FUNCTION
i
LC TABLE
2208
2209
j-----
TRANSLATE THE CHARACTER
2210
EBDI
2211
EBDI FEC8
2212
DEe
AL
; CONVERT ORIGIN
2213
XLAT
CS:KII
j
EBD3 2E07
KS6:
j
TRANSLATE-CHAR
CONVERT THE SCAN CODE TO ASCII
2214
221S
j-----
PUT CHARACTER INTO BUFFER
2216
EBDS
2217
EBDS 3CFF
2218
EB07 741F
2219
EBD9 80FCFF
2220
EBOC 741A
2221
KS7:
; BUFFER-FILL
eMP
AL.-l
J'
eMP
K59
; YES. DO NOTHING WITH IT
AH.-I
; LOOK FOR -I PSEUDO SCAN
J'
K59
; NEAR_INTERRUPT_RETURN
; IS THIS AN IGNORE CHAR
2222
2223
;----- HANDLE THE CAPS LOCK PROBLEM
2224
EBOE
2225
EBDE F606170040
2226
K58:
TEST
KB_F LAG .CAPS_STATE
; BUFFER-FILL-NOTEST
j
EBE3 7420
2227
JZ
K61
; SKIP IF NOT
ARE WE IN CAPS LOCK STATE
2228
2229
; ----- IN CAPS LOCK STATE
2230
EBES F606170003
2231
TEST
KBJLAG.LEFT _SHIFT+RIGHT_SHIFT
EBEA 740F
2232
JZ
K60
; TEST FOR SHIFT STATE
; IF NOT SHIFT. CONVERT LOWER TO UPPER
2233
2234
1----- CONVERT ANY UPPER CASE TO LOWER CASE
2235
EBEe 3C41
2236
eMP
AL. 'A'
; FIND OUT IF ALPHABETIC
EBEE 7215
2237
JB
K61
; NOT_CAPS_STATE
EBFa 3C5A
2238
eMP
Al. 'Z'
EBF2 7711
2239
JA
K61
; NOT_CAPS_STATE
EBF4 0420
2240
ADO
AL. 'a'-'A'
; CONVERT TO LOWER CASE
EBF6 EBOD
2241
JMP
SHORT K61
EBF8
2242
EBF8 E95EFE
2243
JMP
.,6
K59:
j
NOT_CAPS_STATE
j
NEAR-INTERRUPT-RETURN
j
INTERRUPT_RETURN
2244
2245
j-----
CONVERT ANY LOWER CASE TO UPPER CASE
2246
EBFB
2247
EBFB 3C61
2248
eMP
Al. 'a'
; FIND OUT IF ALPHABETIC
EBFO 7206
2249
JB
K61
;
; NOT_CAPS_STATE
EBFF 3C7A
2250
eMP
Al.'z'
ECOI 7702
2251
JA
K61
EC03 2.C20
2252
SUB
AL. 'a'-'A'
ECOS
2253
ECOS 8BIElCOO
2254
MOV
ex. BUFFER_TAIL
i
EC09 8BF3
2255
MOV
5I.BX
; SAVE THE VALUE
ECOB E863FC
2256
CALL
K4
; ADVANCE THE TAIL
K60:
K61:
LOWER -TO-UPPER
; NOT_CAPS_STATE
i
CONVERT TO UPPER CASE
; NOT-CAPS-STATE
GET THE END POINTER TO THE BUFFER
System BIOS 5-55
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
ECOE 381EIAOO
2257
CMP
ex. BUFFER_HEAD
EG12 7413
2258
JE
K62
i BUFFERJULl_BEEP
EC14 8904
2259
MOV
[51 ],AX
; SlORE THE VALUE
EClb 891[ICOO
2260
MOV
BUFFER_TAIL,8X
; MOVE THE POINTER UP
JMP
K26
; INTERRUPT_RETURN
ECIA E93tH
2261
; HAS THE BUFFER WRAPPED AROUND
2262
2263
j-----
TRANSLATE SCAN FOR PSEUDO SCAN CODES
2264
ECID
2265
; TRMISLATE-SCAN
K63:
SUB
Al.59
i CONVERT ORIGIN TO FUNCTION KEYS
2268
XlAT
CS:K9
; CTl TABLE SCAN
2269
MOV
AH,Al
; PUT VA lUE INTO AH
Een BODO
2270
MOV
Al,O
; ZERO ASCII CODE
Ee25 EBAE
2271
JMP
K57
; PUT IT INTO THE BUFFER
EeIO 2e38
2266
EelF
EelF 2E07
2267
Ee21 8AEO
K64:
; TRANSLATE-SeAN-QRGO
2272
2273
KB_INT
ENDP
2274
2275
j----- BUFFER IS FUll, SOUND THE BEEPER
2276
; BUFFER-FUll-BEEP
Ee27
2277
K62 :
Ee27 B020
2278
Ee29 E620
2279
EelB B88000
2280
EelE E461
2281
IN
Al,KB_CTl
; GET CONTROL INFORMATION
EC30 50
2282
PUSH
AX
; SAVE
Ee31
2283
Ee31 24Ft
2284
AND
AL,OFCH
; TURN OFF TIMER GATE AND SPEAKER DATA
Ee33 E661
2285
OUT
KB_CTL,Al
I
Ee35 B94800
2286
MOV
CX,48H
; HALF CYCLE TIME FOR TONE
Ee38
2287
Ee38 E2FE
2288
LOOP
K66
; SPEAKER OFF
Ee3A OC02
2289
DR
AL,2
; TURN ON SPEAKER BIT
Ee3t E661
2290
OUT
KB_CTl,AL
; OUTPUT TO CONTROL
MOV
CX,48H
; SET UP COUNT
K67
; ANOTHER HALF CYCLE
; TOTAL TIME COUNT
Al,EOI
; END OF INTERRUPT COMMAND
OUT
20H,Al
; SEND COMMAND TO INT CONTROL PORT
MOV
BX,080H
; NUMBER OF CYClES FOR 1112 SECOND TONE
MOV
; BEEP-CYCLE
K65:
OUTPUT TO CONTROL
K66 :
EelE 894800
2291
EC41
2292
EC41 E2FE
2293
LOOP
EC43 48
2294
DEC
BX
EC44 75E8
2295
JNZ
K65
; 00 MlOTHER CYCLE
EC46 58
2296
POP
AX
; RECOVER CONTROL
I
K67:
EC47 E661
2297
OUT
KB_CTl,AL
EC49 E912FE
2298
JMP
K27
OUTPUT THE CONTROL
2299
EC4C 20333031
2300
Fl
DB
2301
F3
DB
; KEYBOARD ERROR
301' ,13,10
Ee50 00
EC51 OA
EC52 363031
; DISKETTE ERROR
'601' .13.10
EC55 00
EC56 OA
2302
2303
,-- INT 13 --------------------------------------------------------------
2304
; DISKETTE I/O
THIS INTERFACE PROVIDES ACCESS TO THE 5 1/4 DISKETTE DRIVES
2305
2306
2307
INPUT
(AH )=0
RESET DISKETTE SYSTEM
2308
HARD RESET TO NEC. PREPARE COMMAND, PECAL REQUIRED
2309
ON ALL DRIVES
2310
{AH 1=1
2311
READ THE STATUS OF THE SYSTEM INTO {AU
DISKETTE_STnus FROM lAST OPERATION IS USED
2312
2313
2314
2315
; REGISTERS FOR READ/WRITE/VERIFY/FORMAT
(Dll - DRIVE NUt!BER (0-3 ALLOWED. VALUE CHECKED)
(DH) - HEAD NUHBER (0- i ALLOWED. NOT VALUE CHECKED)
2316
(CH) - TRACK NUNBER (0-39. NOT VALUE CHECKED)
2317
(Cll - SECTOR NUHBER (1-8. NOT VALUE CHECKED.
2318
2319
NOT USED FOR FORMAT)
(All - NUMBER OF SECTORS I MAX = 8. NOT VALUE CHECKEO. NOT USED
2320
2321
FOR FORMAll
(ES:BXl - ADDRESS OF BUFFER I NOT REQUIRED FOR VERIFY)
2322
2323
(AH)=2
READ THE DESIRED SECTORS INTO MEMORY
2324
(AH )=3
WRITE THE DESIRED SECTORS FROM MEMORY
2325
(AH 1=4
VERIFY THE DESIRED SECTORS
2326
(AH 1=5
fORMAT THE DESIREO TRACK
2327
FOR THE FORMAT OPERATION. THE BUFFER POINTER (ES,BX)
2328
MUST POINT TO THE COLLECTION Of DESIRED ADDRESS FIELDS
2329
FOR THE TRACK.
5-56 System BIOS
EACH FIELD IS COMPOSED OF 4 BYTES.
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
2330
{C.H.R,N), WHERE C ::: TRACK NUMBER, H=HEAD HUMBER,
2331
R ::: SECTOR NUMBER. N= NmlBER OF BYTES PER SECTOR
2332
100=128. 01=256, 02=512. 03=1024).
THERE MUST BE ONE
THIS INfORMATION
2333
ENTRY FOR EVERY SECTOR ON THE TRACK.
2334
IS USED TO FIND THE REQUESTED SECTOR DURWG READ/WRITE
2335
ACCESS.
2336-
2337
; DATA VARIABLE -- DISK_POINTER
2336
2:339
DOUBLE WORD POINTER TO THE CURRENT SET OF DISKETTE PARAMETERS
; OUTPUT
2340
AH ::: STATUS OF OPERATION
2:341
STATUS BITS ARE DEfINED IN THE: EQUATES FOR
2:342
DISKETTE_STATUS VARIABLE IN THE DATA SEGMENT OF THIS
2343
MODULE •
2344
2345
ty ::: 0
SUCCESSFUL OPERATION (AH=O ON RETURN)
ty :: 1
FAILED OPERATION 'AH HAS ERROR REASON)
FOR READ/WRITE/VERIFY
2346
2347
DS,ElX,DX,CH,CL PRESERVED
2:348
AL ::: NUMBER Of SECTORS ACTUALLY READ
2349
**<1**
NOTE:
2350
AL HAY NOT BE CORRECT IF TIME OUT ERROR OCCURS
IF AN ERROR IS REPORTED BY THE DISKETTE CODE, THE
APPROPRIATE ACTION IS TO I
MOV
ES: [01 +2000H-l] .Al
; STORE IN SECOND HALF
F5BB 83C74f
4527
ADD
01.79
I MOVE TO NEXT RON IN REGEN
F5BE FECE
452:8
DEC
DH
; DONE WITH lOOP
F5CO 75EC
452:9
JHZ
54
F5C2: SE
4530
POP
F5C3 SF
4531
POP
; RECOVER REGEN POINTER
f5C4 47
4532
INC
51
01
01
f5C5 E20
4533
LOOP
53
; MORE CHARS TO WRITE
FSC7 E9FBFB
4534
FSCA
4535
F5CA 2:63205
4536
XOR
I EXCLUSIVE OR WITH CURRENT
F5CD AA
4537
STOSB
; STORE THE CODE POINT
F5CE At
4538
LOOSB
; AGAIN FOR ODD FIELO
4539
XOR
Al. ES: [DI+2000H-IJ
4540
JMP
55
F5CF 263285FFlF
F5D4 EBEO
; POINT TO NEXT CHAR POSITION
JMP
S6 ;
; BACK TO MAINSTREAM
4541
4542:
j-----
MEDIUM RESOLUTION WRITE
4543
57:
FSD6
4544
FSD6 8A03
4545
MOV
DLllH,.
F5D8 DIE?
4546
SAL
01,1
j
F5DA E80100
4547
CAll
519
; EXPAND BL TO FULL WORD OF COLOR
FSDD
4548
F5DO 57
4549
PUSH
01
; SAVE REGEN POINTER
F50E 56
4550
PUSH
SI
i SAVE THE CODE POINTER
MOV
DH,4
I NUMBER OF LOOPS
; SAVE HIGH COLOR
BIT
OFFSET*2 SINCE 2. BYTES/CHAR
, MEO_CHAR
S8:
F5DF B604
4551
FSEl
4552:
F5El AC
4553
loose
F5E2 E80EOO
4554
CALL
521
, DOUaLE UP ALL THE eITS
F5E5 23C3
4555
AND
Ax,ex
, CONVERT THEM TO FOREGROUND
S9:
, GET CODE POINT
;
4556
COLOR ( 0 BACK 1
F5E7 F6C280
4557
TEST
OL I 80H
• IS THIS XOR FUNCTION
F5EA 7407
4558
JZ
S10
; NO. STORE IT IN AS IT IS
F5EC 2632:25
4559
XOR
AH,ES:[DIl
; 00 fUNCTION IoIITH HALF
XCQ
Al.ES:(OI-tll
; AND WITH OTHER HALF
HOV
ES:[Oll,AH
ES:[OI+ll,AL
f5EF 2:6324501
4560
F5F3
4561
F5F3 268825
4562
F5f6 26884501
4563
MOV
F5fA AC
4564
LOt' 58
F5FB E8C500
4565
CAL L
5-86 System BIOS
510:
i STORE FIRST BYTE
i
STOPE SECOND BYTE
; GET CODE POINT
521
LOC OBJ
LINE
FSFE Be)
4566
f60D F6C280
SOURCE
ANIl
AX,BX
4567
TEST
Dl.80H
I AGAIN. IS THIS XOR FUNCTION
F603 74M
4568
JZ
SIl
I NO, JUST STORE TIlE VALUES
1'605 2632A50020
4569
XOR
AH, ES: (DI+2000H)
I FUNCTION WITH FIRST HALf
F60A 2632850120
4570
XOR
AL ,ES: [01+200 IH J
; AND WITH SECOND HALF
F60F
4571
FOOF 2688A50020
4572:
MOV
ES: [OI+2000H ,AHl
; CONVERT TO COLOR
511:
F614 2688850120
4573
MOV
ES: [OI+2000H+l ] tAL
F619 83C750
4574
AOO
01.80
FblC FEtE
4575
OEC
ON
F6lE 75CI
4576
JNZ
59
I KEEP GOING
F620 SE
4577
4578
4579
POP
SI
; RECOVER CODE PONTER
POP
OI
j
INC
OI
j
POINT TO NEXT CHAR POSITION
F623 47
F624 E2B7
4580
INC
OI
4581
LOOP
58
j
MORE TO WRITE
F626 E99CFB
4582
4583
4584
JMP
VIDEO_RETURN
F621 SF
1'622 47
GRAPHICS_WRITE
I STORE IN SECOND PORTION Of BUFFER
I POINT TO NEXT LOCATION
RECOVER REGEN POINTER
ENOP
4586
------ ------ - ----------GRAPHICS READ
; ------ ------ ------------
F629
4587
GRAPHICS_READ
F6;!:9 E8D600
4588
CALL
S2.
I CONVERTED TO OFFSET IN REGEN
F62C 8BFO
4589
MOV
5I,AX
I SAVE IH 51
F62E 83EC08
4590
SUB
sP,a
NOV
BP.SP
4585
;
i
PROC
NEAR
4591
F631 8BEC
; ALLOCATE SPACE TO SAVE THE
;
4592:
REAO CODE POINT
; POINTER TO 5AVE AREA
4593
4594
; ----- DETERMINE GRAPHICS MODES
4595
F633 803E490006
4596
CMP
CRT_MODE,6
F638 06
F639 IF
4597
4598
PUSH
POP
os
i
F63A 72:1A
4599
JC
sn
I MEDIUM RESOLUTION
ES
POINT TO REGEN SEGMENT
4600
4601
i----- HIGH RESOLUTION READ
4602
4603
4604
F63t 8604
; ----- GET VALUES FROM REGEN BUfFER AND CONVERT TO CODE POINT
MOV
DH,4
i NUMBER OF PASSES
4607
MOV
AL,lsI I
I GET fIRST BYTE
F640 884600
4608
MOV
[BP],AL
i SAVE IN STORAGE AREA
f643 45
4609
INC
BP
i NEXT LOCATION
F644 8A840020
4610
MOV
AL,[SI+ZOOOHl
I GET LOWER REGION BYTE
F648 884600
4611
MOV
[BPI,AL
; ADJUST AND STORE
F64B 45
4612
INC
BP
F64C 83C650
4613
AOO
51,80
; POINTER INTO REGEN
F64F FECE
4614
OEC
ON
I LOOP CONTROL
F651 75EB
4615
JNZ
S12
I 00 IT SOME HORE
F6S3 EB1790
4616
JMP
SIS
i GO MATCH THE SAVED CODE POINTS
f63E
4605
4606
F63E
512:
4617
4618
i ----- MEDIUM RESOLUTION READ
4619
F656
4620
F6S6 01E6
4HI
SAL
51,1
I OFFSET*2 SINCE 2 BYTES/CHAR
F6S8 8604
4622
513:
MOV
DH,4
i HUMBER OF PASSES
F6SA
4623
F6SA E88800
4624
; MED_RES_READ
514:
CALL
S23
,
F65D 81C60020
4626
AOO
S1,ZOOOH
; GO TO LOWER REGION
; GET THIS PAIR INTO SAVE
4625
F661 E88100
4627
CALL
F6M 81EEBOIF
4628
SUB
523
SI,2000H-ao
F668 FEtE
4629
OEC
ON
F66A 75EE
4630
JNZ
S14
; GET PAIR BYTES FROM REGEN
INTO SINGLE SAVE
, ADJUST POINTER BACK INTO UPPER
I KEEP GOING UNTIL ALL a DONE
4631
4632
; ----- SAVE AREA HAS CHARACTER IN IT, HATCH IT
4633
F6bt
4634
F66C Bf6EFA90
4635
MOV
DI,OFfSET CRT_CHAR_GEN
; FIND_CHAR
F670 OE
4636
PUSH
CS
F671 07
4637
POP
ES
; CODE POINTS IN CS
f672 83E008
4638
SUB
BP,8
F675 8BfS
4639
4640
,
MOV
SI,BP
515:
F677 FC
4641
CLO
F678 BOOO
4642
NOV
; ESTABLISH ADDRESSING
; ADJUST POINTER TO BEGINNING
OF SAVE AREA
ENSURE DIRECTION
AL,O
; CURRENT CODE POINT BEING MATCHED
System BIOS 5-87
LOC OSJ
LINE
F67A
4643
Fo7A 16
F678 IF
4644
4645
F67C 8A800a
4646
F67f
4647
F67F 56
4648
F6BD 57
4649
F681 890800
4650
f684 F3
4651
SOURCE
516:
; ESTABLISH ADDRESSING TO ,STACK
PUSH
55
POP
as
i
MOV
aX , 12a
; NUMBER TO TEST AGAINST
PUSH
51
I SAVE SAVE AREA POINTER
PUSH
DI
, SAVE CODE POINTER
MOV
ex.s
; NUMBER OF BYTES TO MATCH
REPE
CHPSB
I COMPARE THE 8 BYTES
FOR THE STRING COMPARE
517:
FoSS A6
F686 SF
4652
POP
01
foB7 Sf
4653
POP
51
Fo8S 741E
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
JZ
518
F6sA FEeD
F6se 83C708
F68F 4A
F690 75EO
INC
; RECOVER THE POINTERS
; If ZERO FLAG SET. THEN MATCH OCCURRED
AL
; NO MATCH. HOVE ON TO NEXT
ADO
01.8
I NEXT CODE POINT
OEC
OX
; LOOP CONTROL
JNZ
517
I 00 ALL OF THEM
4659
4660
;----- CHAR HOT MATCHED. HIGHT BE IN USER SUPPLIED SECOND HALF
4661
466Z
CMP
AL.a
; Al <> 0 If ONLY 1ST HALF SCANNED
F694 7412
4663
JE
518
i IF =
~BCO
4664
SUB
AX.AX
F698 8ED6
4665
MOV
OS.AX
4666
4667
ASSUME
DS:ABSO
Fb9A C43E7COO
LE5
DI.EXT_PTR
i GET POINTER
F69E 8eco
F692 leae
F696
I
O. THEN ALL HAS BEEN SCANNED
ESTABLISH ADDRESSING TO VECTOR
4668
MOV
AX.ES
; SEE IF THE POINTER REAllY EXISTS
F6AO OBC7
4669
OR
AX.DI
i
F6A2 7404
4670
JZ
518
; NO SENSE LOOKING
FoM B080
4671
MOV
AL.128
I ORIGIN FOR SECOND HALF
4672
JMP
516
I GO BACK AND TRY FOR IT
4673
ASSUHE
DS:DATA
F6A6 EBOZ
IF ALL O. THEN DOESN'T EXIST
4674
4675
; ----- CHARACTER IS FOUND ( AL=O IF HOT FOUHQ )
4676
F6A8
4617
F6A8 83C406
4678
4679
F6AB E CF
5125
IRET
5126
EQUIPMENT
; SAVE SEGMENT REGISTER
; RETURN TO CALLER
ENDP
5127
5128
5129
;--- INT 15 ------------------------------------------------------------DUMMY CASSETTE 10 ROUTINE-RETURNS 'INVALID CHO' IF THE ROUTINE IS
:
IS EVER CAL.LED BY ACCIDEHT (AH=86H, CARRY FLAG=l)
5130
FaS9
5131
513Z
; -------------------,-------------- -------- ------------------- ----- ------ORG
OF8S9H
F859
5133
CASSETTE_IO
FaS9 F9
5134
STC
feSA 6486
5135
MOV
Fese CAOZOO
5136
RET
5137
CASSETTE_IO
PROC
FAR
I CARRY INoICATOR=1
,
AH,86H
ENDP
5138
5139
5140
; --- ------ ---------- --------- ----.,.---------------- -------- ------; NON-MASKABLE INTERRUPT ROUTINE:
5141
THIS ROUTINE WILL PRINT A PARITY CHECK 1 OR 2 MESSAGE :
5142
AND ATTEMPT TO FIND THE STORAGE LOCATION CONTAINING THE:
5143
BAD PARITY.
PRIHTED.
5145
READ PROBL.EM) ????,?<-WlLL BE PRINTED WHERE THE ADDRESS
IF NO PARITY ERROR CAN BE FOUND (INTERMITTANT :
5146
WOULD NORMAL.LY GO.
5147
IF ADDRESS IN ERROR IS IN THE I/O EXPANSION BOX, THE
5148
ADDRESS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A '( E)', IF IN SYSTEM UNIT.
:5149
F85F
IF FOUND, THE SEGMENT ADDRESS WILL BE
5144
5150
5151-
A '(S)' WILL FOLLOW THE ADDRESS
;---------------------------------------------------------______ _
NMI_INT PROC
NEAR
5152
ASSUME
F85F 50
5153
PUSH
DS:DATA
AX
FebO E462
5154
5155
IN
AL,PORT_C
F862 A8CO
TEST
AL,OCOH
F864 7503
5156
F8b6 E98700
5157
f869
51S8
F869 8A4000
JHZ
NMI_l
JMP
01'
5159
MOV
oX,DATA
FebC BEDA
j
SAVE ORIG CONTENTS OF AX
I PARITY CHECK,?
I NO, EXIT FROt1 ROUTINE
HMI_l:
5160
MOV
DS,DX
F86E BEl5F990
5161
MOV
SI,OFFSET 01
F872 A840
5162
TEST
AL,40H
j
F874 7504
5163
JHZ
Fe76 BE25F990
S164
MOV
013
51 ,OFFSET 02
I MUST BE PLANAR
F87A
Fe7A 8400
5165
5166
MOV
AH,O
I WIT AND SET MODE FOR VIDEO
Fa7e A04900
5167
MOV
AL,CRT_MOoE
f87f COlO
5168
!NT
10"
j
CALL VIDEO_IO PROCEDURE
Fe81 E84601
5169
CA.L.L
P_HSG
i
PRIHT ERROR HSG
i ADOR OF ERROR MSG
I/O PARITY CHECK
i DISPLAY ERROR MSG
013:
S170
5171
j-----
SEE IF LOCATION THAT CAUSED PARITY CHECK CAH BE FOUND
5172
Fa84 BOOO
5173
5-94 System BIOS
MOV
AL,OOH
: DISABLE TRAP
LOC OBJ
LINE
f&a6 EUQ
5174
F88S E461
Faa ... GC3D
F8SC E661
5175
F88E
F890
F892
F896
24CF
E661
881£1300
FC
SOURCE
OUT
IN
OR
OUT
5176
5177
5178
AND
5179
5180
5181
F897 ZBDt
F899
5183
F899 BEDA
5184
F89B 8EC2
F89D 890040
F8AO 28F6
51S2
OAOH .... L
AL,PORT_B
Al , 001100008
I TOGGLE PARITY CHECK ENABLES
PORce.AL
AL,llOOllllB
OUT
PORT_B.AL
MOV
ClD
BX.MEHORY_SIZE
; GET MEMORY SIZE WORD
sua
OX,OX
I POINT
; SET DIR FLAG TO INCRlttENT
ox
AT START OF MEM
M1I_LOOPt
DS,OX
5185
5186
MOV
MOV
MOV
ES,OX
C)(,4000H
; SET FOR 16KB SCAN
5187
SUB
51.S1
I SET 51 TO BE REAL TIVE TO
5189
REP
loosa
I READ 16KB OF MEMORY
F8A4 £462
5190
5191
F8A8 7512
5192
5193
Al,PORT_C
AL, 110000008
PRT_NMI
I GO PRINT ADDRESS IF IT DID
Feu 81C20004
IN
AND
JNZ
ADD
; SEE IF PARITY CHECK HAPPENED
F8A6 24CO
OX,0400H
I POINT TO NEXT 16K BLOCK
FeAE 83EBI0
5194
SUB
BX,16D
5188
F8A2 F3
F8A3
; START OF ES
.I.e
FeBl 75E6
5195
5196
JNZ
HOV
NMI_LOOP
FeB3 BE35F990
F8B7 f81001
5197
CALL
P_MSG
F8BA FA
5198
FeBB F4
ClI
HlT
F8BC
5199
5200
FeBC 8CDA
5201
HOV
F8BE E81907
5202
CALL
PRT_SEG
FeCI BA1302
5203
DX,0213H
F8C4 BODO
5204
SI,(OFFSET D2A)
1 PRINT ROW OF ????? IF PARITY
1 CHECK COULD NOT BE RE-CREATED
J HALT SYSTEM
PRT_NHI:
OX.DS
J PRINT SfGMENT VALUE
F8C6 EE
5205
F8C7 8028
5206
MOV
MOV
OUT
HOV
F8C9 E80000
5207
CALL
F8CC 8S5AAS
5208
MOV
F8CF B8ca
5209
"DV
CX,AX
FaDl Z8DS
5210
SUB
BX,BX
[SXI,AX
J WRITE A WORD TO SEGMENT THAT
AX,[BX]
I HAD THE ERROR
AX,CX
; IS IT THERE?
SYS_SOX_ERR
I YES- MUST BE SYS UNIT
; NO-MUST BE IN EXP. BOX
Al.OO
, DISABLE EXPANSION BOX
DX,Al
; (CAN'T WRITE TO NEtO
Al. '('
PRT_HEX
AX,OA55AH
FOO3 8907
5211
F8DS 90
5212
FBD6 90
5213
F8D7 8B07
5214
F8D9 3BCl
5215
F8DS 7407
5216
"DV
NOP
NDP
MOV
C"P
JE
F8DD B045
5217
"OV
AL. 'E'
F8Df E88AOO
5218
CALL
PRT_HEX
F8E2 fB05
5219
J"P
SHORT HlT_NttI
f8E4
F8E4 B053
5220
5221
HOV
Al, 'So
FBE6 E8B300
5222
CALL
PRT_HEX
FBE9
5223
F6E9 BQ29
5224
MOV
AL,' ).
FSES E8AEOO
5225
CALL
PRT_HEX
F6EE FA
5226
F8EF F4
5227
F8FO
5228
F8FO 58
52:2:9
F8Fl CF
5230
IRET
5231
NHI_INT ENDP
5232
;-----------------------------------_ . _-J----------------------------------------
5233
5234
5235
SYS_BOx..ERR:
HLT_NHI:
ClI
HlT
I HALT SYSTEM
014:
POP
AX
ROS CHECKSUI1 SUBROUTINE
I
PROC
F6F2
5236
Fef2 B90020
F8F5
5237
5238
FBF5 32CO
5239
ROS_CHECKSUM_CNT:
Al,Al
XOR
F8F7
5240
C26:
ROS_CHECKSUM
HOV
F8F7 0207
5241
F8F943
5242
FeFA E2F8
5243
FaFC OACO
5244
FSFE C1
5245
ADD
INC
lOOP
OR
RET
5246
RDS_CHECKSUM
5247
;
5248
5249
; RESTORE ORIG CONTENTS OF AX
NEAR
CX,8192
; NEXT_RDS_MODULE
j
NUMBER OF BYTES TO ADD
J ENTRY FOR OPTIONAL ROS TEST
AL.DS:(BX]
BX
; POINT TO NEXT BYTE
C••
I ADD All BYTES IN ROS MODULE
AL.AL
; SUM
=
01
ENOP
---------------------------------------MESSAGE AREA FOR POST
1---------------------- - - - - - - - -- - --------
System BIOS 5-95
LaC OBJ
F8FF 313031
F902 00
LINE
SOURCE
5250
EO
DB
'101'.13.10
; SYSTEM BOARD ERROR
5251
El
DB
' 201',13.10
I MEMORY ERROR
52.52
F3A
DB
'ROM' .13,10
; ROM CHECKSUM ERROR
5253
F3C
DB
'1801' ,13.10
5254
01
DB
'PARITY CHECK 2.',13,10
5255
OZ
DB
'PARITY CHECK l' ,13.10
5256
OZA
DB
• n???', 13.10
f903 011.
F904 20323031
F908 00
F909 Oil.
F90A 524F4D
f900 00
F90E OA
f90f 31383031
EXPANSION 10 BOX ERROR
F913 00
f914 011.
F915 50415249545920
43484543482032
F9Z3 00
F924 011.
F925 50415249545920
43484543462031
F933 00
f934 0,6,
F935 3F3F3F3F3F
F93A 00
f93B 011.
5257
f93C
f93C FB
F93D 50
F93E E461
f940 8AED
5258
5259
5260
1---- ------------------------ ------------------------ -- ------------ --- ------
5261
5262
; ----- --------- ------- - ---- - ---------------- - - --------------------------- ---
5263
5264
BLINK_INT
5265
5266
5267
BUNK LEO PROCEDURE FOR MFG RUN-IN TESTS
IF LEO IS ON, TURN IT OFF. IF OFF, TURN ON.
ASSUME
DS:DATA
PROC
NEAR
STI
PUSH
AX
; SAVE AX REG CONTENTS
IN
AL,PORT_B
1 READ CURRENT VAL OF PORT B
MOV
AH ,AL
5268
NOT
AL
I flIP ALL BITS
F944 2.440
5269
AND
AL, 0 10000006
I ISOLATE CONTROL BIT
f946 80E4BF
5270
ANO
AH,10111111B
; MASK OUT OF ORIGINAL VAL
F949 OAC4
5271
OR
AL,AH
; OR NEW CONTROL BIT IN
f94B E661
5272
5273
OUT
PORT_B,AL
MOV
AL, EOI
F94F E620
5274
OUT
INTAOO.AL
f951 58
5275
POP
AX
F952 CF
5276
5277
IRET
F942 F60D
F940 B020
BLINK_INT
I RESTORE AX REG
ENOP
5278
5279
; ---------- ---- - -------- - - -- - ------ --- ---- --------- - -----
5280
I THIS ROUTINE CHECKSUMS OPTIONAL ROM MODULES AND
5281
; IF CHECKSUM IS OK. CALLS nUT/TEST CODE IN MODULE
; ------- -------- --------~--------- - ----------------------
F953
5282
5283
f953 B84000
5284
F956 BEeo
5285
5286
MOV
AH,AH
I
F95A 811.4702
5287
MOV
AL.IBX+2J
I GET LENGTH INOICATOR
F95D 8109
5288
5289
MOV
CL.09H
I MULTIPLY BY 512:
SHl
AX,CL
5290
5291
MOV
CX.AX
PUSH
CX
; SAVE COUNT
CX,4
I ADJUST
F958 2AE4
F95F 03EO
F961 88CB
f963 51
PROC
NEAR
; POINT ES TO DATA AREA
AX.DATA
SUB
ES,AX
ZERO OUT AH
l SET COUNT
5292
529)
MOV
f967 03E8
SHR
AX.CL
f969 0300
5294
ADO
DX,AX
; SET POINTER TO NEXT MODULE
F96B 59
5295
POP
CX
; RETRIVE COUNT
F96C E886FF
5296
CALL
ROS_CHECKSUM_CNT
; DO CHECKSUH
F96F 7406
5297
JZ
CALL
ROM_ERR
POST CHECKSUM ERROR
JMP
ROM_CHECK_END
AND EXIT
F964 890400
F971 E857EO
F974 E81490
5298
5299
F977
5300
F917 52
F978 26C70M 7000)00
5301
5)02
F97F 268CIE6900
f984 26FFIE6700
5303
5304
F989 5A
F98A
F98A C)
ROM_CHECK_l:
PUSH
OX
NOV
ES:IO_ROM_!NIT,0003H
LOAD OFFSET
MOV
ES:IO_ROM_SEG,DS
LOAD SEGtlENT
CALL
DWORD PTR ES: IO_ROM_INIT
5305
POP
OX
5306
5307
5308
RET
5309
5-96 System BIOS
I SAVE POINTER
; CALL !NIT ./TEST ROUTINE
I RETURN TO CALLER
ENDP
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
5310
1------------------------------------------------
5311
5312
I CONVERT AND PRINT ASCII CODE
AL MUST CONTAIN NUMBER TO BE CONVERTED. :
5313
5314
AX AND
~
ex
DESTROYED.
------ ------------------------------------------
F98B 50
5315
5316
PUSH
AX
I SAVE FOR LOW NIBBLE DISPLAY
F98C 8104
5317
NOV
Cl.4
; SHIFT COUNT
F98E 02E8
SHR
Al,CL
, NYBBLE SWAP
F990 E80300
5318
5319
CALL
XLAT_PR
; DO THE HIGH NIBBLE DISPLAY
F993 58
5320
POP
AX
; RECOVER THE NIBBLE
F994 NOF
5321
AND
Al.OFH
F996
5323
F996 0490
5324
ADD
F998 27
F98B
XPC_BYTE
PROC
NEAR
XLAT_PR PROC
5325
5326
DAA
F999 1440
F998 2.7
5327
DAA
F99C
532.8
F99C B40E
532.9
F99E 8700
5330
F9AO COlO
5331
F9A2. C3
5332.
F9A3 8C03
5338
F9AS 7803
5339
f9A7 7802
5340
F9A9
5341
,.
CONVERT OO-OF TO ASCII CHARACTER
AL.040H
; ADO CONVERSION AND ADJUST LOW NIBBLE
NEAR
HDV
BH.O
INT
10H
XPC_BYTE
I DISPLAY CHARACTER IN AL
ENOP
LABEL
WORD
0"
0"
0"LABEL
"E
; ADD FIRST CONVERSION FACTOR
AH.l4
XLAT_PR ENOP
5337
AL.090H
MeV
5334
5336
;
I ADJUST HIGH NIBBLE TO ASCHI RANGE
PRT_HEX PROC
5333
F9AJ
NEAR
; ADJUST FOR NUMERIC AND ALPHA RANGE
ADC
RET
PRT_HEX ENOP
5335
• ISOLATE TO LOW NIBBLE
; FALL INTO LOW NIBBLE CONVERSION
5322
PRINTER SOURCE TABLE
36CH
378H
278H
WORD
5342
5343
• ------- -- --------------- --------- - --- --------- -- --- -----
5344
; THIS SUBROUTINE WILL PRINT A MESSAGE ON THE DISPLAY
5345
5346
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS:
5347
SI
=
=
OFFSET(AODRESSI OF MESSAGE BUFFER
5348
CX
5349
MAXIMUM MESSAGE LENGTH IS 36 CHARACTERS
MESSAGE BYTE COUNT
5350
1------------------------ -- ---------------- ---- ------ ----
F9A9
5351
E_MS6
PROC
NEAR
F9A9 BBEE
5352
NOV
BP.SI
; SET BP NON-ZERO TO FLAG ERR
I
F9AB E81COO
5353
CALL
P_MSG
F9AE IE
5354
PUSH
OS
F9AF E8A700
5355
CALL
ODS
F982 AOI000
5356
HDV
PRINT MESSAGE
AL, BYTE PTR EQUIP_flAG
; LOOP/HALTON ERROR
AL.OIH
; SWITCH ON?
G12
, NO - RETURN
f9B5 2401
5357
AND
F9B7 750F
5358
F9B9
5359
JNZ
MfG_HALT:
F9B9 FA
F98A 8089
5360
5361
HOV
Al.89H
F98C E663
5362
OUT
CMD_PORT ,AL
F9BE B085
5363
HOV
Al,lOOOOlOlB
F9CQ E661
5364
OUT
f9C2 A01500
5365
NOV
; RECOVER ERROR INDICATOR
F9C5 E660
5366
OUT
J SET INTO 8255
HlT
; HALT SYS
f9C7 F4
5367
F9C8
5368
F9C8 IF
5369
f9C9 C3
5370
5371
; YES -
CLI
HALT SYSTEM
; DISABLE KB
RE~
GI2:
POP
OS
RET
E.MSG
ENDP
PROC
5312:
F9CA
5373
P.MS6
F9CA
5374
GI2A:
F9CA 2E8A04
5375
NEAR
AL,CS:[SIl
; PUT CHAR IN AL
F9CD 46
5376
INC
SI
; POINT TO NEXT CHAR
f9CE 50
PUSH
AX
; SAVE PRINT CHAR
F9CF E8CAFF
5377
5378
F9D2 58
5379
POP
AX
; RECOVER PRINT CHAR
F9DJ 3eOA
5380
CNP
AL.IO
; WAS IT LINE FEED?
F905 75F3
5381
JHE
G12A
F9D7 C3
5382
RET
NOV
CALL
; NO,KEEP PRINTING STRING
5383
5384
5385
P_MSG
5386
;
5387
1------------ ------ ------ ---:---- --- ---------------
5388
ENOP
; -------- - - -- - ----- ------- ------- ---------------INITIAL RElIABILITY TEST -- SUBROUTINES
ASSUME
CS:COOE.DS:D,4.TA
System BIOS 5-97
LaC OSJ
LINE
5369
SOURCE
; ------------------------- ______________________ _
5390
;
5391
1----""----- - ----------------- ------------------------------------ ---- ----
SUBROUTINES FOR POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS
5392
THIS PROCEDURE WILL ISSUE ONE LONG TONE (3 SECS) AND ONE OR
5393
MORE SHORT TONES (1 SEC) TO INDICATE A FAHURE ON THE PLANAR
5394
BOARD. A BAD RAM MODULE. DR A PROBLEM WITH THE CRT.
5395
ENTRY PARAMETERS;
5396
= NUMBER
= NUMBER
DH
5397
DL
OF LONG TONES TO BEEP
OF SHORT TONES TO BEEP.
5398
.-----------------------------------------------------------------------ERR_BEEP
F908
5399
F9D6 ge
5400
PUSHF
F9D9 FA
5401
CLI
PROC
NEAR
; SAVE flAGS
; DISABLE·SYSTEM INTERRUPTS
F90A IE
5402
PUSH
OS
F9De E87BOO
5403
CALL
DDS
F9DE DAFb
5404
F9EO 7414
5405
F9E~
5406
F9E2 B306
5407
I SAVE OS REG CONTENTS
OR
OH ,DH
JZ
63
; ANY LONG ONES TO BEEP
MOV
NO. 00 THE SHORT ONES
i
;
LONG_BEEP:
BL,6
I
COUNTER FOR BEEPS
; DO THE BEEP
G1:
F9E4 E82100
5408
CALL
BEEP
F9E7
5409
F9E7 E2FE
5410
lOOP
62
F9E9 FECE
5411
OEC
DH
; ANY MORE TO DO
F9EB 75F5
5412
JNZ
61
I DO IT
F9EO 803E120001
5413
CMP
MFG_TST ,I
; MFG TEST MODE?
f9F2 7502
5414
JNE
63
;
F9F4 EBCl
5415
JMP
HFG_HALT
; STOP BLINKING LED
F9F6
5416
G2:
; DelAY BETWEEN BEEPS
YES - CONTINUE BEEPING SPEAKER
I SHORT_BEEP;
63:
F9F6 6301
5417
MOV
BL,l
; COUNTER FOR A SHORT BEEP
F9F8 E80000
5418
CALL
BEEP
; DO THE SOUND
F9FB
5419
F9FB E2FE
5420
LOOP
G4
I DELAY BETWEEN BEEPS
F9FO FECA
5421
OEC
Ol
I DONE WITH SHORTS
F9FF 75f5
5422
JNZ
G3
; 00 SOME MaR E
FAOt
5423
FAOl E2FE
5424
LOOP
G5
;
LOOP
G6
POP
as
G4:
G5:
LONG DELAY BEFORE RETURN
G6:
FAD3
5425
FAD) E2FE
5426
FADS iF
5427
FA06 90
5428
POPF
FAD7 C3
5429
RET
I RESTORE ORIG CONTENTS OF OS
I RESTORE FLAGS TO ORIG SETTINGS
; RETURN TO CALLER
ENDP
5430
5431
5432
;----- ROUTINE TO SOUND BEEPER
5433
PROC
HEAR
MOV
AL,lOllOllOB
5436
OUT
TIMER+3.AL
; WRITE THE TIMER HODE REG
FAGC 883305
5437
MOV
AX,S'33H
I DIVISOR FOR 1000 HZ
FAOF E642
5438
OUT
TIMER+2,Al
FAll 8AC4
5439
MOV
AL,AH
FAl3 E642
5440
OUT
TIMER+2,AL
; WRITE TIMER 2 CNT - MSB
; GET CURRENT SETTING OF PORT
FACe
5434
FADe 80B6
5435
FAOA E643
BEEP
; SEL TIM 2,LSB.MSB,BINARY
I WRITE TIMER 2 CNT -
LSB
FAlS E461
5441
IN
Al,PORT_B
FAl7 6AEO
5442
NOV
AH.AL
FA19 OC03
5443
OR
AL.03
; TURN SPEAKER ON
FAlS E661
5444
SUB
CX.CX
; SET CNT TO WAIT 500 MS
FAID 26C9
5445
fAlf
5446
FAiF EHE
SAVE THAT SETTINGH
OUT
G7:
5447
LOOP
FAll FEee
5448
DEC
.L
FA23 75FA
5449
JNZ
67
FA25 6AC4
5450
MOV
AL.AH
FAl7 E661
5451
OUT
PORT _B ,AL
FA.2:9 C3
5452
RET
5453
BEEP
; DELAY BEFORE TURNING OFF
67
I DelAY CNT EXPIRED?
; NO - CONTINUE BEEPING SPK
; RECOVER VALUE OF PORT
; RETURN TO CALLER
ENDP
5454
5455
1--- ------------------------------- --------------- --------------- -------THIS ~ROCEDURE WILL SEND A SOFTWARE RESET TO THE KEYBOARD.
5456
5457
5458
FA2A
FA2A B006
SCAN CODE
;
'AA' SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE CPU.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------PRoe
5459
5460
ASSUME
OS:ABSO
5461
NOV
AL,OSH
NEAR
; SET KBD eLK LINE lOW
fAle E661
5462
OUT
PORT_B.AL
I WRITE 8255 PORT B
FA2E 695629
5463
MOV
ex. 10582
; HOLD KBD eLK lOW FOR 20 MS
FAJI
5464
F.6.31 E2FE
5465
LOOP
G8
;
5-98 System BIOS
68:
LOOP FOR 20 MS
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
F A33 80CB
5466
MOV
AL,OC8H
FA35 E661
5467
OUT
PQRT_B,AL
FA37
5466
MOV
AL,48H
I SET CLK, ENABLE LINES HIGH
; ENTRY FOR HANUFACTURING TEST 2:
FA37 6048
5469
FA39 E661
5470
OUT
PORT_B,AL
F A3B BOFD
5471
5472
MOV
OUT
AL.OFOH
FA3D E621
FAlF C606680400
5473
MOV
DATA_AREA[OFFSET INTRJLAGI
FA44 FB
5474
sn
FA45 28C9
5475
SUB
CX.CX
FA47
5476
FA47 F606660402
5477
TEST
DATA_AREAtOFFSET INT RJLAGJ.02:H
FA4C 7502
5478
JNZ
GIO
; YES -
fA4E E2F7
5479
lOOP
G9
; NO -
FASO
5480
I SET KBD ClK HIGH, ENABLE lOW
I ENABLE KEYBOARD INTERRUPTS
INTA01,Al
; WRITE 82:59 IHR
; RESET INTERRUPT INDICATOR
; ENABLE INTERRUPTS
; SETUP INTERRUPT TIHEOUT CNT
G9:
; DID A KEYBOARD INTR OCCUR?
READ SCAN CODE RETURNED
lOOP TI lL TIMEOUT
GI0;
FASO £460
5481
IN
AL.PORT_A
; READ KEYBOARD SCAN CODE
FA52 8AD6
5482:
MOV
Bl,AL
; SAVE SCAN CODE JUST READ
FA54 BOC8
5483
MOV
Al,OC8H
FAS6 E661
5484
OUT
PORT_B,Al
FAS6 C3
5485
RET
5486
; CLEAR KEYBOARD
; RETURN TO CALLER
ENOP
5487
FA59
5488
FA59 50
5489
PUSH
FASA 684000
5490
HOV
AX,DATA
FAsO 8E08
5491
MOV
DS,AX
; SET SEGHENT
POP
AX
; RESTORE AX
FA5F 58
5492:
FA6D C3
5493
5494
DDS
PROC
NEAR
AX
I SAVE AX
RET
ODS
ENDP
5495
5496
5497
1-- -------------------------------- --------- ---- ---- - ----- --- ------------
5498
; --- - - - --- -- - -- - -------- -- --- ----- - ----------- - -------- --------------- ---
FA6E
5499
fA6E
5500
CHARACTER GENERATOR GRAPHICS fOR 320X200 ANO 640X2:00 GRAPHICS
ORG
CRT _CHAR_GEN
OFA6EH
LABE L
BYTE
FME 0000000000000000
5501
DB
OOOH.OOOH,OOOH.OOOH.OOOH,OOOH.OOOH,OOOH ; 0_00
FA76 7E81A581BD99817E
5502:
DB
07EH,OSIH,OA5H,OBIH,OBOH,099H.081H,07EH ; 0_01
fA7E 7EFFDBFFC3E7FF7E
5503
DB
07EH. OFFH, OOBH. OFFH, OC3H, OE7H,OFFH, 07EH ; 0_02:
FA86 6CFEFEFE7C381000
5504
DB
06CH,OFEH.OFEH.OFEH.07CH.038H,OlOH.000H ; 0_03
FASE 10387CFE7081000
5505
DB
010H,038H.07CH,OFEH,07CH.038H,OlOH,OOOH ; 0_04
FA96 387C38FEFE7C387C
550b
DB
038H,07CH,038H,OFEH,OFEH,07CH,038H,07CH ; 0_05
FA9E IOl0387CFE7C387C
5507
DB
010H,OI0H,038H,07CH.OFEH,07CH,038H.07CH ; 0_06
FAA6 0000183C3C180000
5508
DB
000H,OOOH,018H,C3CH,03CH,018H,OOOH.OOOH ; 0_07
FAAE FFFFE7C3C3E7FFFF
5509
DB
OFFH,OFFH,OE7H.OC3H,OC3H,OE7H,OFFH,OFFH ; 0_08
FAS6 003C664242663COO
5510
DB
000H,03CH.066H,042:H,042H,066H,03CH,OOOH ; 0_09
FASE FFC399BOBD99C3FF
5511
DB
OFFH,OC3H.099H,OBOH,OBOH.0991I,OC3H,OFFH ; D_OA
FACb DF070F7DCCCCCC78
5512
DB
00FH.007H,OOFH.070H,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,078H ; O_OB
FACE 3C6666663C187[18
5513
DB
03CH,066H.066H,066H,03CH,OI8H,07EH,OI8H ; D_DC
FA06 3F333F303070FOEO
5514
DB
03FH,0331l,03FH,030H.030H.070H,OFOH.OEOH ; 0_00
FADE 7F637F636367[6CO
5515
DB
07FH,063H,07FH,063H,063H,067H,OE6H,OCOH ; D_OE
FAE6 99SA3CE7E73C5A99
5516
DB
099H,05AH,0:KH,OE7H,0E7H.03CH.05AH.099H ; O_OF
FAEE 80EOF8FEF8[08000
5517
DB
FAF6 D20E3EFE3EOE0200
5518
DB
002:H,OOEH,03EH,OFEH.03EH.OOEH.OO2:H,OOOH ; 0_11
FAFE 183C7E18187E3C18
5519
DB
018H,03CH,07EH,OI8H,018H.07EH.03CH.018H ; 0_12:
F806 6666666666006600
552:0
DB
D66H.066H.066H,066H,066H,OOOH,066H,OOOH ; 0_13
07FH,ODBH,ODBH,07BH,01BH,OIBH.OIBH.OOOH ; 0_14
080H,OEOH.OF8H.OFEH,OF8H,OEOH,080H,OOOH ; 0_10
FeCE 7FDBDB7BIBIBIBOO
552:1
DB
FBl6 3E63386C6C38CC78
5522
DB
FBIE 000000007E7E7EOO
5523
DB
OOOH.OOOH.000H,OOOH,07EH,07EH.07EH.OOOH I 0_16
FB26 183C7E187E3C18FF
552:4
DB
018H.03CH,07EH,018H,07EH.03CH,018H,OFFH I 0_17
FB2E 183C7E1818181800
552:5
DB
018H, 03CH. 07EH, OI8H, OI8H, OI8H. 018H, OOOH ;'"0_18
FB36 181818187E3C1800
552:6
DB
FB3E OOl80CFEOC180000
552:7
DB
OOOH,OI8H,OOCH,DFEH,OOCH,OI8H,OOOH.OOOH ; D_lA
FB46 003060fE60300000
552:8
DB
OOOH, 030H, 060H. OfEH .060H .030H, OOOH, OOOH
FB4E DOOOCOCOCOFEOOOO
5529
DB
OOOH.OOOH,OCOH,OCOH.OCOH,OfEH.OOOH,OOOH i D_IC
FB56 002466FF662:40000
DB
OOOH,02:4H.066H,OFFH,066H.024H,OOOH,OOOH ; 0_10
FB5E 00183C7EFFFFOOOO
5530
5531
DB
0001I,018H.03CH,07EH,OFFH,OFFH.OOOH.OOOH ; D_IE
FB66 00FFFF7E3C180000
5532
OS
OOOH.OFfH,OFFH,07EH,03CH,018H,OOOH.OOOH I D_IF
FB6E 0000000000000000
5533
DB
OOOH,OOOH,OOOH.OOOH,OOOH.OOOH,OOOH.OOOH ; SP 030
FB76 3078783030003000
5534
DB
030H,078H,078H,030H.030H,OOOH.030H.000H ;
FB7E 6C6C6COOOOOOOOOO
5535
DB
06CH.06CH,06CH,000H,OOOH,OOOH,OOOH,OOOH I " 0_2:2:
FB86 6C6CFE6CFE6C6COO
5536
DB
06CH,06CH,OFEH.06CH.OFEH.06CH,06CH,OOOH ; # 0_23
03EH,063H,038H.06CH,06CH,038H.OCCH,078H ; 0_15
018H,OI8H,OI8H,018H.07EH.03CH,OI8H.OOOH ; 0_19
; O_IB
! 0_21
FB8E 307CC0780CF83000
5537
DB
030H.07CH.OCOH,078H.00CH,OF8H.030H.000H i $ 0_24
FB96 OOC6CC183066C600
5538
DB
OOOH.OCbH,OCCH,OI8H,030H,066H,OC6H,OOOH i PER CENT 0_2:5
FB9E 386C38760CCC7600
5539
DB
038H,06CH,038H,076H,ODCH.OCCH,076H,000H
FBA6 6060COOOOOOOOOOO
DB
060H.060H,OCOH.OOOH,OOOH,OOOH,OOOH,OOOH
FBAE 1830606060301800
5540
5541
DB
OI8H,030H.060H,060H.060H.030H.018H.000H I ( 0_28
FBB6 6030181818306000
5542:
OB
060H,030H,018H,018H,018H,030H,060H,OOOH
& 0_2:6
'0_2:7
) 0_2:9
System BIOS 5-99
LOC OBJ
LINE
FBBE 00663CFF3C660QOQ
5543
SOURCE
*
DB
OOOH.066H.03CH.OFFH,03CH,066H.OOOH,OOOH ;
fat6 003030FC30300000
5544
DB
000H.030H,030H,OFCH,030H,030H,OOOH,OOOH I + o_28
FBCE 0000000000303060
5545
DB
QOOH,OOOH.000H,OQOH,OOOH,030H,030H,060H I • 0_2C
0_2A
FBD6 OOOOOOFCOODOOOOO
5546
DB
OOOH,OOOH,OOOH,OFCH,OOOH,OOQH,DOOH.OOOH ; - o_20
FBOE 0000000000303000
5S47
DB
OOOH, oOOH .OOOH, OOOH, OOOH. 0'30H, 030H, OOOH ; • D_2E
FBE6 060C183060C08000
5548
DB
006H,OOCH,OI8H,030H,060H,OCOH,oeOH,OOOH I 10_2F
FBEE 7CC6CEQEF6E67COD
5549
DB
07CH,OC6H,OCEH,00EH,OF6H,OE6H,07CH,OOOH ; 0 o_30
FBFo 3D7030303030FCOO
555Q
DB
030H, 070H ,0'301-1. 030H, 030H. 030H. OFCH, OOOH i 1 o_31
FBFE 78CCOC3860CCFCOD
5551
DB
FeDb 78CCOC380CCC7800
5552
DB
078H, OCCH. oocH, 0'38H, OOCH. OCCH, 078H, OOOH ; 3 0_33
FeOE lC3C6CCCFEOClEOO
5553
DB
plCH,03CH,06CH,OCCH,OFEH,OOCH.01EH,00PH ; 4 o_3'+
FeI6 FCCOF80COCCC780D
555'+
DB
FelE 3860COFSCCCC7800
5555
DB
038,,",,060H,OCOH,OF8H,OCCH,DCCH,078H,000H ; 6 0_36
FeZ6 FCCCQClS30303000
5556
DB
OFCH,OCCH,00CH,018H,030H.03DH,030H,OOOH ; 7 o_37
FC2E 78CCCC78CCCC7800
078H. OCCH, OOtH, 038H, 060H, OCCH. OFCH, OOOH ; 2 o_32
OF~H,OCOH,OF8H,00CH,00CH.OCCH,078H,000H
; 5 0_35
5557
5558
DB
078H,OCCH,OCCH,078H,OCCH,OCCH,07aH.000H ; 8 o_38
DB
078H,OCCH.OCCH.07CH,OOCH,OI8H,070H,000H
90_39
FC3E 0030300000303000
FC46 0030300000303060
5559
DB
OOOH ,030H. 030H ,OOOH ,OOOH, 030H, 030H, OOOH ;
: 0_3A
5560
DB
00DH,030H.030H.OOOH.000H,030H,030H,060H ;
FC4E 183060C060301800
5561
DB
018H,030H,060H,OCOH.060H,030H,OI8H.OOOH ; < 0_3C
Feso OOOOFCOOOOFCOOQO
5562
DB
OOOH .OOOH, OFC!-I, OOOH, OOOH. OFCH .OOOH. OOOH ;
FC5E 6030180C18306000
5563
DB
060H,030H,OI8H,OOCH,OI8H,030H,060H,OOOH ; > 0_3E
FC6b 78CCOC1830003000
556'+
DB
078H,OCCH,OOCH.018H.030H,OOOH,030H,OOOH ; : D_3F
Fe6E 7CC6DEDEOECQ78QO
5565
DB
FC76 3D78CCCCFCCCCCQO
5566
DB
030H,078H,OCCH,OCCH,OFCH.OCCH.OCCH.000H ; A o_41
FelE Feb6661C6666FCOO
5567
DB
OFtH,066H,066H,07CH,066H,066H,OFCH.000H ; B 0_42
FCB6 3C66COCOC0663COO
5568
DB
03CH,066H,OCOH,OCOH,OCOH,066H,03CH,000H ; C o_43
FceE F86C6666666CFeoo
5569
DB
Of8H,06CH,066H,066H,066H,06CH,Of8H.000H ; 00_4'+
F~96
FE6268186862FEOO
5570
DB
OFEH.062H,068H,078H,068H,062H.OFEH.000H ; E 0_45
FC9E FE6268786860FOOO
5571
DB
OFEH,062H,068H.078H,068H,060H,OFOH.000H I F 0_46
FeA6 3C66COCOCE663EOO
5572
DB
03CH,066H,OCOH.OCOH.OCEH.066H,03EH,000H ; G o_47
FCAE CCCCCCFCCCCCCCOO
5573
DB
OCCH,OCCH,OCCH.OFCH.OCCH.OCCH,OCCH.OOOH ; H 0_'t8
FCB6 7830303030307800
5574
DB
FeBE 1EococoecceC7800
5575
DB
01EH,00CH,OOCH.00CH,OCCH.OCCH,078H.000H ; J D_4A
FeC6 E6666C786C66E600
5576
DB
OE6H,066H,06CH.078H,06CH.066H.OE6H.000H ; K 0_4B
FC36 78CCCC7COC187000
; 0_3B
=
0_30
07CH,OC6H,ODEH,OOEH.ODEH.OCOH,078H,000H ; GI o_40
076H.030H,030H.030H,030H,030H.078H.OOOH i I o_49
FCCE F06060606266FEOO
5577
DB
OFOH.060H,06QH.060H,062H,066H,OFEH.000H ; L 0_4C
FCD6 C6EEFEFED6C6C600
5578
DB
OC6H.OEEH,OFEH 1 0FEH,OD6H,OC6H.OC6H.000H ; M 0_40
fCOE C6E6F60ECEC6C600
5579
DB
FCE6 386CC6C6C66C3800
5580
DB
038H.06CH,OC6H.OC6H.OC6H,06CH.038H,000\-l ; OO_4F
FCEE FC66667C6060FOOO
5581
DB
OFCH,066H,066H,07CH,060H.060H,OFOH,OOOH ; PO_SO
FCF6 78CCCCCCOC781COO
5582
DB
078H.OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,ODCH,078H.OICH,000H ; Q o_51
OC6H,OE6H,OF6H.ODEH,OCEH,OCbH,OC6H.OOOH ; N O_4E
FCFE fC66667C6C66E600
5583
DB
OFCH,066H,066H,07CH,06CH.066H.OE6H,OOOH ; R o_52
F006 78CCE0701CCC7800
5584
DB
078H.OCCH,OEOH,070H,OlCH,OCCH,078H,000H ; SO_53
FQOE FCB4303030307800
5585
DB
OFCH, OB4H, 030H. 030H, 030H, 030H, 078H. OOOH ITO_54
FO 16 CCCCCCCCCCCCFCOO
SSM
DB
OCCH.OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OfCH,OOOH J U o_55
fD1E CCCCCCCCCC783000
5587
DB
OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,078H,030H,000H t V 0_56
OC6H.OC6H,OC6H,006H,OfEH.OEEH.PC6H,OOOH ; W o_57
F026 C6C6C606fEEEC600
5588
DB
F02E C6C66C36386CC600
5589
DB
f036 CCCCCC7830307800
5590
DB
OCCH, OCCH. otCH, 078H. 030H. 030H, 078H. OOOH ; '( o_59
F03E fEC66C183266FEOO
5591
DB
OFEH.OC6H,oeCH,olSH.032H,066H,OFEH.000H I Z 0_5A
F046 7860606060607800
5592
DB
078H,060H.060H,06qH,ObOH,060H,078H,OOOH I ( 0_56
F04E C06030160C060200
5593
DB
OCOH.060H.030H.018H.OOCH.006H.002H.000H ; BAtKSLASH 0_5C
F056 7818181818187800
5594
DB
fOSE 10386CC600000000
5595
DB
010H.038H,06CH,OC6H.OOOH.000H.OOOH.000H ; CIRCUMFLEX 0_5E
f066 OOOOOOOOOOOOOPff
5596
DB
OOOH.OOOH.OOOH.OOOH,OOOH,OOOH,OOOH,OFFH i _ 0_5F
OC6H,OC6H,06CH.038H.038H,06CH.OC6H,OOOH i X o_58
P78H,018H.018H,018H,018H,018H.078H,OOOH ;
1 o_50
f06E 3030180000000000
5597
DB
030H.030H,018H.000H.OOOH,000H,OOOH.OOOH ;
F076 0000780C7CCC7600
5598
DB
OOOH.OOOH.078H,OOCH.07CH,OCCH,076H.000H ;
LOWER CASE A o_61
F07E E060607C66660COO
5599
DB
OEOH,06OH,060H.07CH.066H,066H.OOCH,OOOH ;
l.C. B 0_62
, 0_60
F066 000078CCCOCC7800
5600
DB
000H.OOOH,078H,OCCH.OCOH,OCCH.078H.OOOH ; L.C. C 0_63
F08E lCOCOC7CCCCC7600
5601
DB
01CH,OOCH.OOCH,07CH,OCCH,OCCH.076H,OOOH I l.C. 00_6'+
fD96 000078CtFCC07800
5602
DB
OOOH,OOOH.078H.OCCH.OFCH,OCOH.078H,OOOH
L.C. E 0_65
F09E 386C60F06060FOOO
5603
DB
038H,06CH,060H,OFOH.060H,060H,OFOH,OOOH
l.C. F 0_66
FOA6 000076CCCC7COCF8
560'+
Da
OOOH,OOOH,076H.OCCH,OCCH,07CH,OOCH,OF8H
l.C. G o_67
FDAE E0606C766666E600
5605
DB
OEOH.060H,06CH,076H.066H.066H,OE61-!,000H I L.C. H o_68
FOB6 3000703030307800
5606
DB
030H;000H,070H.030H.030H,030H.078H,OOOH
L.C. I
FOBE OCOOOCOCOCCCCC78
5607
DB
OOCH,OOOH,00CH,00CH,00CH.OCCH.OCCH,078H
L.C. J D_6A
FOCb E060666C786CE600
5608
DB
OEOH.060H,066H,06CH.078H.06CH.OE6H,000H
l.C. K 0_66
070H.030H,030H,030H,030H.030H,078H,OOOH ; L.C. L O_6C
0_69
FOCE 703030]030307800
5609
DB
F006 0000CCFEFE06C600
5610
DB
OQOH.000H,OCCH,OFEH.OFEH,006H,OC6H.OOOH ; L.C. N 0_60
FOOE 0000F8CCCCCCCCOO
5611
DB
OOOH,OOOH,OF8H,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OOOH
l.C. N 0_6E
FOE6 000078CCCCCC7800
5612
DB
OOOH.OOOH,078H,OCCH,OCCH.OCtH.078H,OOOH
l.C.
FOEE 00000C66667C60FO
5613
DB
000H,OOOH,OOCH,066H.066H.07CH.060H,OFOH
L.C. P o_70
FDF6 000076CCCC7COCIE
5614
DB
000H.OOOH,076H,OCCH.OCCH.07CH,00CH.OIEH
L.C. Q o_71
FOFE OOOOOC766660fOOO
5615
DB
OOOH.000H,OOCH,076H,066H,060H,OFOH.OOOH
l.C. R o_72
HOb 00007CC0780Cf800
5616
Da
OOOH,OOOH,07tH,OCOH,078H.00CH,OF8H.OOOH I l.C. S o_13
FEOE 10307C3030341800
5617
DB
010H,030H.07CH,030H,030H,034H,018H.000H
l.C. T 0_74
fE16 OOOOCCCCCCCC7bOO
5618
DB
000H.000H,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,076H.000H
l.C. U 0_75
fEIE 0000CCCCCC783000
5619
DB
OOOH.000H,OCtH,OCCH,aCCH,078H,030H,OOOH I L.C. V 0_76
5-100 System BIOS
a
O_6F
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
OOOH.OOOH,OC6H,OD6H,OFEH,OFEH,06CH,QOOH I L.e. W 0_77
5620
5621
08
FE2E 0000C66C386CC600
08
QOQH.OOOH,OC6H,06CH,038H,06CH.OC6H,OOOH
L.e. X 0_78
FE36 DOOOCCCCCC7COCF8
5622
DB
ODOH,OOOH.OCCH,OCCH,OCCH,07CH,QOCH,QF8H
L.C. Y 0_79
FE3E OOOOFC983064FCOO
FE26 OOOOC6D6FEFE6COO
5623
DB
OOOH,DOOH,OFCH,098H,030H,064H,OFCH.OOOH I
L.e. Z 0_7.
FE46 lC3030E030301COO
5624
DB
OlCH,030H,030H,OEOH,030H,030H,OlCH,OOOH
(D_7S
FE4E 1818130018181600
5625
DB
018H,018H.018H,OOOH,018H,018H,018H,OOOH
I
FES6 E030301C3030EOOO
5626
08
OEOH.030H.030H.OICH,030H.03DH,OEOH,OOOH I ) 0_70
FESE 760COOOOOOOOOOOO
5627
DB
076H.ODCH,OOOH,OOOH,DOOH,OOOH,OOOH.OOOH ; TILDE 0_7E
FE66 OOl0386CC6C6FEOQ
5628
DB
OOOH,010H.038H.06CH,OC6H,OC6H,OFEH,000H 1 DELTA D_7f
D_7C
5629
5630
1--- INT lA ---------------------------------------------
5631
; TIME_OF _DAY
THIS ROUTINE ALLOWS TIlE CLOCK TO BE SET/READ
5632:
5633
5634
INPUT
5635
(AHl :: 0
READ THE CURRENT CLOCK SETTING
=
5636
RETURNS CX
5637
OX
= LOW
5638
AL
=0
5639
5640
OF COUNT
<>0 IF ON ANOTHER OA Y
(AH)
5642
=
CX
5643
SET THE CURRENT CLOCK
1
=
HIGH PORTION OF COUNT
OX = LOW PORTION OF COUNT
; NOTE: COUNTS OCCUR AT THE RATE OF
5645
1193180/65536 COUNTS/SEC
5646
5647
PORTIot~
IF TIMER HAS NOT PASSED
2:4 HOURS SINCE LAST READ
5641
5644
HIGH PORTION OF COUNT
(OR ABOUT 18.2 PER SECOND -- SEE EqUATES BElOWl
; ----------- ---- --- -- ------ -- - -- -------------- ------- ----
5648
CS :CODE .OS:OATA
ASSUME
FE6E
5649
ORG
FE6E
5650
TINE_OF _DAY
FE6E FB
5651
ST!
FE6F IE
5652
PUSH
OS
FE70 E8E6FB
5653
CALL
DOS
FE73 OAE4
5654
OFE6EH
PROC
FAR
INTERRUPTS BACK ON
SAVE SEGNENT
OR
AH.AH
I AH=O
FE75 7407
5655
JZ
FEn FECC
5656
DEC
T2
AH
; AH=I
FE79 Nib
5657
JZ
13
FE7B
5658
FE7B FB
5659
FE7C IF
5660
POP
fE7D CF
5661
IRET
READ_TINE
SET_TIME
Tl:
; TOO_RETURN
;
ST!
; RETURN TO CALLER
1 READ_TIME
T2:
FE7E
5662
FE7E FA
5663
eLI
FE7F .1107000
5664
MOV
FE82 C606700000
5665
MOV
TIMER_OFL I 0
FE87 8BOE6EOO
5666
MOV
CX. TINER_HIGH
FE88 88166COO
5667
MOV
OX. TIMER_LOW
JMP
Tl
FE8F EBEA
5668
INTERRUPTS BACK ON
; RECOVER SEGMENT
OS
; NO TINER INTERRUPTS WHILE READING
AL.TIMER_OFL
I GET OVERFLOW. AND RESET THE FLAG
TOO_RETURN
T3:
SET_TINE
FE91
5669
FE91 FA
5670
FEn 89166COO
5671
MOV
TIMER_LOW.
FE96 890E6EOO
5672:
HOV
TINER_HIGH,
FE9A C606700000
5673
HOV
TIMER_OF L. 0
RESET OVERFLOW
FE9F EBOA
5674
JHP
Tl
TOO_RETURN
5675
TINE_OF _DAY
eLI
NO INTERRUPTS WHILE WRITING
ox
ex
SET THE TIME
ENDP
5676
5677
; - -- -- - ---------- - --- -------------------- -- -- ---- - -- -- - --
5678
THIS ROUTINE HANDLES THE TIMER INTERRUPT FROM
5679
CHANNEL 0 OF THE 8253 TIMER. INPUT FREQUENCY
5680
IS 1.19318 MHZ AND THE DIVISOR IS 65536 • RESULTING
5681
IN APPROX.
18.2 INTERRUPTS EVERY SECOHO.
5682:
5683
; THE INTERRUPT HANDLER MAINTAINS A COUNT OF INTERRUPTS:
5684
I
5685
I
5686
I
5689
5690
TIME OF DAY.
CONTROL COUNT OF THE DISKETTE. AND WliEN IT EXPIRES,
5687
5688
SINCE POWER ON TIME, WHICH MAY BE USED TO ESTABLISH
THE INTERRUPT HANDLER ALSO DECREMENTS THE MOTOR
WILL TURN OFF THE DISKETTE MOTOR, AND RESET THE
MOTOR RUNNING FLAGS.
; THE INTERRUPT HANDLER WILL ALSO HNQKE A USER ROUTINE
THROUGH INTERRUPT ICH AT EVERY TIME TICK.
5691
THE USER
5692:
;
MUST CODE A ROUTINE ANO PLACE THE CORRECT ADDRESS IN :
5693
;
THE VECTOR TABLE.
5694
; ----------------- ------ - -------------------- -- - - - - --- ---
FEA5
5695
OFEA5H
FEA5
5696
PROC
FAR
System BIOS 5-101
LaC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
FEA5 Fe
5697
STI
FEAb IE
5698
5699
PUSH
FEA7 50
FEA6 5;::
FEA9 E8ADFB
FEAt FF066COO
FEBO 7504
FEBl FF066EOD
FEel,
PUSH
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
FEB6 833E6EOO18
5705
5706
FEBB 7515
I INTERRUPTS BACK ON
OS
AX
; SAVE MACHINE STATE
PUSH
OX
CALL
DDS
INC
JHZ
TIMER_lOW
T4
IHC
TIMER_HIGH
I INCREMENT HIGH WORD OF TIME
I TEST_DAY
CMP
TIMER_HIGH.Ol8H
I TEST FOR COUNT EQUALING 24 HOURS
T4:
I INCREMENT TIME
I TEST_DAY
5707
JHZ
5708
CMP
TS
TINER_lOW.OBOH
I DISKETTE_CTL
FEBD 813E6C006000
FEC3 7500
5709
5710
JHZ
TS
I DISKETTE_tTl
5711
; ------ TIMER HAS GONE 2:4 HOURS
5712
FEes 28CO
FEe7 A36EOO
SUB
5713
5714
MOV
FECA A36COO
5715
MOV
FEeD C606700001
5716
5717
MDV
FEDi?:
AX,AX
TIMER_HIGH.AX
TIMER_LOW. AX
TIMER_OFL,l
5718
; ------ TEST FOR DISKETTE TIME OUT
5719
5720
T5:
I DISKETTE_CTL
FEDi?: fEOE4DOD
57<:1
OEC
HOTOR_COUNT
FEOb 750B
5722
JHZ
T.
I RETURN IF COUNT NOT OUT
FEDS S0263FODFD
5723
AHD
MOTOR_STATUS ,DFDH
; TURN OFF MOTOR RUNNING BITS
FEOD BOaC
5724
MOV
AltOCH
FEDf BAF203
5725
MOV
DX,D3F2H
foe CTL PORT
FEE2 EE
5726
OUT
OX,Al
TURN OFF THE MOTOR
FEE3
5727
FEn CDIC
T6:
TIMER_RET:
5728
!HT
ICH
FEES B020
5729
MDV
AL, EOI
FEE7 E620
5730
OUT
02QH, A.l
FEE9 SA
5731
POP
OX
FEEA 58
5732
POP
AX
FEEB IF
5731
POP
OS
FEEC CF
5734
5735
; TRANSFER CONTROL TO A USER ROUTINE
; END OF INTERRUPT TO 8259
I RESET MACHINE STATE
IRET
TIMER_INT
; RETURN FROM INTERRUPT
ENDP
5736
5737
5738
1---- ----- -- ----------------------------- -------; THESE ARE THE VECTORS WHICH ARE MOVED INTO
5739
I THE 60B6 INTERRUPT AREA DURING POWER ON.
5740
i ONLY THE OFFSETS ARE DISPLAYED HERE. CODE
5741
i SEGMENT WILL BE ADDED FOR ALL OF THEM, EXCEPT :
5742
; WHERE NOTED.
5743
1------------------------------------------------
5744
FEF!
5745
FEF3
5746
FEFl A5FE
5747
FEF5 67E9
5746
FEF7 21FF
5749
FEF9 Z:SFF
5750
FEFB 23FF
5751
FEFO 23FF
5752
FEFF 57H
5753
HOI 23FF
5754
FF03 65FO
5755
FF05 4DFS
5756
H07 41F8
5757
FF09 59EC
5758
HOB 39E7
5759
FFOO 59FB
5760
FFOF 2EES
5761
FFll 02EF
5762
ASSUME
CS:COOE
DRG
DFEF3H
VECTOR_ T AS LE
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
0"ow
LABEL
. WORD
i VECTOR TABLE FOR MOVE TO INTERRUPTS
OFFSEt,
TIMER_n~T
I INTERRUPT 6
OFFSET
KB_lNT
OFFSET
011
011
011
011
OFFSET
OFFSET
OFFSET
INTERRUPT 9
I INTERRUPT A
I INTERRUPT B
INTERRUPT C
; INTERRUPT 0
OfFSET DISK_INT
OFFSET
011
OFFSET VIDEO_IO
INTERRUPT E
I INTERRUPT F
I
OFFSET EQUIPMENT
INTERRUPT llH
OFFSET MEMORY _SIZE_DET
OFFSET DISKETTE_IO
OFFSET RS232_IO
INTERRUPT 10H
INTERRUPT 12H
I INTERRUPT 13H
I INTERRUPT 14H
CASSETTE_IO
; INTERRUPT 15HtFORMER CASSETTE 10)
OFFSET KEYBOARD_IO
I INTERRUPT 16H
0"
OFFSET PRINTER_IO
; INTERRUPT I1H
ow
ow
ODODOH
I INTERRUPT 16H
OF60DH
I
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
ow
OFFSET BOOT_STRAP
5761
FF13 0000
5764
FFI5 F2E6
5767
FF176EFE
5768
5765
MUST BE INSERTED INTO TABLE LATER
5766
FF19 4BFF
5769
FFlB 46FF
5770
FFlD A4FO
5771
FFIF C7EF
5772
FF2l 0000
5773
5-102 System BIOS
INTERRUPT 19H
TIME_OF _DAY
; INTERRUPT lAH -- TUIE OF OM
DUMMY_RETURN
; INTERRUPT IBH -- KEYBOARD BREAK AODR
DUMMY_RETURN
; INTERRUPT lC -- TIMER BREAK AD DR
VIOEO_PARMS
OFFSET DISK_BASE
INTERRUPT 10 -- VIDEO PARAMETERS
I
INTERRUPT IE -- DISK PARMS
INTERRUPT IF -- POINTER TO VIDEO EXT
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
5774
5775
; - - --- -------------------------------------------- - ------
5776
; TEMPORARY INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE
5777
1. THIS ROUTINE IS ALSO lEFT IN PLACE AFTER THE
5778
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS TO SERVICE UNUSED
5779
INTERRUPT VECTORS.
5780
CONTAIN EITHER:
5781
CAUSED CODE TO BE EXEC.
5782
2.
5783
5784
FF23
5785
'FF'
FOR NON-HARDWARE INTERUPTS THAT WAS
EXECUTED ACCIDENTLY.
; -- --- -- --- - ------- ------ -------- ----------------- - -- - - --
011
PROC
NEAR
ASSUME
DS:DATA
FF23 IE
5787
PUSH
OS
FF24 52
5788
PUSH
FF25 50
5789
PUSH
AX
H26 EBlOFS
5790
CALL
DDS
5786
LOCATION 'INTRJlAG' WILL
I. lEVel OF HARDWARE INT. THAT
,.---
OX
; SAVE REG AX CONTENTS
1=%"1
FF29 BOOB
FF2B f620
5791
MOV
AL,OBH
5792
OUT
INTAOO,.U
FF2D 90
5793
NOP
; READ IN-SERVICE REG
,
(FINO OUT WHAT lEVEL BEING
I SERVICED)
FF2E £42:0
5794
IN
Al,INTAOO
I GET LEVEL
FF30 8AEO
5795
MOV
AH,Al
; SAVE IT
FF3z OAC4
5796
OR
AL,AH
; OO? (NO HARDWARE ISR ACTIVE)
FF34 7504
5797
JNZ
HW_INT
FF36 84FF
5798
MOV
AH,OFFH
JMP
SHORT SET_INTRJLAG
; SET FLAG TO FF IF NON-HDWARE
IN
AL,INTAOl
I GET MASK VALUE
; MASK OFF LVL BEING SERVICED
FF38 fBOA
5799
FF3A
FF3A £421
5600
5801
FF3C OAC4
5802
OR
AL,AH
FF3E E62:1
5803
OUT
INTAOl,AL
FF40 B020
5604
MOV
AL,EOI
FF42 f62:0
HW_INT:
OUT
5805
FF44
5806
FF44 88266800
5807
MOV
FF48 58
5806
FF49 SA
5809
FF4A IF
5810
FF4B
5811
FF4B CF
5812
5613
INTAOO.AL
SET_INTRJLAG:
INTRJLAG.AH
; SET FLAG
POP
AX
I RESTORE REG AX CONTENTS
POP
OX
POP
OS
DUMMY_RETURN:
I NEED IRET FOR VECTOR TABLE
IRET
011
ENDP
5814
5815
5816
5817
; ---------------- -- - - --- -------------------- ----; DUMMY RETURN FOR ADDRESS COMPATIBILITY
1------------------------------------------------
FF53
5616
ORG
FF53 CF
5819
IRET
OFF53H
582.0
5821
;-- INT 5 ---------------------------------------------------------------
5822
THIS LOGIC WILL BE INVOKED BY INTERRUPT OSH TO PRINT THE
5823
SCREEN. THE CURSOR POSITION AT THE TIME THIS ROUTINE IS INVOKED
5824
WILL BE SAVED AND RESTORED UPON COMPLETION. TIlE ROUTINE IS
5825
INTENDED TO RUN WITH INTERRUPTS ENABLED. IF A SUBSEQUENT
5826
'PRINT SCREEN' KEY IS DEPRESSED DURING THE TIME THIS ROUTINE
5827
IS PRINTING IT WILL BE IGNORED.
5828
ADDRESS 50:0 CONTAINS THE STATUS OF TIlE PRINT SCREEN:
5829
5830
50:0
EITHER PRINT SCREEN HAS NOT BEEN CALLED
OR UPON RETURN FROM A CALL THIS INDICATES
5832
A SUCCESSFUL OPERATION.
5833
5834
5835
5836
FF54
=0
5831
5837
=1
PRINT SCREEN IS IN PROGRESS
=255
ERROR ENCOUNTERED DURING PRINTING
1------------------------------------------------------------__ ---______ _
ASSUME
ORG
CS :CODE ,DS:XXDATA
OFF54H
fF54
5838
FF54 FB
5839
STI
FFS5 IE
5840
PUSH
OS
FF56 50
5641
PUSH
AX
FFS7 53
5842
PUSH
ex
PRINT_SCREEN
PROC
fAR
; MUST RUN WITH INTERRUPTS ENABLED
; MUST USE 50:0 FOR DATA AREA STORAGE
FFS8 51
5843
PUSH
CX
I WILL USE THIS LATER FOR CURSOR LIMITS
FF59 52
5844
PUSH
OX
; WILL HOLD CURRENT CURSOR POSITION
FFSA 885000
5845
MOV
AX.XXDATA
; HEX 50
FF5D 8EDS
5846
MOV
DS,AX
Ff5F 803EOOOOOI
5847
CMP
STATUS_BYTE,1
I SEE IF PRINT ALREADY IN PROGRESS
FF64 745f
5848
JZ
EXIT
; JUMP IF PRINT ALREADY IN PROGRESS
H6b C606000001
5849
MOV
STATUS_BYTE ,I
; INDICATE PRINT NOW IN PROGRESS
HbB B40F
5650
MOV
AH.15
; WILL REQUEST THE CURRENT SCREEN MODE
System BIOS 5-103
LaC OBJ
FF~D
COlO
LINE
SOURCE
5851
INT
IOH
IALl=MOOE
5852
[AH ]:NUMBER COLUMNS/LINE
[BH I=VISUAl PAGE
5853
5854
;------ -- ------------------------------------------------------
5855
[AX I AND THE PAGE IF APPLICABLE IS IN [BH 1. THE STACK
5857
HAS DS,AX,BX,CX,OX PUSHED. (AI HAS VIDEO MODE
5858
FF6F 8Ace
AT THIS POINT WE KNOW THE COLUMNS/LINE ARE IN
5856
; ---------- - ---- --- --- ------------- --- ----- ----------- ----------; WILL MAKE USE OF [CX I REGISTER TO
MOV
Cl.AH
FF71 B519
5859
5860
MOV
CH.25
FF73 E85S00
5861
CALL
CRlF
FF76 51
586:?:
PUSH
ex
; SAVE SCREEN BOUNDS
FF77 6403
5863
MOV
AH.3
I WI~L NOW READ THE CURSOR.
FF79 COlO
5864
INT
10H
; AND PRESERVE THE POSITION
FF7B 59
5865
5866
5867
POP
ex
; RECALL SCREEN BOUNDS
PUSH
ox
; RECALL tSHl=VISUAL PAGE
XOR
DX,OX
; WIll SET CURSOR POSITION TO [0,0]
Ff7C 52
FF7D 3302
5868
THE LOOP FROM PRllO TO THE INSTRUCTION PRIOR TO PRIZO
5870
IS THE lOOP TO READ EACH CURSOR POSITION FROM THE
SCREEN AND PRINT.
5871
5872
;----------------------------------------------------------------
5873
PRIIO:
FF7F 6402
5874
FF81 COlO
5875
!NT
10H
FF83 8408
5876
MOV
AH,8
FFS5 COlO
5877
INT
10H
He7 OACO
5878
FF89 7502
5879
5880
FF8B 8020
FFaD
; CARRIAGE RETURN LINE FEED ROUTINE
; ---------- ------------- - -- -- --------- - - ------------------- - - - ---
5869
FF7F
; CONTROL ROW & COLUMNS
5881
MOV
AH.2
I TO INDICATE CURSOR SET REQUEST
NEW CURSOR POSITION ESTABLISHED
TO INDICATE READ CHARACTER
; CHARACTER NOW IN {ALl
0'
AL,AL
SEE IF VALID CHAR
JNZ
PR1l5
J JUMP IF VALID CIiAR
MOV
AL, '
MAKE A BLANK
PRIlS:
FFBD 52
5882
PUSH
OX
SAVE CURSOR POSITION
FFeE 3302:
5883
XOR
OX,OX
INDICATE PRINTER I
FF90 32E4
5884
XOR
AH,AH
j
TO INDICA.TE PRINT CHAR IN [AL]
FFn CDl7
5885
INT
17H
I
FF94 SA
5886
POP
OX
PRINT THE CHARACTER
RECALL CURSOR POSITION
FF95 F6C425
5887
5888
TEST
AH,
JNZ
ERRIO
INC
DL
I ADVANCE TO NEXT COLUMN
I SEE IF AT END OF LINE
FF9S 752:1
2SH
; TEST FOR PRINTER ERROR
JUMP IF ERROR DETECTED
FF9C 3AtA
5889
5890
CMP
CL,Dl
FF9E 750F
5891
JNZ
FFAO 3202
sen
XOR
PFlUO
OL,OL
FFA2: SAE2
58'13
MOV
AH,DL
(AH 1=0
FFA4 52
5894
PUSH
ox
SAVE NEW CURSOR POSITION
FF9A FEt2
IF NOT PROCEED
BACK TO COLUMN 0
FfAS EBBOO
5895
CALL
CRLF
LINE FEED CARRIAGE RETURN
FFA8 SA
5896
POP
ox
RECALL CURSOR POSITION
FFA9 nCb
5897
INC
DH
ADVANCE TO NEXT LINE
FFAB 3AEE
CMP
CH .DH
fINISHED?
HAD 7500
5898
5899
JNZ
PRIlO
FFAF
5900
IF NOT CONTINUE
PRI20 :
RECALL CURSOR POSITION
5901
POP
OX
j
FFBC 8402:
5902:
MOV
AH ,2
; TO INDICATE CURSOR SET REQUEST
HB:?: COlO
5903
INT
10H
; CURSOR POSITION RESTORED
FfB4 C606000000
5904
MOV
STATUS_BYTE ,0
FFB9 ESCA
5905
JMP
SHORT EXIT
; EXIT THE ROUTINE
; GET CURSOR POSITION
FFAF SA
INDICATE FINISHED
ERRIO:
FFBB
5906
HBB SA
5907
POP
OX
FFBe 8402
5908
MOV
AH.2
; TO REQUEST CURSOR SET
FfBE COlO
5909
INT
10H
; CURSOR POSITION RESTORED
FFeo
5910
FFCO C606000DFF
5911
FFCS
5912
ERR20 :
; INDICATE ERROR
MOV
EXIT:
Hes SA
5913
POP
FFCb 59
5914
POP
OX
ex
ex
FFC7 58
5915
POP
FFee 58
5916
POP
AX
FFC9 IF
5917
POP
OS
FFCA Cf
5918
IRET
5919
PRINT_SCREEN
I RESTORE ALL THE REGISTERS USED
ENOP
5920
5921
j------
CARRIAGE RETURN, LINE FEED SUBROUTINE
CRLF
PROC
NEAR
XO,
DX,DX
; PRINTER 0
XO,
AH,AH
I WILL NOW SEND INITIAL LF ,CR
MOV
AL,12Q
I IF
5922
FFee
5'123
fFCB 3302
5924
HCO 32E4
5925
TO PRINTER
5926
Ffef BOOA
sn7
5-104 System BIOS
LOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
INT
fFOl C017
5928
592.9
XOR
17H
AK,AH
; SEND THE LINE FEED
FFD3 32E4
FFOS BOOO
5930
MOV
AL.15Q
; CR
to 17
5931
INT
RET
17H
; SEND THE CARRIAGE RETURN
FfD7
FFD9 C3
5932
5933
CRlf
; NOW FOR THE CR
ENOP
5934
5935
; ------------ ------------ ---- -- -- -- ------------ -----------------
5936
PRINT A SEGMENT VALUE TO LOOK LIKE A 20 BIT ADDRESS
5937
OX MUST CONTAIN SEGMENT VALUE TO BE PRINTED
5938
FFOA
5939
FFDA 8AC6
5940
; ----------- ---------------------- - - ------ ----- ---------- --- ---PIH_SEG PRoe
NEAR
MaV
AL,aH
FFDC E8ACF9
5941
CALL
XPC_BYTE
FFDF 8AC2
5942
MOV
Al.Ol
FFEI E8A7F9
5943
CALL
XPC_BYTE
FFE4 8030
5944
5945
HOV
Al. '0'
CALL
PRT_HEX
FFE6 E8B3F9
5946
5947
MOV
Al, '
FFEB E8AEF9
CALL
PIH_HEX
FFEE C3
5948
RET
FfE9 8020
5949
5950
5951
;GET HSB
;lSB
; PRINT A '0
'
; SPACE
PRT_SEG ENDP
CODE
ENDS
5952
5953
5954
; --------------- - -- -------------POWER ON RESET VECTOR
5955
5956
VECTOR
; -------------------------------SEGMENT AT OFFFFH
5957
0000 E.A.5BEOOOFO
5958
5959
5960
0005 31312F30382F38
5961
5962
.----- POWER ON RESET
JMe
RESET
OB
'11/08/82'
; RELEASE HARKER
32
5963
5964
VECTOR
ENOS
END
System BIOS 5-105
5-106 System BIOS
SECTION 6. INSTRUCTION SET
Contents
8088 Register Model
6-3
Operand Summary ................................. 6-4
Second Instruction Byte Summary ......•.............. 6-4
Memory Segmentation Model .•................•..... 6-5
Use of Segment Override ............................ 6-5
Data Transfer .................................... 6-6
Arithmetic ....................................... 6-8
Logic .......................................... 6-10
String Manipulation ............................... 6-11
Control Transfer .........•....................... 6-12
8088 Conditional Transfer Operations ................. 6-15
Processor Control ...............•..•..........•.. 6-16
8087 Extensions to the 8088 Instruction Set ............ 6-17
Data Transfer ...........•............•.......... 6-17
Comparison ..................................... 6-19
Arithmetic ...................................... 6-19
Transcendental
.................................. 6-21
Instruction Set 6-1
Constants
6-21
Processor Control ................................ 6-22
8088 Instruction Set Matrix ........................ 6-25
Instruction Set Index .............................. 6-27
6-2 Instruction Set
8088
Register Model
AX:
AH
BX:
BH
AL
Accumulator
BL
Base
CX:
CH
CL
Count
DX:
DH
DL
Data
SP
Stack Pointer
BP
Base Pointer
SI
Source Index
DI
Destination Index
Instruction Pointer
IP
FLAGSH
General
Register File
I
FLAGSL
Status Flags
CS
Code Segment
DS
Data Segment
SS
Stack Segment
ES
Extra Segment
}
Segment
Register File
Instructions which reference the flag register file as a 16-bit object
use the symbol FLAGS to represent the file:
15
7
I X I X
X
0
X I OF I DF IIF I TF I SF I ZF I X I AF I X I PF I X I CF I
x = Don't Care
AF:
CF:
PF:
SF:
ZF:
Auxiliary Carry - BCD
Carry Flag
Parity Flag
Sign Flag
Zero Flag
}
8080 Flags
OF:
IF:
OF:
TF:
Direction Flag (Strings)
Interrupt Enable Flag
Overflow Flag (CF Ell SF)
Trap - Single Step Flag
}
8088 Flags
Instruction Set 6-3
Operand Summary
"reg field Bit Assignments:
16-Bit[w=1J
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
8-Bit [w=OJ
AX
CX
OX
BX
SP
BP
SI
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
01
Segment
AL
CL
OL
BL
AH
CH
OH
BH
ES
CS
SS
OS
00
01
10
11
Second Instruction Byte Summary
Imod I xxx
rim
mod
Displacement
00
01
10
11
OISP = 0*, disp-Iow and disp-high are absent
OISP = disp-Iow sign-extended to 16-bits, disp-high is absent
OISP = disp-high: disp-Iow
rim is treated as a "reg" field
MF = Memory format
00
01
10
11
-
32-bit Real
32-bit Integer
64-bit Real
64-bit Integer
rim
Operand Address
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
(BX) + (SI) + OISP
(BX) + (01) + OISP
(BP) + (SI) + OISP
(BP) + (01) + OISP
(SI) + OISP
(01) + DISP
(BP) + OISP*
(BX) + OISP
OISP follows 2nd byte of instruction (before data if required).
*except if mod = 00 and rim = 110 then EA = disp-high: disp-Iow.
6-4 Instruction Set
Memory Segmentation Model
o
7
Logical
Memory Space
r6I
t
.t
FFFFFH
B
:::
DisPlac~me';;
15
15
Selected
Segment
Register
CS,SS, DS, ES
or none
for 110, INT
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0000 r-0000
0000
lli-
~
~
rl
I
'0:
Word {
0000 r-
I
19
I
I
0
CS
SS
DS
ES
I
I
I
~
---!I
I
I
I
}
7
L
S"ok
So,m."'
I .....
0
L
r---
Code Segment
XXXXOH
"'!:::
Offse t
Addr ess
l
J
.....
-
:~
~
MSB
LSB
BYTE
}DO" S',m."'
:~
I
I
I
I
I
... .,..
: Adder
I
I
I
I
I
}
Extra Data
Segment
T OOOOOH
0 Physical
Address
Latch
Segment Override Prefix
o
0 1 reg 1 1 0
Use of Segment Override
Operand Register
Default
IP (Code Address)
SP (Stack Address)
BP (Stack Address or Stack Marker)
SI or 01 (not including strings)
SI (Implicit Source Address for Strings)
01 (Implicit Destination Address for Strings)
CS
SS
SS
OS
OS
ES
With Override Prefix
Never
Never
BP + OS or ES, or CS
ES, SS, or CS
ES, SS, or CS
Never
Instruction Set 6-5
Data Transfer
MOV = Move
Register/memory to/from register
1 000
1 0
d
w
mod
reg
rim
Immediate to register/memory
1 000
1
mod
w
0
0
0
rim
data
Idata if w = 11
Immediate to register
o
1
w
reg
data
1data if w = 1 1
Memory to accumulator
101 0 0 0 0
w
addr-Iow
addr-high
addr-Iow
addr-high
Accumulator to memory
1010001w
Register/memory to segment register
1 0
0
0
1
1 0
I
mod
0
reg
rim
reg
rim
Segment register to register/memory
10001100
mod
0
PUSH = Push
Register/memory
mod
1
mod
0
1 0
rim
Register
10
1 0
1 0
reg
Segment reg ister
0
0
0
reg
01
Pop = Pop
Register/memory
1
0
0
0
1
Register
10
1 0
1 1 reg
Segment register
10
0
0
reg
1
1
1
6 . . 6 Instruction Set
0
0
rim
XCHG = Exchange
Registerlmemory with register
1
a a a a
1
I
1 w
mod
reg
rim
Register with accumulator
1
a a
a
1
reg
I
IN = Input to ALiAX from
Fixed port
1
1
1
a a
1
a
w
a
w
port
Variable port (OX)
1
1
1
a
1
1
OUT = Output from ALiAX to
Fixed port
1
1 1
a a
1
1 w
port
Variable port (OX)
1
1
1
a
1
1
a
w
XLAT = Translate byte to AL
1 1
a
1
a
1 1 1
I
LEA = Load EA to register
1
a a a
1
1
a
I
mod
reg
rim
I
mod
reg
rim
a a I
mod
reg
rim
1
LOS = Load pointer to OS
1
1
a a a
1
a
1
LES = Load pointer to ES
1
1
a a a
1
LAHF = Load AH with flags
1
a a
1 1 1 1 1
I
SAHF = Store AH into flags
1
a a
1 1 1 1
a
PUSHF = Push flags
1
a a
1 1 1
a a
POPF = Pop flags
1
a a
1 1 1
a
1
Instruction Set 6-7
Arithmetic
ADD = Add
Register/memory with register to either
o
0
0
0
0
0
d
w
I
mod
reg
rim
Immediate to register/memory
1 0
0
0
0
0
s
w
I mod
0
0
0
rim
data
data if s:w = 01
Immediate to accumulator
0000010w
data if w = 1
data
ADC = Add with carry
Register/memory with register to either
o
0
0
1 0
0
d
w
I
mod
reg
rim
Immediate to register/memory
1 0
0
0
0
0
s
w
I mod
0
1 0
rim
data
data if s:w = 01
Immediate to accumulator
0001010w
data
data if w = 1
INC = Increment
Register /Memory
1 w
1 1
mod 0 0 0 rim
Register
o
1 0
AAA
0
0
reg
= ASCII adjust for add
001101111
DAA
= Decimal adjust for add
00100111
SUB = Subtract
Register/memory and register to either
o
0
1 0
1 0
d
w
1 mod
reg
rim
Immediate from register/memory
1 0
0
0
0
0
s
w
1 mod
1 0
1 rim
data
Immediate from accumulator
0010110w
6-8 InstmctionSet
data
data if w = 1
data if s:w = 01
SBB = Subtract with borrow
Register/memory and register to either
o
0
0
1
1 0
d
w
1 mod
reg
rim
1
1 rim
Immediate from register/memory
1 0
0
0
0
0
s
w
1 mod
0
data
dataifs:w=01
Immediate from accumulator
data
0001110w
data if w = 1
DEC = Decrement
Register/memory
1111111w
mod
0
0
1
rim
mod
0
1
1
rim
Register
o
1 0
0
1 reg
NEG = Change sign
111101
w
CMP = Compare
Register/memory and register
o
0
1
1
1 0
d
w
1 mod
reg
rim
1
1 rim
Immediate with register/memory
1 0
0
0
0
0
s
w
1 mod
1
data
dataifs:w=01
Immediate with accumulator
data if w = 1
data
0011110wl
AAS = ASCII adjust for subtact
001111111
DAS = Decimal adjust for subtact
001011111
MUL = Multiply (unsigned)
1
1
1
1 0
1
1 w
1 mod
1 0
0
r /m
1 0
1 rim
IMUL = Integer multiply (signed)
1
1
1
1 0
1
1
w
1 mod
AAM = ASCII adjust for multiply
1101010000001010
DIV = Divide (unsigned)
1
1
1
1 0
1
1
w
mod
1
1 0
rim
Instruction Set 6-9
IDIV = Integer divide (signed)
1 1
1
1 0
1
1
w
1 mod
1 1 rim
1
AAD = ASCII adjust for divide
11010101100001010
CBW = Convert byte to word
100110001
CWD = Convert word to double word
10011001
Logic
NOT = Invert
1 1
1
1 0
1
1 w
mod 0
1 0
rim
SHL/SAL = Shift logicallarithmetic left
1
1 0
SHR
1
1 0
0
v
w
rim
mod
1 0
0
mod
1 0
1 rim
1
= Shift logical right
1 0
1 0
0
v
w
SAR = Shift arithmetic right
1
1 0
1 0
0
1 1 rim
v
w
mod
v
w
mod 0
0 0
v
w
mod 0
0
ROL = Rotate left
1
1 0
1 0
0
rim
ROR = Rotate right
1
1 0
RCL
1
1 0
0
1 rim
= Rotate through carry left
1 0
1 0
0
v w 1 mod 0 1 0 rim
RCR = Rotate through carry right
1
1 0
1 0
0
v
w
1 mod 0
1 1 rim
AND = And
Registerlmemory and register to either
o
0
1 0
0
0 d w
1 mod
reg
rim
Immediate to registerlmemory
1 0 0
0
0
0
0
w
1
mod
1 0 0
rim
data
Immediate to accumulator
00100
1 0
w
6-10 Instruction Set
data
data if w = 1
data if w = 1
TEST = And function to flags, no result
Register/memory and register
1 0
0
0
0
lOw
I
mod
reg
rim
Immediate data and register/memory
1 0
1
1 w
I mod
0
0 0
rim
data
data if w = 1
Immediate data and accumulator
1010100w
data
data if w = 1
OR = Or
Register/memory and register to either
o
0
0
0
1 0
d
w
I
mod
reg
rim
Immediate to register/memory
1 0
0
0 0
0
0
w
I mod
0 0
1 rim
data
data if w = 1
Immediate to accumulator
0000l10w
data
data if w = 1
XOR = Exclusive or
Register/memory and register to either
o
0
1
1 0
0
d
w
I
mod
reg
rim
Immediate to register/memory
1 0
0
0 0
0
0
w
I mod
1 0
rim
data
data if w = 1
Immediate to accumulator
00l1010w
data
data if w = 1
String Manipulation
REP = Repeat
1111001z1
MOVS = Move String
1010010w
CMPS = Compare String
1010011w
SCAS = Scan String
1010111w
Instruction Set 6-11
LODS = Load String
1 0
1 0
1 1 0
~
STOS = Store String
1010101w
Control Transfer
CALL = Call
Direct within segment
11101000
disp-high
disp-Iow
Indirect within segment
1111111
mod
0
1 0
rim
Direct intersegment
10011010
offset-low
offset-high
seg-Iow
seg-high
Indirect intersegment
1111111
mod
0
1
1 rim
JMP = Unconditional Jump
Direct within segment
1
1
1 0
1 0
0
1
I
disp-high
disp-Iow
Direct within segment-short
1
1
1 0
1 0
1
1
disp
Indirect within segment
1111111
mod
1 0
0
rim
Direct intersegment
11101010
offset-low
offset-high
seg-Iow
seg-high
Indirect intersegment
1111111
6-12 Instruction Set
mod
1 0
1 rim
RET = Return from CALL
Within segment
110000111
Within segment adding immediate to SP
11000010
data-low
data-high
Intersegment
11001011
Intersegment, adding immediate to SP
1 1 0
0
0
0
1 0 1
data-low
data-high
JE/JZ = Jump on equal/zero
o
1
1
1 0
1 0
0 1
disp
JL/JNGE
= Jump on less/not greater or equal
o
1
1
1
1
1 0
0 1
disp
JLE/JNG
= Jump on less or equal/not greater
o
1
1
1
1
1
1 0 1
disp
JB/JNAE = Jump on below/not above or equal
o
1
1
1 0
0
1 0 1
disp
JBE/JNA = Jump on below or equal/not above
o
1
1
1 0
1
1 0 1
disp
JP/JPE = Jump on parity/parity even
0
1
1
JO
= Jump on overflow
0
1
1
1 1 0
1 0
0
JS
= Jump on sign
0
1
1
1
1 0
1 0
disp
0
0
disp
0
0
disp
JNE/JNZ = Jump on not equal/not zero
o
1
1
1 0
1 0
1 1
disp
JNL/JGE = Jump on not less/greater or equal
o
1
1
1
1
1 0
1
disp
Instruction Set 6-13
JNLE/JG = Jump on not less or equal/greater
o
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
disp
JNB/JAE = Jump on not below/above or equal
o
1
1
1 0
0
1
1
I
disp
JNBE/JA = Jump on not below or equal/above
o
1
1
1 0
1
1
1
I
disp
JNP/JPO = Jump on not parity/parity odd
o
1
1
1
1 0
1
1
I
disp
JNO = Jump on not overflow
o
1
1
1 0
0
0
1
disp
JNS = Jump on not sign
o
1
1
1
1 0
LOOP = Loop
1
1
1 0
0
0
1
disp
ex times
0
1 0
disp
LOOPZ/LOOPE = Loop while zero/equal
1
1
1 0
0
0
0
1
I
disp
LOOPNZ/LOOPNE = Loop while not zero/not equal
1
1
1 0
0
0
JCXZ = Jump on
1
1
1 0
0
0
0
0
I
disp
ex zero
1
1
6-14 Instruction Set
disp
8088 Conditional Transfer Operations
Instruction
Condition
JE or JZ
JLor JNGE
JLE orJNG
JB or JNAE or JC
JBE or JNA
JP or JPE
JO
JS
JNE or JNZ
JNL orJGE
JNLE orJG
JNB or JAE or JNC
JNBE orJA
JNPorJPO
JNO
JNS
ZF = 1
(SF xor OF) = 1
((SF xor OF) or
ZF) = 1
CF = 1
(CF or ZF) = 1
PF = 1
OF = 1
SF = 1
ZF = 0
(SF xor OF) = 0
((SF xor OF) or
ZF) = 0
CF = 0
(CF or ZF) = 0
PF = 0
OF = 0
SF = 0
Interpretation
"equal" or "zero"
"less" or "not greater or equal"
"less or equal" or "not greater"
"below" or "not above or equal"
"below or equal" or "not above"
"parity" or "parity even"
"overflow' ,
"sign"
"not equal" or "not zero"
"not less" or "greater or equal"
"not less or equal" or "greater"
"not below" or "above or equal"
"not less or equal" or "above"
"not parity" or "parity odd"
"not overflow"
"not sign"
'''Above'' and "below" refer to the relation between two unsigned values, while
"greater" and "less" refer to the relation between two signed values.
INT = Interrupt
Type specified
1 0
0
1
1 0
1
type
Type 3
11001100
INTO = Interrupt on overflow
11001110
IRET = Interrupt return
11001111
Instruction Set 6-15
Processor Control
ClC = Clear carry
STC = Set carry
11111000
1111100
CMC
= Complement carry
1111010
ClD
= Clear direction
11111100
CLI = Clear interrupt
11111010
NOP
= No operation
10010000
STD = Set direction
1 1
1 0
STI = Set interrupt
1 1
o
1
HlT = Halt
WAIT = Wait
11110100
10011011
lOCK = Bus lock prefix
ESC = Escape (to external device)
11110000
1 0
1
x
x
x
mod
x
x
x
rim
Footnotes:
if d = 1 then "to"; if d = 0 then "from"
if w = 1 then word instruction; if w = 0 then byte instruction
if s:w = 01 then 16 bits of immediate data from the operand
if s:w = 11 then an immediate data byte is signed extended to form the 16-bit operand
if v = 0 then "count" = 1; if v = 1 then "count" in (Cl)
x = don't care
z is used for some string primitives to compare with ZF FLAG
AL = 8-bit accumulator
AX = 16-bit accumulator
CX = Count register
OS = Data segment
OX = Variable port register
ES = Extra segment
Above/below refers to unsigned value
Greater = more positive;
Less = less positive (more negative) signed values
6-16 InstructionSet
8087 Extensions to the 8088 Instruction Set
Data Transfer
FLO = Load
Integer/Real Memory to ST(O)
I mod
MF
Escape
rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 0
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 0
0
disp-Iow
disp-high
disp-Iow
disp-high
0
0
0
Long Integer Memory to ST(O)
Escape
1
1
I mod
1 0
Temporary Real Memory to ST(O)
Escape
0
1
1
I mod
BCD Memory to ST(O)
Escape
1
mod
rim
STO) to ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1 1 0 0 0 ST(i)
FST = Store
ST(O) to Integer/Real Memory
Escape
MF
mod
0
1 0
rim
ST(O) to ST(i)
Escape
1
0
1 1 0
1 0 STO)
Instruction Set 6-17
FSTP = STORE AND POP
ST(O) to IntegerlReal Memory
Escape
I mod
MF
0
1
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
disp-Iow
disp-high
ST(O) to Long Integer Memory
Escape
1
1
I mod
1
ST(O) to Temporary Real Memory
Escape
0
1
1
I mod
1
1
ST(O) to BCD Memory
Escape
1
mod
1 1 0
rim
ST(O) to ST(i)
Escape
1
1 1 0 1 1 ST(i)
0
FXCH = Exchange ST(i) and ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
1 1 0 0 1 ST(i)
{}-18 Instructioo Set
Comparison
FCOM = Compare
Integer/Real Memory to ST(O)
Escape
MF
0
mod
0
0
1 1 0
1 0
rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
disp-Iow
disp-high
ST(i) to ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1 0 ST(i)
FCOMP = Compare and Pop
Integer/Real Memory to ST(O)
Escape
MF
0
mod
0
1 1 0
0
1
1 rim
ST(i) to ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1 1 ST(i)
FCOMPP = Compare ST(1) to ST(O) and Pop twice
Escape
1
1
0
11 1 0 1 1 0 0 1
FTST = Test ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
11
1001001
FXAM = Examine ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1
Arithmetic
FADD = Addition
Integer/Real Memory with ST(O)
Escape
MF
0
mod
0
1 1 0 0 0 ST(i)
0
0
0
rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
disp-Iow
disp-high
ST(i) to ST(O)
Escape
d
P
FSUB = Subtraction
Integer/Real Memory with ST(O)
Escape
MF
0
mod
1 0
R rim
0
1
1 0
R rim
ST(i) to ST(O)
Escape
d
P
1
Instruction Set 6-19
Arithmetic (Continued)
FMUL = Multiplication
Integer/Real Memory to ST(O)
Escape
MF
0
mod 0
0
1 rim
0
1
0
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
disp-Iow
disp-high
ST(i) and ST(O)
Escape
d
P
1 0
FDIV = Division
Integer/Real Memory with ST(O)
Escape
MF
0
mod
0
1
1
1 R rim
ST(i) and ST(O)
Escape
d
P
1 0
0
1 rim
FSQRT = Square Root of ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1
1 0
1
1
1 0
FSCALE = Scale ST(O) by ST(1)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1 0
1
FPREM = Partial Remainder of ST(O) -;- ST(1)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1
1 0
0
0
1 0
0
FRNDINT = Round ST(O) to Integer
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1
1
FXTRACT = Extract Components of ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1 0
1 0
0
0
1
FABS = Absolute Value of ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1 0
0
0
FCHS = Change Sign of ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
11100000
6-20 Instruction Set
I
Transcendental
FPTAN
= Partial Tangent of ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1 0
0
1 0
FPATAN = Partial Arctangent of ST(O) -;. ST(1)
Escape
0
0
1
11110011
F2XM1 = 2ST101-1
Escape
0
0
1
11110000
FYL2X = ST(1) . LOG 2[ ST(0)1
0
0
FYL2XP1
= ST(1) . LOG 2[ ST(O) +
Escape
0
0
1
I1
Escape
1
I1
1
1
1
1 0
1
1
0
0
1
1 0
0
1
1
1 0
11
Constants
FLOZ = Load
Escape
0
+ 0.0 into ST(O)
0
1
I1
1
FL01 = Load
+ 1.0 into ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1 0
1
1
0
1 0
0
0
1
1 0
1 0
1
1
1 0
0
1
1 0
1 0
FLOPI = Load Tt into ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
FLOL2T = Load log210 into ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1 0
FLOL2E = Load log2e into ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1 0
FLOLG2 = Load log102 into ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1 0
1
1 0
0
1
1 0
1
FLOLN2 = Load log.2 into ST(O)
Escape
0
0
1
1
1
1 0
Instruction Set 6-21
Processor Control
FINIT = Initialize NDP
0
Escape
1
1
I1
1
1 0
0
0
1
1
1 0
0
0
0
0
o
0
0
0
1
FENI = Enable Interrupts
Escape
0
1
1
I1
FDISI = Disable Interrupts
Escape
0
FLDCW
Escape
Escape
I1
1
0
1
I mod
1 0
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 1
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
1
1 rim
disp-Iow
disp-high
0
0
disp-Iow
disp-high
= Store Control Word
0
0
1
I mod
= Store Status Word
FSTSW
Escape
FCLEX
1
= Load Control Word
0
FSTCW
1
1
0
1
I mod
= Clear Exceptions
I1
Escape
0
FSTENV
= Store Environment
Escape
0
1
0
1
1
1
I mod
6-22 Instruction Set
1 0
0
rim
1 0
Processor Control (Continued)
FLDENV
= Load Enviroment
Escape
0
0
1
I
0
rIm
disp-Iow
disp-high
1 0
rIm
disp-Iow
disp-high
rIm
disp-Iow
disp-high
mod
1 0
mod
1
FSAVE = Save State
Escape
1
0
1
I
FRSTOR = Restore State
Escape
1
0
1
I
mod
1 0
0
FINCSTP = Increment Stack Pointer
Escape
0
0
1
I1
1
1
1 0
1
1
1
FDECSTP = Decrement Stack Pointer
Escape
0
1
1
1
1
101
1 0
= Free ST(i)
FFREE
Escape
FNOP
0
0
0
1
1 0 0 0 ST(i)
= No Operation
Escape
0
0
1
I
1
0
1 0
0
0
0
FWAIT = CPU Wait for NDP
10011011
Instruction Set 6-23
Footnotes:
ST(O) = Current Stack top
ST(i) = ith register below stack top
d = Destination
0- Destination is ST(O)
1 - Destination is ST(i)
P= POP
0- No pop
1 - Pop ST(O)
R= Reverse
0- Destination (op) Source
1 - Source (op) Destination
For
For
For
For
FSQRT:
FSCALE:
F2XM1:
FYL2X:
For
FYL2XP1:
For
For
FPTAN:
FPATAN:
-O:o:ST(O):o: + 00
- 2' 5:0: ST (1 ) < + 2' 5 and ST (1) integer
O:o:ST(0):o:2- 1
O
>
Shift
Cyan
Yellow
High Intensity
63
?
?
Shift
Cyan
White
High Intensity
40
64
@
@
Shift
Red
Black
Normal
41
65
A
A
Note 4
Red
Blue
Underline
42
66
B
B
Note 4
Red
Green
Normal
43
67
C
C
Note 4
Red
Cyan
Normal
44
68
D
D
Note 4
Red
Red
Normal
45
69
E
E
Note 4
Red
Magenta
Normal
46
70
F
F
Note 4
Red
Brown
Normal
47
71
G
G
Note 4
Red
Light Grey
Normal
48
72
H
H
Note 4
Red
Dark Grey
High Intensity
49
73
I
I
Note 4
Red
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
4A
74
J
J
Note 4
Red
Light Green
High Intensity
Shift
Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors 7-3
As Text Attributes
Value
As Characters
Hex Dec Symbol
Keystrokes
Color / Graphics
Monitor Adapter
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Modes Background Foreground
Adapter
4B
75
K
K
Note 4
Red
Light Cyan
High Intensity
4C
76
L
L
Note 4
Red
Light Red
High Intensity
4D
77
M
M
Note 4
Red
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
4E
78
N
N
Note 4
Red
Yellow
High Intensity
4F
79
0
0
Note 4
Red
White
High Intensity
50
80
P
P
Note 4
Magenta
Black
Normal
51
81
Q
Q
Note 4
Magenta
Blue
Underline
52
82
R
R
Note 4
Magenta
Green
Normal
53
83
S
S
Note 4
Magenta
Cyan
Normal
54
84
T
T
Note 4
Magenta
Red
Normal
55
85
U
U
Note 4
Magenta
Magenta
Normal
56
86
V
V
Note 4
Magenta
Brown
Normal
57
87
W
W
Note 4
Magenta
Light Grey
Normal
58
88
X
X
Note 4
Magenta
Dark Grey
High Intensity
59
89
Y
Y
Note 4
Magenta
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
5A
90
Z
Z
Note 4
Magenta
Light Green
High Intensity
5B
91
[
[
Magenta
Light Cyan
High Intensity
5C
92
\
\
Magenta
Light Red
High Intensity
5D
93
1
1
Magenta
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
5E
94
A
A
Shift
Magenta
Yellow
High Intensity
5F
95
-
-
Shift
Magenta
White
High Intensity
60
96
Yellow
Black
Normal
61
97
a
a
Note 5
Yellow
Blue
Underline
62
98
b
b
Note 5
Yellow
Green
Normal
63
99
c
c
Note 5
Yellow
Cyan
Normal
64
100
d
d
Note 5
Yellow
Red
Normal
65
101
e
e
Note 5
Yellow
Magenta
Normal
66
102
f
Yellow
Brown
Normal
f
Note 5
7 -4 Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors
As Text Attributes
As Characters
Value
Hex Dec Symbol
67
103
g
Keystrokes
g
Color/Graphics
Monitor Adapter
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Adapter
Modes Background Foreground
Note 5
Yellow
Light Grey
Normal
High Intensity
68
104
h
h
Note 5
Yellow
Dark Grey
69
105
i
i
Note 5
Yellow
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
6A
106
j
j
Note 5
Yellow
Light Green
High Intensity
6B
107
k
k
Note 5
Yellow
Light Cyan
High Intensity
6C
108
I
I
Note 5
Yellow
Light Red
High Intensity
6D
109
m
m
Note 5
Yellow
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
6E
110
n
n
Note 5
Yellow
Yellow
High Intensity
6F
111
a
a
Note 5
Yellow
White
High Intensity
70
112
p
p
Note 5
White
Black
Reverse Video
71
113
q
q
Note 5
White
Blue
Underline
72
114
r
r
Note 5
White
Green
Normal
White
Cyan
Normal
73
115
s
s
Note 5
74
116
t
+
Note 5
White
Red
Normal
75
117
u
u
Note 5
White
Magenta
Normal
76
118
v
v
Note 5
White
Brown
Normal
77
119
w
w
Note 5
White
Light Grey
Normal
78
120
x
x
Note 5
White
Dark Grey
Reverse Video
79
121
y
y
Note 5
White
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
7A 122
z
z
Note 5
White
Light Green
High Intensity
7B
123
!
!
Shift
White
Light Cyan
High Intensity
7C
124
I
I
I
I
Shift
White
Light Red
High Intensity
7D
125
I
I
Shift
White
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
7E
126
Shift
White
Yellow
High Intensity
7F
127
White
White
High Intensity
~
!J.
~
Ctrl -
Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors 7-5
As Text Attributes
As Characters
Value
Hex Dec Symbol
..
• *
Keystrokes
Color / Graphics
Monitor Adapter
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Modes Background Foreground
Adapter
80 to FF Hex are Flashing in both Color & IBM Monochrome
* * * *
80
128
C
Alt 128
Note 6
Black
Black
Non-Display
81
129
U
Alt 129
Note 6
Black
Blue
Underline
82
130
Alt 130
Note 6
Black
Green
Normal
Alt 131
Note 6
Black
Cyan
Normal
Alt 132
Note 6
Black
Red
Normal
83
131
84
132
e
a
a
85
133
II
Alt 133
Note 6
Black
Magenta
Normal
86
134
a
Alt 134
Note 6
Black
Brown
Normal
87
135
C
Alt 135
Note 6
Black
Light Grey
Normal
88
136
Alt 136
Note 6
Black
Dark Grey
Non-Display
89
137
e
e
Alt 137
Note 6
Black
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
8A
138
e
Alt 138
Note 6
Black
Light Green
High Intensity
8B
139
'i
Alt 139
Note 6
Black
Light Cyan
High Intensity
BC
140
1
Alt 140
Note 6
Black
Light Red
High Intensity
80
141
1
Alt 141
Note 6
Black
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
BE
142
A
Alt 142
Note 6
Black
Yellow
High Intensity
BF
143
A
Alt 143
Note 6
Black
White
High Intensity
90
144
Eo
Alt 144
Note 6
Blue
Black
Normal
91
145
ae
Alt 145
Note 6
Blue
Blue
Underline
92
146
AE
Alt 146
Note 6
Blue
Green
Normal
93
147
6
Alt 147
Note 6
Blue
Cyan
Normal
94
14B
i:i
Alt 148
Note 6
Blue
Red
Normal
95
149
b
Alt 149
Note 6
Blue
Magenta
Normal
96
150
0
Alt 150
Note 6
Blue
Brown
Normal
97
151
U
Alt 151
Note 6
Blue
Light Grey
Normal
98
152
Y
Alt 152
Note 6
Blue
Dark Grey
High Intensity
99
153
i:i
Alt 153
Note 6
Blue
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
9A 154
U
Alt 154
Note 6
Blue
Light Green
High Intensity
7 -6 Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors
As Text Attributes
Value
As Characters
Hex Dec Symbol
Keystrokes
Color/Graphics
Monitor Adapter
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Adapter
Modes Background Foreground
9B
155
¢
Alt 155
Note 6
Blue
Light Cyan
High Intensity
9C
156
£
Alt 156
Note 6
Blue
Light Red
High Intensity
9D
157
¥
Alt 157
Note 6
Blue
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
9E
158
Pt
Alt 158
Note 6
Blue
Yellow
High Intensity
9F
159
Alt 159
Note 6
Blue
White
High Intensity
Alt 160
Note 6
Green
Black
Normal
AO
160
f
a
A1
161
i
Alt 161
Note 6
Green
Blue
Underline
A2
162
6
Alt 162
Note 6
Green
Green
Normal
A3
163
U
Alt 163
Note 6
Green
Cyan
Normal
A4
164
n
Alt 164
Note 6
Green
Red
Normal
A5
165
N
Alt 165
Note 6
Green
Magenta
Normal
A6
166
2-
Alt 166
Note 6
Green
Brown
Normal
A7
167
.£
Alt 167
Note 6
Green
Light Grey
Normal
A8
168
i
Alt 168
Note 6
Green
Dark Grey
High Intensity
A9
169
r-
Alt 169
Note 6
Green
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
AA 170
---,
Alt 170
Note 6
Green
Light Green
High Intensity
AB
171
'/2
Alt 171
Note 6
Green
Light Cyan
High Intensity
AC
172
%
Alt 172
Note 6
Green
Light Red
High Intensity
AD
173
i
Alt 173
Note 6
Green
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
AE
174
Alt 174
Note 6
Green
Yellow
High Intensity
AF
175
Alt 175
Note 6
Green
White
High Intensity
BO
176
«
»
--..---.-
Alt 176
Note 6
Cyan
Black
Normal
B1
177
i
Alt 177
Note 6
Cyan
Blue
Underline
B2
178
I
Alt 178
Note 6
Cyan
Green
Normal
B3
179
Alt 179
Note 6
Cyan
Cyan
Normal
B4
180 I--
Alt 180
-Note 6
Cyan
Red
Normal
~
Alt 181
Note 6
Cyan
Magenta
Normal
Alt 182
Note 6
Cyan
Brown
Normal
B5
181
B6
182
~I
Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors 7-7
As Text Attributes
Value
Color /Graphics
Monitor Adapter
As Characters
Hex Dec Symbol
Keystrokes
Modes Background Foreground
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Adapter
B7
183
IT1
Alt 183
Note 6
Cyan
Light Grey
B8
184
R
Alt 184
Note 6
Cyan
Dark Grey
High Intensity
B9
185
Alt 185
Note 6
Cyan
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
Alt 186
Note 6
Cyan
Light Green
High Intensity
Alt 187
Note 6
Cyan
Light Cyan
High Intensity
W
h
BA 186
hl
Normal
BB
187
BC
188
~
Alt 188
Note 6
Cyan
Light Red
High Intensity
BD 189
~
Alt 189
Note 6
Cyan
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
BE
190
::::::l
Alt 190
Note 6
Cyan
Yellow
High Intensity
I
BF
191
Alt 191
Note 6
Cyan
White
High Intensity
CO
192
L-
Alt 192
Note 6
Red
Black
Normal
Cl
193
I
Alt 193
Note 6
Red
Blue
Underline
C2
194
Alt 194
Note 6
Red
Green
Normal
C3
195
Ait 195
Note 6
Red
Cyan
Normal
C4
196
Alt 196
Note 6
Red
Red
Normal
C5
197
Alt 197
Note 6
Red
Magenta
Normal
C6
198
Alt 198
Note 6
Red
Brown
Normal
Normal
fI
If-
Alt 199
Note 6
Red
Light Grey
~
Alt 200
Note 6
Red
Dark Grey
High Intensity
rr==
Alt 201
Note 6
Red
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
CA 202 ~L-
Alt 202
Note 6
Red
Light Green
High Intensity
CB
203 r---, r -
Alt 203
Note 6
Red
Light Cyan
High Intensity
CC
204
I~
Alt 204
Note 6
Red
Light Red
High Intensity
Alt 205
Note 6
Red
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
Alt 206
Note 6
Red
Yellow
High Intensity
Alt 207
Note 6
Red
White
High Intensity
Alt 208
Note 6
Magenta
Black
Normal
C7
199
C8
200
C9
201
CD 205
CE
206
CF
207
DO 208
~~
L
7 -8 Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors
As Text Attributes
Value
As Characters
Hex IDec Symbol
.~y~"vkes
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Modes . Background Foreground
Adapter
Color/Graphics
Monitor Adapter
6
1209
02 210
lagel
lue
Underl le
Alt 210
Note 6
Magenta
Green
Normal
Alt 211
Note 6
Magenta
Cyan
Normal
t:=
Alt 212
N,
Magel
Red
Normal
05 213
F
Alt 213
Note 6
Magenta
Magenta
Normal
06 214
r-
Alt 214
Note 6
Magenta
Brown
Normal
Alt 215
Note 6
Magenta
Light Grey
Normal
Alt 216
Note 6
Magenta
Dark Grey
High Intensity
Alt 217
Note 6
Magenta
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
OA 218
Alt 218
Note 6
Magenta
Light Green
High Intensity
DB 219
Alt 219
Note 6
Magenta
Light Cyan
High Intensity
DC 220
Alt 220
Note 6
Magenta
Light Red
High Intensity
OD 221
Alt 221
Note 6
Magenta
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
DE
222
Alt 222
Note 6
Magenta
Yellow
High Intensity
DF
223
Alt 223
Note 6
Magenta
White
High Intensity
EO 1224
224
6
03 211
II
~
04 1212
I
07 215
08 216
09 217
6
f--
Norm,
E1
225
f3
Alt 225
Note 6
Yellow
Blue
Underline
E2
226
r
Alt 226
Note 6
Yellow
Green
Normal
E3 1227
7r
Alt 227
Note 6
Yellow
Cyan
Normal
E4
228
2:
Alt 228
Note 6
Yellow
Red
Normal
E5
229
a
Alt 229
Note 6
Yellow
E6
230
enta
Normal
6
E7 1231
1.23'
6
Grey
NOI
E8
232
1>
Alt 232
Note 6
Yellow
Dark Grey
High Intensity
E9
233
8
Alt 233
Note 6
Yellow
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
EA 234
n
Alt 234
Note 6
Yellow
Light Green
High Intensity
EB
0
Alt 235
Note 6
Yellow
Light Cyan
High Intensity
235
Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors 7-9
As Text Attributes
Value
Color / Graphics
Monitor Adapter
Modes Background Foreground
IBM
Monochrome
Display
Adapter
As Characters
Hex Dec Symbol
Keystrokes
EC
236
Alt 236
Note 6
Yellow
Light Red
High Intensity
ED
237
Alt 237
Note 6
Yellow
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
EE
238
Alt 238
Note 6
Yellow
Yellow
High Intensity
EF
239
Alt 239
Note 6
Yellow
White
High Intensity
FO
240
Alt 240
Note 6
White
Black
Reverse Video
F1
241
±
Alt 241
Note 6
White
Blue
Underline
F2
242
2:
Alt 242
Note 6
White
Green
Normal
F3
243
<::
Alt 243
Note 6
White
Cyan
Normal
F4
244
Alt 244
Note 6
White
Red
Normal
F5
245
Alt 245
Note 6
White
Magenta
Normal
F6
246
Alt 246
Note 6
White
Brown
Normal
F7
247
Alt 247
Note 6
White
Light Grey
Normal
F8
248
o
Alt 248
Note 6
White
Dark Grey
Reverse Video
F9
249
•
Alt 249
Note 6
White
Light Blue
High Intensity
Underline
•
Alt 250
Note 6
White
Light Green
High Intensity
FA 250
n
r
J
FB
251
Alt 251
Note 6
White
Light Cyan
High Intensity
FC
252
Alt 252
Note 6
White
Light Red
High Intensity
FD
253
Alt 253
Note 6
White
Light
Magenta
High Intensity
FE
254
Alt 254
Note 6
White
Yellow
High Intensity
FF
255
Alt 255
Note 6
White
White
High Intensity
7~ 1 0
2
•
BLANK
Characters, Keystrokes,and Colors
NOTE 1
Asterisk (') can easily be keyed using two methods:
1) hit the IPrt. Sc Ikey or 2) in shift mode hit the
~key.
NOTE 2
Period (.) can easily be keyed using two methods:
1) hit theW key or 2) in shift or Num Lock
mode hit the
M key.
NOTE 3
Numeric characters (0-9) can easily be keyed
using two methods: 1) hit the numeric keys on the
top row of the typewriter portion of the keyboard
or 2) in shift or Num Lock mode hit the numeric
keys in the 1a-key pad portion of the keyboard.
NOTE 4
Upper case alphabetic characters (A-Z) can easily
be keyed in two modes: 1) in shift mode the
appropriate alphabetic key or 2) in Caps Lock
mode hit the appropriate alphabetic key.
NOTE 5
Lower case alphabetic characters (a-z) can easily
be keyed in two modes: 1) in "normal" mode hit
the appropriate key or 2) in Caps Lock
combined with shift mode hit the appropriate alphabetic
key.
NOTE 6
The 3 digits after the Alt key must be typed from
the numeric key pad (keys 71-73,75-77,79-82).
Character codes 000 through 255 can be entered in
this fashion. (With Caps Lock activated, Character
codes 97 through 122 will display upper case
rather than lower case alphabetic characters.)
Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors 7-11
Character Set (OO-7F) Quick Reference
DECIMAL
VALUE
•
0
16
32
48
64
80
96 1 12
•
HEXA
DECIMAL
VALUE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
0
BLANK
IN ULLI
~
BLAN K
ISPACE)
1
1
Q
~
I.
2
2
@)
3
3
c
s
4
4
5
5
6
6
+
7
7
• !
8
8
9
9
i
0 !
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
11
B
12
C
13
0
14
E
15
F
I I
t
.. =#=
•+ err"
$
4t § 0;0
-
---+
&
,
(
)
*
•
•
+ ,·
p , P
A Q a q
B R b r
@
C S
D T
E U
F V
GW
H X
I Y
d t
e u
f v
g W
h x
.
1 Y
.
J Z J
Z
K [ k {
1
9 L , < L
) +---+ - - M ] m }
~ ... • > N 1\ n 'Iv
cJ
+-
I
I
"
~
... /
?
•
7-12 Chal'acters, Keystrokes, and Colors
0
-
0
h.
Character Set (80-FF) Quick Reference
DECIMAL
VALUE
•
•
HEXA
DE CIMAl
VALUE
0
0
I
I
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
128 144 160 176 192 208 224 240
8
9
A
c; E
,
C
···......
a ·....
u••, CE f
,
e JE 0,
1\
~
0
B
~
8
8
9
9
10
A
11
B
••
12
C
1\
13
0
14
E
..."1
15
IT
1
1
A
¢
I
=
---1
¥
I
f3 +
r-' ->
T
11
=,
~
Q
_L
n
0
•
0 -r
cP
H
~
~
e •
ex:>
~
R «d
»n
f
---
r-
£ IA :=!
0
OC
F
- lL IT -<
b L (
F a J.
y -.
=
~ =:=l -
,
I
:::::
0
0
E
:.:.!
.:.:.
U
""
n -
a•• 0••
a" 0" N
I\.
a u -a
<; U" 0••
y
e" •• (,
e•• 0 I
••
"e U I
0
E
n
n
2
I
BLANK
'FF'
Characters, Keystrokes, and Colors 7-13
Notes:
7-14
Character~,Keystrokes,
ami Colors
SECTION 8. COMMUNICATIONS
Contents
Description
8-3
Establishing a Communications Link .................... 8-5
Establishing Link on Nonswitched Point-to-Point Line ...... 8-6
Establishing Link on Nonswitched Multipoint Line ......... 8-8
Establishing Link on Switched Point-to-Point line ........ 8-10
Communications 8-1
8-2 Communications
Description
Information processing equipment used for communications is
called data terminal equipment (DTE). Equipment used to connect
the DTE to the communications line is called data communications
equipment (DCE).
An adapter is used to connect the data terminal equipment to the
data communications line as shown in the following illustration:
Data
Terminal
Equipment
Data
Communications
Equipment
Communications
Line
~
Voice line
EIA/CCITT
Adapter
Cable Conforming to EIA
or CCITT Standards
Modem
Clock
The EIA/CCITT adapter allows data terminal equipment to be
connected to data communications equipment using EIA or CCITT
standardized connections. An external modem is shown in this
example; however, other types of data communications equipment
can also be connected to data terminal equipment using EIA or
CCITT standardized connections.
EIA standards are labeled RS-x (Recommended Standards-x) and
CCITT standards are labeled V.x or X.x, where x is the number of
the standard.
The EIA RS-232 interface standard defines the connector type, pin
numbers, line names, and signal levels used to connect data
terminal equipment to data communications equipment for the
purpose of transmitting and receiving data. Since the RS-232
standard was developed, it has been revised three times. The three
revised standards are the RS-232A, the RS-232B, and the presently
used RS-232C.
The CCITT V.24 interface standard is equivalent to the RS-232C
standard; therefore, the descriptions of the EIA standards also
apply to the CCITT standards.
Communications 8-3
The following is an illustration of data terminal equipment
connected to an external modem using connections defined by the
RS-232C interface standard:
Data
Terminal
Equipment
Communications
Line
~""''''-----
""
/ . "
;"
//
//
////
/
Adapter
......
/ / ' Cable Conforming
"""""
................
To RS-232C Standards
"EIA/CCITT
Line Number
Data
Terminal
Equipment
"
........................
"""
Telephone Co.
Lead Number
Protective Ground
G)- AA/1 01
Signal Ground
0--AB/102
Transmitted Data
®-- BAI 103
Received Data
0-BB/104
Request to Send
@--CA/105
CleartoSend
®-CB/106
Data Set Ready
@-CC/107
"
Data Terminal ReadY--@--CD/108.2
Connect Data Set to Line
Modem
------@- ** 1108.1
----@- CF/1 09
Received Line Signal Detector
@-- CH/111
Speed Select
Transmit Signal Element Timing~ DB/114
Receive Signal Element Timing ~ DD/115
Select Standby
@- ** 1116
Ring Indicator
@--DE/125
Test
~ **/***
I
External Modem Cable Connector
131211109
8
765
4
3
. +
2
1
\0000000 000 000/
~OOOOOOOOOOOOJ
252423222120191817161514
L ___ .Dat~ Terminal
I
EqUipment
(Modem) DCE
Data Communications----..l
Equipment-I
.__ _
Pin Number
* Not used when business machine clocking is used.
* * Not standardized by EIA (Electronic Industries Association).
* * * Not standardized by CCITT
8-4 Communications
Establishing a Communications Link
The following bar graphs represent normal timing sequences of
operatiori during the establishment of communications for both
switched (dial-up) and nonswitched (direct line) networks.
Switched Timing Sequence
Data Terminal Ready
Data Set Ready
Request to Send
Clear to Send
________
~------------IL--
Transmitted Data
Nonswitched Timing Sequence
Data Terminal Ready
Data Set Ready
Request to Send
Clear to Send
______
______
~--------------_.L--
~r------------.L
Transmitted Data
The following examples show how a link is established on a
nonswitched point-to-point line, a nonswitched multipoint line, and
a switched point-to-point line.
CODllllunications 8-5
oc
I
~
("l
~
~,
....
~
~
§'
Establishing a link on a Nonswitched Point-to-Point line
1.
The terminals at both locations activate the 'data terminal ready'
2.
lines" and
Normally the' data set ready' lines
and afrom the modems are
active whenever the modems are powered on.
a.
II
3.
Terminal A activates the 'request to send' line, which causes the
modem at terminal A to generate a carrier signal.
4.
Modem B detects the carrier, and activates the 'received line signal
detector' line (sometimes called data carrier detect)
Modem B
also activates the' receiver signal element timing' line (sometimes
called receive clock)
send receive clock signals to the terminal.
Some modems activate the clock signals whenever the modem is
powered on.
rLJ.
1IiI.
lito
5.
After a specified delay, modem A activates the 'clear to send'
line
which indicates to terminal A that the modem is ready to
transmit data.
II
6.
Terminal A serializes the data to be transmitted (through the serdes)
and transmits the data one bit at a time (synchronized by the
transmit clock) onto the 'transmitted data' line
the modem.
7.
The modem modulates the carrier signal with the data and transmits
it to the modem B
8.
Modem B demodulates the data from the carrier signal and sends it
to terminal B on the 'received data' IinelB.
9.
Terminal B deserializes the data (through the serdes) using the
receive clock signals (on the 'receiver signal element timing'
line)
from the modem.
lito
a.
II
10. After terminal A completes its transmission, it deactivates the
'request to send' line
which causes the modem to turn off the
carrier and deactivate the 'clear to send' line
II,
II.
11.
Terminal A and modem A now become receivers and wait for a
response from terminal B, indicating that all data has reached
terminal B. Modem A begins an echo delay (50 to 150 milliseconds)
to ensure that all echoes on the line have diminished before it begins
receiving. An echo is a reflection of the transmitted signal. If the
transmitting modem changed to receive too soon, it could receive a
reflection (echo) of the signal it just transmitted .
12. Modem B deactivates the 'received line signal detector' linelliland,
if necessary, deactivates the receive clock signals on the 'receiver
signal element timing, line
II.
13. Terminal B now becomes the transmitter to respond to the request
from terminal A. To transmit data, terminal B activates the 'request
to send' line
which causes modem B to transmit a carrier to
modemA.
111.
14. Modem B begins a delay that is longer than the echo delay at
modem A before turning on the 'clear to send' line. The longer delay
(called request-to-send delay) ensures that modem A is ready to
receive when terminal B begins transmitting data. After the delay,
modem B activates the 'clear to send' line
indicate that
terminal B can begin transmitting its response.
lito
15. After the echo delay at modem A, modem A senses the carrier from
modem B (the carrier was activated in step 13 when terminal B
activated the 'request to send' line) and activates the 'received line
signal detector; lineDto terminal A.
16. Modem A and terminal A are ready to receive the response from
termianl B. Remember, the response was not transmitted until after
the request-to-send to clear-to-send delay at modem B (step 14).
Terminal A
Terminal B
r;:======ll
II
II
!I
Modem A
Communications
Communications
Adapter
Modem B
"
Ij
"
II
1/
_-, /I
s , II
~ III
, 'II
:
II
e
II
II
II
U--~c;o--l
teL_~~~J
r- - - - ...,
I
I
Carrier
Generate I
"
~LIC~~~J
r
____
Modem'"
("':l
~
r
I
-..l
II
'I
-------,
II
~.
QIO
1/
II
g.
II
II
II
1/
T'ansm;tted Data
,
II.
II
L.::=======..J
m
III
Transmitter Signal
Element Timing
~_C~~_J
L_~~~~o~_J
s.
II
II
II
1/
II
: II
Request to Send II]
~----
r-----,
1'1 Transmit I
"
"
r~l
," s
I;
I
I
d
I:
L.J
J
I"
'"
III
I
III
III
III
_J"II
"
~======:'J
B UO!paS
Establishing a Link on a Nonswitched Multipoint Line
t
;
i.
1.
The control station serializes the address for the tributary or
secondary station (AA) and sends its address to the modem on the
'transmitted data' line
6.
After a short delay to allow the control station modem to receive
the carrier, the tributary modem activates the 'clear to send'
lineD·
2.
Since the 'request to send' line and, therefore, the modem carrier, is
active continuously
the modem immediately modulates the
carrier with the address, and, thus, the address is transmitted to all
modems on the line.
7.
When station A detects the active 'clear to send' line, it transmits
its response. (For this example, assume that station A has no data
to send; therefore, it transmits an EOT
8.
All tributary modems, including the modem for station A,
demodulate the address and send it to their terminals on the
'received data' line
After transmitting the EOT, station A deactivates the 'request to
send' line
This causes the modem to deactivate the carrier and
the 'clear to send' line
9.
Only station A responds to the address; the other stations ignore
the address and continue monitoring their 'received data' line. To
respond to the poll, station A activates its 'request to send' lineD,
which causes the modem to begin transmitting a carrier signal.
When the modem at the control station (host) detects the absence
of the carrier, it deactivates the 'received line signaLdetector'
10. Tributary station A is now in receive mode waiting for the next poll
or select transmission from the control station.
II.
f!')
t
'"
3.
II '
II·
4.
5.
The control station's modem receives the carrier and activates the
'received line signal detector' line Eland the 'receiver signal
element timing' line 8(to send clock signals to the control station).
Some modems activate the clock signals as soon as they are
powered on.
II.)
a.
D.
lineEl·
Host
r;:.=======ilII
II
Tributary or Secondary Station A
Communications
~
/1
r--
•
r
t
I 0
II
L
II
II
II
J
J
I
II
I
I
I
Transmitter Signal
Element Timing'
I
116
III
I
o
§
~.
ao...
1jl
II
A~
I
III
r - -
d I
u I
S
d - -,
~1~C:m
AA ' - - - - - - '
i
: :
L
f
J
t
I
0
:
r-- - --,
r
I Receive'
'----1.1
i
II
L::=======.J
Receiver I
____ .J
--,
L_~~odu~~r_J
I
1. -,
I
Clock
I
'- _ _ _ _ .J
r
- - - - - -...,
I
Demodulator
r
Carner
I Gene,ate ~
L - - _...J
r ----...,
~
T,ansmit
'-r-----'
r'-,
I 0 I
lei.
iii
I
r I
s'
I
.ill
I
L_.J
0
II
II
II
D
I
I
y I
Modem -,
II
Clear to Send
II
:
-----==_~-.J
i
r
t
II
II
II
Requestto Send
"'
~
I
C,
0 I
n I
I
Received Data
III
: :
r-'
Element Timing'
L ____ - - - - '
r--:---'
I
I
II
~daPte,
Receive, Signal
lodem
Modem
II
Transmitter Signal
Element Timing
I ____
Clock
'.JI
II
-----,
II
II
II
II
II
L_~~du~~_J
Il
Received DC!ta
\0
L
i_
__
I
r------
s :
r-----l
~U
II
II
II
II
II
III
Iii
II L_
1
Received Line Signa
Detectorl
r-M- -
~:
:
I
l
~
I
I ____
Clock --'I
L
~
I
M'
II
00
I
a I
lI
III
II
I
I
Receiver
I I Signal
Element Timing 1
II
Data Set Ready'
III
AA
I
D
I
I
II
: Transmit
L ____ .J
I a I
,YI
~ _J
II
III
II
r-----,
Received line Signal
Detector
II :
Data Terminal
Ready'
II
I
Gene'ate I
_____ .....J
II
EJ I I
III
("':l
arner
I
Transmitted Data
III
II I
r-----,
I
Power
I
I
On
I
L ____ J
,
I
I
II
Li
I-C-~--l
J
rD
Ie:
I I I
II
II
II.
II
Modem
I
Power
I
I
On
I
L_-, __ .J
1
Clear to Send'
I J
_...J
Communications
r-----,
Data Terminal
Ready'
I
ICIDataSetReady'
I 0
I n I
RequesttoSend'D
I
: sit
r 0
I
I :
I
I g
e
I
Communications
Host Modem
II
r--'
Terminal
ir==-=-=-==llI I
II
EDT
Transmitted Data
II
II
-t
i~:AA
: S
:~
: d
::
LTJ
III
: II
III
II
II
II
I II
: II
_J II
II
II
L::======~
'These lines are active continuously.
8 UO!I:Jas
Establishing a Link on a Switched Point-To-Point Line
Qe
....
.1
C
[
~
1.
Terminal A is in communications mode; therefore, the 'data
terminal ready' line
active. Terminal B is in communication
mode waiting for a call from terminal A.
Dis
2.
When the terminal A operator lifts the telephone handset, the
'switch hook' line from the coupler is activated
3.
Modem A detects the 'switch hook' line and activates the 'off
hook' line
which causes the coupler to connect the telephone
set to the line and activate the 'coupler cut-through' line
the
modem.
6"
i;l
4.
8.
The autoanswer circuits in modem B activate the 'off hook' line to
the coupler
9.
The coupler connects modem B to the communications line through
the 'data tip' and 'data ring' lines
and activates the 'coupler cutthrough' line
the modem. Modem B then transmits an
answer tone to terminal A.
lito
II.
D,
lito
5.
The terminal A operator sets the exclusion key or talk/data switch
to the talk position to connect the handset to the communications
line. The operator then dials the terminal B number.
6.
When the telephone at terminal B rings, the coupler activates the
'ring indicate' line to modem B
Modem B indicates that the
'ring indicate' line was activated by activating the 'ring indicator'
line
to terminal B.
7.
Terminal B activates the 'data terminal ready' line to modem B
which activates the autoanswer circuits in modem B. (The 'data
terminal ready' line might already be active in some terminals.)
II.
m,
m
10.
The terminal A operator hears the tone and sets the exclusion key
or talk/data switch to the data position (or performs an equivalent
operation) to connect modem A to the communications line
through the 'data tip' and 'data ring' lines
11.
The coupler at terminal A deactivates the 'switch hook' line.
This causes modem A to activate the 'data set ready' line
indicating to terminal A that the modem is connected to the
communications line.
II.
lito
Modem A activates the 'data modem ready' line
the coupler
(the 'data modem ready' line is on continuously in some modems).
lEI
II.
II
The sequence of the remaining steps to establish the data link is
the same as the sequence required on a nonswitched point-topoint line. When the terminals have completed their transmission,
they both deactivate the 'data terminal ready' line to disconnect
the modems from the line.
Terminal A
Terminal B
r;:======:::;-]II
II
Communications
Adapter
II
II
II
II
rC'
:0 I
I I ,-
I
II,'
II: ~
1'1
I ~
L_J
I n
I Sit
III
a
II:
II'
II
II
II
9
II
I':l
I
2.
rl
g.~
'"00
....
....
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
Modem A
D
~::~~e,
fJ
r-'
Ready
Request to Send
r!,
JD/
1I I
Ia ,
IMl
:0 I
Id I
Iu I
I y I
L_.J
Ia
le :
Clear to Send
II
II
II
II
..--
II
ITransmit Data
II
.---
ISH I
ISH I
(OH)~
Off Hook
IOHI
(CCTI
I
Data Modem'
Ready (DA)
I
r-'
r-l
, RI
Ie I
" I
IRI
II
Data Tip (DT)
Data
Data Ring (DR)
L_
II
:u
iii
I
:e
II I
Ia I
y:
Is I
Ia
f
IV
IS,
L_J
L_J
~ L_To~e__ J
,I
I
I
I
Ie I
I, I
Data Modem
Ready (DA)
Ring
Indicate (R)
"
10
la
In
Is
Iwl
ICCTI
iii
~
i~l j-A-n-;~;rl
0
Coupler
Cut- Through
1m
L_J
r-l
C
I
ID I £~~:iIVb~t~i~t~r
Ie I
I ml Ring Indic!lorIIJ
"
101
r-'
10 I
Id '
:u :
I' I
Ia I
' JI
r--,
m
Data Terminal
Communications
Adapter
- -,----
'0,
10
Data Ring (DR)
II
II
II
Ready
Data Set Ready
1'1
Data Tip {DT)II
Data
II
n'
It I
,
I
II
II
II
Received Data
II
II
II
II
II
L_!?J
II
jM~d;~l
L~'ock_J
rM~d;mj
__ _
:L _Clock
J
/' --- ,\----,2.
!
II
r
II
IsL
II
II
II
II
~j
Receive Clock
=i~
II
II
II
II
II
L~J
II
II
IE C I
:c I I
Ih a
10 ml
Transmit Clock
~======:::!J
.-.~~~".
Coupler
II
Cut- Through
10 :
:r I
I
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
r;:======1lII
Modem B
Switch Hook
10ff Hook
• I
II
II
II
Coupler
Switch Hook
It I
I
CBS
Coupler
II
iC;rrie-;--l
1
Generate
L _
_ _ _ _ ...JI
Data Terminal
CBS
II
1
i~~
id
,e
Is
L J
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
::J
Communications
line
I
8 UO!l:J9S
Notes:
8-12 Communications
lOC OBJ
LINE
SOURCE
3956
3957
CS :CODE ,OS: DATA, ES:DATA
ASSUME
3955
F374
F374 80FC04
NEAR
READ_At_CURRENT PROt
CMP
AH.4
; IS THIS GRAPHICS
F377 7208
3958
JC
PI
f379 8OFC07
F37C 7403
3959
CMP
AH.7
3960
F37E E9A802
3961
JE
JMP
GRAPHICS_READ
F381
3962
F381 E81AOO
3963
F384 BBF3
3964
; IS THIS Bioi CARD
PI
PI:
I READ_At_CONTINUE
CALL
NOV
FIND_POSITION
51.BX
; ESTABLISH ADDRESSING IN 51
3965
3966
3967
F3B6 86166300
F3eA 83C206
3968
3969
F3eD 06
3970
F38E IF
F38f
F3SF EC
3971
3972
3973
F390 A801
3974
;----- WAIT fOR HORIZONTAL RETRACE
MOV
DX,ADOR_6845
; GET BASE ADDRESS
ADO
DX.6
; POINT AT STATUS PORT
PUSH
ES
POP
OS
j
IN
AL,DX
i GET STATUS
PZ:
GET SEGMENT FOR QUICK ACCESS
I WAIT FOR RETRACE lOW
TEST
Al.l
F392 7SFB
3975
JNZ
P2
F394 FA
3976
CLI
I IS HORZ RETRACE LOW
I WAIT UNTIL IT IS
; NO MORE INTERRUPTS
F395
3977
F395 EC
3976
IN
Al,DX
F396 A801
3979
P3:
TEST
AL,l
; IS IT HIGH
F398 74FB
3960
JZ
P'
I WAIT UNTIL IT IS
I WAIT FOR RETRACE HIGH
F39A AD
3981
F398 E927FE
3962
JMP
3963
READ_AC_CURRENT ENDP
; GET STATUS
LOOSW
I GET THE CHAR/ATTR
VIDEO_RETURN
3984
F39E
3985
F39E 8ACF
3986
F3AO 32:ED
3987
XOR
CH.CH
F3A2 88Fl
3966
MOV
SI,CX
I MOVE TO SI FOR INDEX
F3A4 DlEb
3989
SAL
51,1
I
F3A6 864450
3990
MOV
AX, [SI+OFFSET CURSOR_POSN J
F3A9 330e
3991
XOR
aX,BX
I SET START ADDRESS TO ZERO
F3AB n06
3992
JCXZ
P,
I NO_PAGE
F3AD
3993
F3AD 03lE4COO
3994
ADO
ex,CIH_LEN
,
F3el E2FA
3995
LOOP
P4
F3e3
3996
F3B3 EaCFFE
3997
CALL
POSITION
; DETERMINE LOCATION IN REGEN
F3B6 0308
3998
ADO
eX,AX
; ADO TO START OF REGEN
F3Ba C3
3999
RET
FIND_POSITION
MOV
P5:
4001
;
4002
; WRITE_AC_CURRENT
PAGE_lOOP
LENGTH OF BUFFER
ENIlP
-----------------------------------------------THIS ROUTINE WRITES THE ATTRIBUTE
4004
AND CHARACTER AT THE CURRENT CURSOR
POSITION
I INPUT
4007
(AH)
4008
(BH)
4009
(CX)
4010
(Al)
4011
(BLl
4014
2 FOR WORD OFFSET
I GET ROW/COLUMN OF THAT PAGE
4003
(OS)
(ES)
4013
= CURRENT CRT MODE
= DISPLAY PAGE
= COUNT OF CHARACTERS TO WRITE
= CHAR TO WRITE
= ATTRIBUTE OF CHAR TO WRITE
= DATA SEGMENT
= REGEN SEGMENT
; OUTPUT
4015
n08
*
; NO_PAGE
Fum_POSITION
4012
F3ee
I DISPLAY PAGE TO CX
I
4000
4006
F389 80FC04
NEAR
Cl.8H
P4:
4005
F3B9
PROC
NONE
------------------------------------------------
4016
;
4017
WRITE_AC_CURRENT
PROC
4018
CMP
AH,4
4019
JC
P.
F3eE aOFC07
4020
CMP
F3Cl 7403
4021
JE
P.
F3C3 E9B201
4022
JMP
GRAPHICS_lomITE
AH,7
nC6
4023
P6:
NEAR
IS THIS GRAPHICS
IS THIS Bioi CARD
; WRITE_AC_CONTINUE
nC6 8AE3
4024
MOV
AH,6L
; GET ATTRIBUTE TO AH
nca 50
4025
PUSH
AX
; SAVE ON STACK
f3C9 51
4026
4027
PUSH
CAll
CX
; SAVE WRITE COUNT
FlCA E80lFF
FlCO 8BFB
4028
DI.ex
i ADDRESS TO 01 REGISTER
ex
I WRITE COUNT
BX
I CHARACTER IN 8X REG
F3CF 59
4029
MOV
POP
F300 58
4030
POP
FIND_POSITION
System BIOS 5-79
LOC OBJ
F30l
LINE
4031
SOURCE
P7:
I WRITE_LOOP
4032
4033
nOl 88166300
4034
40'35
F305 83C206
4036
noe
noe
4037
EC
j-----
WAIT FOR HORIZONTAL RETRACE
MOV
AOO
OX .ADDR_6845
j
OX.6
I POINT AT STATUS PORT
GET BASE ADDRESS
P8:
4038
4039
IN
AL.OX
; GET STATUS
F3D9 A801
TEST
AL.l
; IS IT LOW
nOB 7SFB
4040
; WAIT UNTIL IT IS
4041
4042
4043
JNZ
CLI
P8
nOD fA
F30E
nOE EC
; NO MORE IHTERRUPTS
P9:
IN
AL,DX
j
TEST
Al.1
; IS IT HIGH
P'
I WAlT UHTI L IT IS
4046
JZ
MOV
4047
4048
STl
f3E7 E,Ee
4049
lOOP
P7
F3E9 E909FD
4050
4051
JMP
VIDEO_RETURN
WRITE_AC_CURREHT
4052.
; -- ----------------- --------- -- -- ------ - --- --- ---
4053
; WRITE_C_CURRENT
F30F A801
f3El 74FB
f3B 88t'3
F3ES AB
F3Eb FB
4044
4045
AX.BX
i RECOVER THE CHAR/ATTR
STOSW
4054
GET STATUS
; PUT THE CHAR/ATTR
I INTERRUPTS BACK ON
AS MANY TIMES AS REQUESTED
J
ENDP
THIS ROUTINE WRITES THE CHARACTER AT
4055
THE CURRENT CURSOR POSITION. ATTRIBUTE
4056
UNCHANGED
4057
INPUT
4058
(AH)
= CURRENT
4059
(BH I
=
4060
(CX I
= COUNT
4061
(All
4062
(051
=
=
=
4063
4064
(ESI
4066
4067
OF CHARACTERS TO WRITE
CHAR TO IoIRITE
DATA SEGMENT
REGEN SEGMENT
; OUTPUT
4065
nEt
CRT HOOf
DISPLAY PAGE
NONE
; ----------- -- - ----------------------------------
nEt 80FC04
4068
F3EF n08
4069
F3Fl BOFC07
4070
F3F4 7403
F3F6 E97FOl
4071
CMP
JC
CMP
J,
4072
JMP
GRAPHICS_WRITE
I IS THIS GRAPHICS
AH.4
P10
AH,7
IS THIS BW CARD
P10
F3f9
4073
F3F9 50
4074
4075
PUSH
F3FA 51
PUSH
AX
CX
F3FS E8AOFF
4076
CALL
FIHO]OSITION
F3FE SBFB
MOV
POP
POP
DI.BX
I ADDRESS TO 01
CX
BX
; aL HAS CHAR TO WRITE
PI0:
I SAVE ON STACK
; SAVE WRITE COUNT
F400 59
4077
4078
F401 58
4079
F402
4080
4081
Pll:
4082
;----- WAIT FOR HORIZONTAL RETRACE
i WRITE COUNT
i WRITE_LOOP
4083
F402 88166300
4084
NOV
ADD
DX.6
I POIHT AT STATUS PORT
4087
IN
Al,DX
; GET STATUS
F40A A801
4088
TEST
Al.i
I IS IT LOW
F40C 75FB
4089
JNZ
CLI
Pl2
i WAIT UHTI L IT IS
Al.DX
F406 83C206
4085
F409
4086
F409 EC
DX,ADDR_6845
I GET BASE ADORESS
PI;?::
F40E FA
4090
F40F
4091
F40F EC
40/:}2
IN
I HO MORE INTERRUPTS
P13:
; GET STATUS
F410 ASOI
4093
TEST
AL.I
F412 74FB
4094
P13
; WAIT UNTIL IT IS
F414 8AC3
4095
JZ
MOV
AL.al
I RECOVER CHAR
F41b AA
4096
STOSB
f417 Fe
4097
F418 47
4098
STl
INC
F419 E2E7
4099
F41B E9A7FD
4100
i
i
IS IT HIGH
PUT THE CHAR/ATTR
; INTERRUPTS BACK ON
LOOP
01
Pll
JMP
VIDEO_RETURN
i BUMP POINTER PAST ATTRIBUTE
J
AS MANY TIMES AS REQUESTED
4101
WRITE_C_CURRENT ENDP
4102
; --------- ------------------------------------ -------------------
4103
; READ DOT
4104
4105
4106
4107
5-80 SystemBIOS
-- WRITE DOT
THESE ROUTINES WIll WRITE A DOT. OR READ THE DOT AT
THE INDICATED LOCATION
; ENTRY --
ox = ROW
(0-1991
(THE ACTUAL VALUE DEPENDS ON THE MODEl
Glossary
f.L. Prefix micro; 0.000001.
f.Ls. Microsecond; 0.000001 second.
A. Ampere.
ac. Alternating current.
accumulator. A register in which the result of an operation is
formed.
active high. Designates a signal that has to go high to produce an
effect. Synonymous with positive true.
active low. Designates a signal that has to go low to produce an
effect. Synonymous with negative true.
adapter. An auxiliary device or unit used to extend the operation
of another system.
address bus. One or more conductors used to carry the
binary-coded address from the processor throughout the rest of
the system.
algorithm. A finite set of well-defined rules for the solution of a
problem in a finite number of steps.
all points addressable (APA). A mode in which all points of a
displayable image can be controlled by the user.
alphameric. Synonym for alphanumeric.
alphanumeric (A/N). Pertaining to a character set that contains
letters, digits, and usually other characters, such as punctuation
marks. Synonymous with alphameric.
Glossary-l
alternating current (ac). A current that periodically reverses its
direction of flow.
American National Standard Code for Information Exchange
(ASCII). The standard code, using a coded character set
consisting of 7-bit coded characters (8 bits including parity
check), used for information exchange between data processing
systems, data communication systems, and associated equipment.
The ASCII set consists of control characters and graphic
characters.
ampere (A). The basic unit of electric current.
A/N. Alphanumeric
analog. (1) Pertaining to data in the form of continuously variable
physical quantities. (2) Contrast with digital.
AND. A logic operator having the property that if P is a
statement, Q is a statement, R is a statement, ... , then the AND of
P, Q, R, .. .is true if all statements are true, false if any statement is
false.
AND gate. A logic gate in which the output is 1 only if all inputs
are 1.
AND operation. The boolean operation whose result has the
boolean value 1, if and only if, each operand has the boolean
value 1. Synonymous with conjunction.
APA. All points addressable.
ASCII. American National Standard Code for Information
Exchange.
assemble. To translate a program expressed in an assembler
language into a computer language.
Glossary-2
assembler. A computer program used to assemble.
assembler language. A computer-oriented language whose
instructions are usually in one-to-one correspondence with
computer instructions.
asynchronous transmission. (1) Transmission in which the time of
occurrence of the start of each character, or block of characters,
is arbitrary; once started, the time of occurrence of each signal
representing a bit within a character, or block, has the same
relationship to significant instants of a fixed time frame. (2)
Transmission in which each information character is individually
transmitted (usually timed by the use of start elements and stop
elements).
audio frequencies. Frequencies that can be heard by the human
ear (approximately 15 hertz to 20 000 hertz).
auxiliary storage. (1) A storage device that is not main storage.
(2) Data storage other than main storage; for example, storage on
magnetic disk. (3) Contrast with main storage.
BASIC. Beginner's all-purpose symbolic instruction code.
basic inputloutput system (BIOS). The feature of the IBM
Personal Computer that provides the level control of the major
110 devices, and relieves the programmer from concern about
hardware device characteristics.
baud. (1) A unit of signaling speed equal to the number of
discrete conditions or signal events per second. For example, one
baud equals one bit per second in a train of binary signals,
one-half dot cycle per second in Morse code, and one 3-bit value
per second in a train of signals each of which can assume one of
eight different states. (2) In asynchronous transmission, the unit
of modulation rate corresponding to one unit of interval per
second; that is, if the duration of the unit interval is 20
milliseconds, the modulation rate is 50 baud.
Bec. Block-check character.
Glossary-3
beginner's aU-purpose symbolic instruction code (BASIC). A
programming language with a small repertoire of commands and a
simple syntax, primarily designed for numeric applications.
binary. (1) Pertaining to a selection, choice, or condition that has
two possible values or states. (2) Pertaining to a fixed radix
numeration system having a radix of 2.
binary digit. (1) In binary notation, either of the characters 0 or 1.
(2) Synonymous with bit.
binary notation. Any notation that uses two different characters,
usually the binary digits 0 and 1.
binary synchronous f:ommunications (BSC). A uniform procedure,
using a standardized set of control characters and control
character sequences for synchronous transmission of
binary-coded data between stations.
BIOS. Basic input/ output system.
bit. Synonym for binary digit
bits per second (bps). A unit of measurement representing the
number of discrete binary digits transmitted by a device in one
second.
block. (1) A string of records, a string of words, or a character
string formed for technical or logic reasons to be treated as an
entity. (2) A set of things, such as words, characters, or digits,
treated as a unit.
block-check character (BCC). In cyclic redundancy checking, a
character that is transmitted by the sender after each message
block and is compared with a block-checi<: character computed by
the receiver to determine if the transmission was successful.
boolean operation. (1) Any operation in which each of the
operands and the result take one of two values. (2) An operation
that follows the rules of boolean algebra.
Glossary-4
bootstrap. A technique or device designed to bring itself into a
desired state by means of its own action; for example, a machine
routine whose first few instructions are sufficient to bring the rest
of itself into the computer from an input device.
bps. Bits per second.
BSC. Binary synchronous communications.
buffer. (1) An area of storage that is temporarily reserved for use
in performing an input/output operation, into which data is read
or from which data is written. Synonymous with I/O area. (2) A
portion of storage for temporarily holding input or output data.
bus. One or more conductors used for transmitting signals or
power.
byte. (1) A sequence of eight adjacent binary digits that are
operated upon as a unit. (2) A binary character operated upon as
a unit. (3) The representation of a character.
C. Celsius.
capacitor. An electronic circuit component that stores an electric
charge.
CAS. Column address strobe.
cathode ray tube (CRT). A vacuum tube in which a stream of
electrons is projected onto a fluorescent screen producing a
luminous spot. The location of the spot can be controlled.
cathode ray tube display (CRT display). (1) A CRT used for
displaying data. For example, the electron beam can be controlled
to form alphanumeric data by use of a dot matrix. (2)
Synonymous with monitor.
Glossary-5
CCITT. International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative
Committee.
Celsius (C). A temperature scale. Contrast with Fahrenheit (F).
central processing unit (CPU). Term for processing unit.
channel. A path along which signals can be sent; for example,
data channel, output channel.
character generator. (1) In computer graphics, a functional unit
that converts the coded representation of a graphic character into
the shape of the character for display. (2) In word processing,
the means within equipment for generating visual characters or
symbols from coded data.
character set. (1) A finite set of different characters upon which
agreement has been reached and that is considered complete for
some purpose. (2) A set of unique representations called
characters. (3) A defined collection of characters.
characters per second (cps). A standard unit of measurement for
the speed at which a printer prints.
check key. A group of characters, derived from and appended to
a data item, that can be used to detect errors in the data item
during processing.
closed circuit. A continuous unbroken circuit; that is, one in
which current can flow. Contrast with open circuit.
CMOS. Complementary metal oxide semiconductor.
code. (1) A set of unambiguous rules specifying the manner in
which data may be represented in a discrete form. Synonymous
with coding scheme. (2) A set of items, such as abbreviations,
representing the members of another set. (3) To represent data
or a computer program in a symbolic form that can be accepted
by a data processor. (4) Loosely, one or more computer
programs, or part of a computer program.
Glossary-6
coding scheme. Synonym for code.
collector. An element in a transistor toward which current flows.
column address strobe (CAS). A signal that latches the column
addresses in a memory chip.
compile. (1) To translate a computer program expressed in a
problem-oriented language into a computer-oriented language.
(2) To prepare a machine-language program from a computer
program written in another programming language by making use
of the overall logic structure of the program, or generating more
than one computer instruction for each symbolic statement, or
both, as well as performing the function of an assembler.
complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS). A logic
circuit family that uses very little power. It works with a wide
range of power supply voltages.
computer. A functional unit that can perform substantial
computation, including numerous arithmetic operations or logic
operations, without intervention by a human operator during a
run.
computer instruction code. A code used to represent the
instructions in an instruction set. Synonymous with machine
code.
computer program. A sequence of instructions suitable for
processing by a computer.
computer word. A word stored in one computer location and
capable of being treated as a unit.
configuration. (1) The arrangement of a computer system or
network as defined by the nature, number, and the chief
characteristics of its functional units. More specifically, the term
configuration may refer to a hardware configuration or a software
configuration. (2) The devices and programs that make up a
system, subsystem, or network.
conjunction. Synonym for AND operation.
Glossary-7
contiguous. Touching or joining at the edge or boundary;
adjacent.
control character. A character whose occurrence in a particular
context initiates, modifies, or stops a control operation.
control operation. An action that affects the recording,
processing, transmission, or interpretation of data; for example,
starting or stopping a process, carriage return, font change,
rewind, and end of transmission.
control storage. A portion of storage that contains microcode.
cps. Characters per second.
CPU. Central processing unit.
CRe. Cyclic redundancy check.
CRT. Cathode ray tube.
CRT display. Cathode ray tube display.
CTS. Clear to send. Associated with modem control.
cursor. (1) In computer graphics, a movable marker that is used
to indicate a position on a display. (2) A displayed symbol that
acts as a marker to help the user locate a point in text, in a system
command, or in storage. (3) A movable spot of light on the
screen of a display device, usually indicating where the next
character is to be entered, replaced, or deleted.
cyclic redundancy check (CRC). (1) A redundancy check in which
the check key is generated by a cyclic algorithm. (2) A system of
error checking performed at both the sending and receiving
station after a block-check character has been accumulated.
cylinder. (1) The set of all tracks with the same nominal distance
from the axis about which the disk rotates. (2) The tracks of a
disk storage device that can be accessed without repositioning the
access mechanism.
Glossary-8
daisy-chained cable. A type of cable that has two or more
connectors attached in series.
data. (1) A representation of facts, concepts, or instructions in a
formalized manner suitable for communication, interpretation, or
processing by human or automatic means. (2) Any
representations, such as characters or analog quantities, to which
meaning is, or might be assigned.
data base. A collection of data that can be immediately accessed
and operated upon by a data processing system for a specific
purpose.
data processing system. A system that performs input, processing,
storage, output, and control functions to accomplish a sequence
of operations on data.
data transmission. Synonym for transmission.
dB. Decibel.
dBa. Adjusted decibels.
dc. Direct current.
debounce. An electronic means of overcoming the make/break
bounce of switches to obtain one smooth change of signal level.
decibel. (1) A unit that expresses the ratio of two power levels on
a logarithmic scale. (2) A unit for measuring relative power.
decoupling capacitor. A capacitor that provides a low impedance
path to ground to prevent common coupling between circuits.
Deutsche Industrial Norm (DIN). (1) German Industrial Norm.
(2) The committee that sets German dimension standards.
digit. (1) A graphic character that represents an integer; for
example, one of the characters 0 to 9. (2) A symbol that
Glossary-9
represents one of the non-negative integers smaller than the radix.
For example, in decimal notation, a digit is one of the characters 0
to 9.
digital. (1) Pertaining to data in the form of digits. (2) Contrast
with analog.
DIN. Deutsche Industrial Norm.
DIN connector. One of the connectors specified by the DIN
committee.
DIP. Dual in-line package.
DIP switch. One of a set of small switches mounted in a dual
in-line package.
direct current (de). A current that always flows in one direction.
direct memory access (DMA). A method of transferring data
between main storage and 110 devices that does not require
processor intervention.
disable. To stop the operation of a circuit or device.
disabled. Pertaining to a state of a processing unit that prevents
the occurrence of certain types of interruptions. Synonymous with
masked.
disk. Loosely, a magnetic disk.
diskette. A thin, flexible magnetic disk and a semirigid protective
jacket, in which the disk is permanently enclosed. Synonymous
with flexible disk.
diskette drive. A device for storing data on and retrieving data
from a diskette.
Glossary-tO
display. (1) A visual presentation of data. (2) A device for visual
presentation of information on any temporary character imaging
device. (3) To present data visually. (4) See cathode ray tube
display.
display attribute. In computer graphics, a particular property that
is assigned to all or part of a display; for example, low intensity,
green color, blinking status.
DMA. Direct memory access.
dot matrix. (1) In computer graphics, a two-dimensional pattern
of dots used for constructing a display image. This type of matrix
can be used to represent characters by dots. (2) In word
processing, a pattern of dots used to form characters. This term
normally refers to a small section of a set of addressable points;
for example, a representation of characters by dots.
dot printer. Synonym for matrix printer.
dot-matrix character generator. In computer graphics, a character
generator that generates character images composed of dots.
DSR. Data set ready. Associated with modem control.
DTR. In the IBM Personal Computer, data terminal ready.
Associated with modem control.
dual in-line package (DIP). A widely used container for an
integrated circuit. DIPs have pins in two parallel rows. The pins
are spaced 1/10 inch apart. See also DIP switch.
duplex. (1) In data communication, pertaining to a simultaneous
two-way independent transmission in both directions. (2)
Contrast with half -duplex.
duty cycle. In the operation of a device, the ratio of on time to
idle time. Duty cycle is expressed as a decimal or percentage.
Glossary-ll
dynamic memory. RAM using transistors and capacitors as the
memory elements. This memory requires a refresh (recharge)
cycle every few milliseconds. Contrast with static memory.
EBCDIC. Extended binary-coded decimal interchange code.
ECC. Error checking and correction.
edge connector. A terminal block with a number of contacts
attached to the edge of a printed-circuit board to facilitate
plugging into a foundation circuit.
EIA. Electronic Industries Association.
electromagnet. Any device that exhibits magnetism only while an
electric current flows through it.
enable. To initiate the operation of a circuit or device.
end of block (EOB). A code that marks the end of a block of
data.
end of file (EOF). An internal label, immediately following the
last record of a file, signaling the end of that file. It may include
control totals for comparison with counts accumulated during
processing.
end-of-text (ETX). A transmission control character used to
terminate text.
end-of-transmission (EOT). A transmission control character
used to indicate the conclusion of a transmission, which may have
included one or more texts and any associated message headings.
end-of-transmission-block (ETB). A transmission control
character used to indicate the end of a transmission block of data
when data is divided into such blocks for transmission purposes.
Glossary-12
EOB. End of block.
EOF. End of file.
EOT. End-of-transmission.
EPROM. Erasable programmable read-only memory.
erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM). A PROM in
which the user can erase old information and enter new
information.
error checking and correction (ECC). The detection and
correction of all single-bit errors, plus the detection of double-bit
and some multiple-bit errors.
ESC. The escape character.
escape character (ESC). A code extension character used, in
some cases, with one or more succeeding characters to indicate by
some convention or agreement that the coded representations
following the character or the group of characters are to be
interpreted according to a different code or according to a
different coded character set.
ETB. End-of-transmission-block.
ETX. End-of-text.
extended binary-coded decimal interchange code (EBCDIC). A set
of 256 characters, each represented by eight bits.
F. Fahrenheit.
Fahrenheit (F). A temperature scale. Contrast with Celsius (C).
Glossary-13
falling edge. Synonym for negative-going edge.
FCC. Federal Communications Commission.
fetch. To locate and load a quantity of data from storage.
FF. The form feed character.
field. (1) In a record, a specified area used for a particular
category of data. (2) In a data base, the smallest unit of data that
can be referred to.
fixed disk drive. In the IBM Personal Computer, a unit consisting
of nonremovable magnetic disks, and a device for storing data on
and retrieving data from the disks.
flag. (1) Any of various types of indicators used for
identification. (2) A character that signals the occurrence of
some condition, such as the end of a word. (3) Deprecated term
for mark.
flexible disk. Synonym for diskette.
flip-flop. A circuit or device containing active elements, capable
of assuming either one of two stable states at a given time.
font. A family or assortment of characters of a given size and
style; for example, 10 point Press Roman medium.
foreground. (1) In multiprogramming, the environment in which
high-priority programs are executed. (2) On a color display
screen, the characters as opposed to the background.
form feed. (1) Paper movement used to bring an assigned part of
a form to the printing position. (2) In word processing, a
function that advances the typing position to the same character
position on a predetermined line of the next form or page.
Glossary-14
form feed character. A control character that causes the print or
display position to move to the next predetermined first line on
the next form, the next page, or the equivalent.
format. The arrangement or layout of data on a data medium.
frame. (1) In SDLC, the vehicle for every command, every
response, and all information that is transmitted using SDLC
procedures. Each frame begins and ends with a flag. (2) In data
transmission, the sequence of contiguous bits bracketed by and
including beginning and ending flag sequences.
g. Gram.
G. (1) Prefix giga; 1 000000000. (2) When referring to
computer storage capacity, 1 073 741 824. (1 073 741 824 = 2 to
the 30th power.)
gate. (1) A combinational logic circuit having one output channel
and one or more input channels, such that the output channel
state is completely determined by the input channel states. (2) A
signal that enables the passage of other signals through a circuit.
Gb. 1 073 741 824 bytes.
general-purpose register. A register, usually explicitly addressable
within a set of registers, that can be used for different purposes;
for example, as an accumulator, as an index register, or as a
special handler of data.
giga (G). Prefix 1 000000000.
gram (g). A unit of weight (equivalent to 0.035 ounces).
graphic. A symbol produced by a process such as handwriting,
drawing, or printing.
Glossary-1S
graphic character. A character, other than a control character,
that is normally represented by a graphic.
half-duplex. (1) In data communication, pertaining to an
alternate, one way at a time, independent transmission. (2)
Contrast with duplex.
hardware. (1) Physical equipment used in data processing, as
opposed to programs, procedures, rules, and associated
documentation. (2) Contrast with software.
head. A device that reads, writes, or erases data on a storage
medium; for example, a small electromagnet used to read, write,
or erase data on a magnetic disk.
hertz (Hz). A unit of frequency equal to one cycle per second.
hex. Common abbreviation for hexadecimal.
hexadecimal. (1) Pertaining to a selection, choice, or condition
that has 16 possible different values or states. These values or
states are usually symbolized by the ten digits 0 through 9 and the
six letters A through F. (2) Pertaining to a fixed radix
numeration system having a radix of 16.
high impedance state. A state in which the output of a device is
effectively isolated from the circuit.
highlighting. In computer graphics, emphasizing a given display
group by changing its attributes relative to other display groups in
the same display field.
high-order position. The leftmost position in a string of
characters. See also most-significant digit.
housekeeping. Operations or routines that do not contribute
directly to the solution of the problem but do contribute directly
to the operation of the computer.
Hz. Hertz
Glossary-16
image. A fully processed unit of operational data that is ready to
be transmitted to a remote unit; when loaded into control storage
in the remote unit, the image determines the operations of the
unit.
immediate instruction. An instruction that contains within itself an
operand for the operation specified, rather than an address of the
operand.
index register. A register whose contents may be used to modify
an operand address during the execution of computer instructions.
indicator. (1) A device that may be set into a prescribed state,
usually according to the result of a previous process or on the
occurrence of a specified condition in the equipment, and that
usually gives a visual or other indication of the existence of the
prescribed state, and that may in some cases be used to determine
the selection among alternative processes; for example, an
overflow indicator. (2) An item of data that may be interrogated
to determine whether a particular condition has been satisfied in
the execution of a computer program; for example, a switch
indicator, an overflow indicator.
inhibited. (1) Pertaining to a state of a processing unit in which
certain types of interruptions are not allowed to occur. (2)
Pertaining to the state in which a transmission control unit or an
audio response unit cannot accept incoming calls on a line.
initialize. To set counters, switches, addresses, or contents of
storage to 0 or other starting values at the beginning of, or at
prescribed points in, the operation of a computer routine.
input/output (I/O). (1) Pertaining to a device or to a channel that
may be involved in an input process, and, at a different time, in an
output process. In the English language, "input/output" may be
used in place of such terms as "input/output data,"
II·mput / output sIgna,
•
I " an d II·mput / output termma
•
Is, "w
hen such
usage is clear in a given context. (2) Pertaining to a device whose
parts can be performing an input process and an output process at
the same time. (3) Pertaining to either input or output, or both.
instruction. In a programming language, a meaningful expression
that specifies one operation and identifies its operands, if any.
Glossary-17
instruction set. The set of instructions of a computer, of a
programming language, or of the programming languages in a
programming system.
interface. A device that alters or converts actual electrical signals
between distinct devices, programs, or systems.
interleave. To arrange parts of one sequence of things or events
so that they alternate with parts of one or more other sequences
of the same nature and so that each sequence retains its identity.
interrupt. (1) A suspension of a process, such as the execution of
a computer program, caused by an event external to that process,
and performed in such a way that the process can be resumed.
(2) In a data transmission, to take an action at a receiving station
that causes the transmitting station to terminate a transmission.
(3) Synonymous with interruption.
I/O. Input/output.
I/O area. Synonym for buffer.
irrecoverable error. An error that makes recovery impossible
without the use of recovery techniques external to the computer
program or run.
joystick. In computer graphics, a lever that can pivot in all
directions and that is used as a locator device.
k. Prefix kilo; 1000.
K. When referring to storage capacity, 1024. (1024 = 2 to the
10th power.)
Kb. 1024 bytes.
kg. Kilogram; 1000 grams.
Glossary-IS
kHz. Kilohertz; 1000 hertz.
kilo (k). Prefix 1000
kilogram (kg). 1000 grams.
kilohertz (kHz). 1000 hertz
latch. (1) A simple logic-circuit storage element. (2) A feedback
loop in sequential digital circuits used to maintain a state.
least-significant digit. The rightmost digit. See also low-order
position.
LED. Light-emitting diode.
light-emitting diode (LED). A semiconductor device that gives off
visible or infrared light when activated.
load. In programming, to enter data into storage or working
registers.
low power Schottky TTL. A version (LS series) of TTL giving a
good compromise between low power and high speed. See also
transistor-transistor logic and Schottky TTL.
low-order position. The rightmost position in a string of
characters. See also least-significant digit.
m. (1) Prefix milli; 0.001. (2) Meter.
M. (1) Prefix mega; 1 000 000. (2) When referring to computer
storage capacity, 1 048 576. (1 048 576 = 2 to the 20th power.)
mAo Milliampere; 0.001 ampere.
Glossary-19
machine code. The machine language used for entering text and
program instructions onto the recording medium or into storage
and which is subsequently used for processing and printout.
machine language. (1) A language that is used directly by a
machine. (2) Deprecated term for computer instruction code.
magnetic disk. (1) A flat circular plate with a magnetizable
surface layer on which data can be stored by magnetic recording.
(2) See also diskette.
main storage. (1) Program-addressable storage from which
instructions and other data can be loaded directly into registers
for subsequent execution or processing. (2) Contrast with
auxiliary storage.
mark. A symbol or symbols that indicate the beginning or the end
of a field, of a word, of an item of data, or of a set of data such as
a file, a record, or a block.
mask. (1) A pattern of characters that is used to control the
retention or elimination of portions of another pattern of
characters. (2) To use a pattern of characters to control the
retention or elimination of portions of another pattern of
characters.
masked. Synonym for disabled.
matrix. (1) A rectangular array of elements, arranged in rows 'and
columns, that may be manipulated according to the rules of matrix
algebra. (2) In computers, a logic network in the form of an array
of input leads and output leads with logic elements connected at
some of their intersections.
matrix printer. A printer in which each character is represented
by a pattern of dots; for example, a stylus printer, a wire printer.
Synonymous with dot printer.
Mb. 1 048 576 bytes.
mega (M). Prefix 1 000000.
Glossary-20
megahertz (MHz). 1 000 000 hertz.
memory. Term for main storage.
meter (m). A unit of length (equivalent to 39.37 inches).
MFM. Modified frequency modulation.
MHz. Megahertz; 1 000 000 hertz.
micro (/L). Prefix 0.000 001.
microcode. (1) One or more microinstructions. (2) A code,
representing the instructions of an instruction set, implemented in
a part of storage that is not program-addressable.
microinstruction. (1) An instruction of microcode. (2) A basic or
elementary machine instruction.
microprocessor. An integrated circuit that accepts coded
instructions for execution; the instructions may be entered,
integrated, or stored internally.
microsecond (/Ls). 0.000001 second.
milli (m). Prefix 0.001.
milliampere (rnA). 0.001 ampere.
millisecond (ms). 0.001 second.
mnemonic. A symbol chosen to assist the human memory; for
example, an abbreviation such as "mpy" for "multiply."
mode. (1) A method of operation; for example, the binary mode,
the interpretive mode, the alphanumeric mode. (2) The most
frequent value in the statistical sense.
modem (modulator-demodulator). A device that converts serial
(bit by bit) digital signals from a business machine (or data
Glossary-21
communication equipment) to analog signals that are suitable for
transmission in a telephone network. The inverse function is also
performed by the modem on reception of analog signals.
modified frequency modulation (MFM). The process of varying
the amplitude and frequency of the 'write' signal. MFM pertains
to the number of bytes of storage that can be stored on the
recording media. The number of bytes is twice the number
contained in the same unit area of recording media at single
density.
modulation. The process by which some characteristic of one
wave (usually high frequency) is varied in accordance with
another wave or signal (usually low frequency). This technique is
used in modems to make business-machine signals compatible
with communication facilities.
modulation rate. The reciprocal of the measure of the shortest
nominal time interval between successive significant instants of
the modulated signal. If this measure is expressed in seconds, the
modulation rate is expressed in baud.
module. (1) A program unit that is discrete and identifiable with
respect to compiling, combining with other units, and loading. (2)
A packaged functional hardware unit designed for use with other
components.
modulo check. A calculation performed on values entered into a
system. This calculation is designed to detect errors.
monitor. Synonym for cathode ray tube display (CRT display).
most-significant digit. The leftmost (non-zero) digit. See also
high-order position.
ms. Millisecond; 0.001 second.
multiplexer. A device capable of interleaving the events of two or
more activities, or capable of distributing the events of an
interleaved sequence to the respective activities.
Glossary-22
multiprogramming. (1) Pertaining to the concurrent execution of
two or more computer programs by a computer. (2) A mode of
operation that provides for the interleaved execution of two or
more computer programs by a single processor.
n. Prefix nano; 0.000000001.
NAND. A logic operator having the property that if P is a
statement, Q is a statement, R is a statement, ... , then the NAND
of P, Q ,R, ... is true if at least one statement is false, false if all
statements are true.
NAND gate. A gate in which the output is 0 only if all inputs are
1.
DaDo (n). Prefix 0.000 000 001.
nanosecond (ns). 0.000000001 second.
negative true. Synonym for active low.
negative-going edge. The edge of a pulse or signal changing in a
negative direction. Synonymous with falling edge.
non-return-to-zero change-on-ones recording (NRZI). A
transmission encoding method in which the data terminal
equipment changes the signal to the opposite state to send a
binary 1 and leaves it in the same state to send a binary o.
non-return-to-zero (inverted) recording (NRZI). Deprecated term
for non-return-to-zero change-on-ones recording.
NOR. A logic operator having the property that if P is a
statement, Q is a statement, R is a statement, ... , then the NOR of
P, Q, R, ... is true if all statements are false, false if at least one
statement is true.
NOR gate. A gate in which the output is 0 only if at least one
input is 1.
Glossary-23
NOT. A logical operator having the property that if P is a
statement, then the NOT of P is true if P is false, false if P is true.
NRZI. Non-return-to-zero change-on-ones recording.
ns. Nanosecond; 0.000000001 second.
NUL. The null character.
null character (NUL). A control character that is used to
accomplish media-fill or time-fill, and that may be inserted into or
removed from, a sequence of characters without affecting the
meaning of the sequence; however, the control of the equipment
or the format may be affected by this character.
odd-even check. Synonym for parity check.
offline. Pertaining to the operation of a functional unit without
the continual control of a computer.
one-shot. A circuit that delivers one output pulse of desired
duration for each input (trigger) pulse.
open circuit. (1) A discontinuous circuit; that is, one that is
broken at one or more points and, consequently, cannot conduct
current. Contrast with closed circuit. (2) Pertaining to a no-load
condition; for example, the open-circuit voltage of a power
supply.
open collector. A switching transistor without an internal
connection between its collector and the voltage supply. A
connection from the collector to the voltage supply is made
through an external (pull-up) resistor.
operand. (1) An entity to which an operation is applied. (2) That
which is operated upon. An operand is usually identified by an
address part of an instruction.
Glossary-24
operating system. Software that controls the execution of
programs; an operating system may provide services such as
resource allocation, scheduling, input/output control, and data
management.
OR. A logic operator having the property that if P is a statement,
Q is a statement, R is a statement, ... , then the OR of P, Q, R, .. .is
true if at least one statement is true, false if all statements are
false.
OR gate. A gate in which the output is 1 only if at least one input
is 1.
output. Pertaining to a device, process, or channel involved in an
output process, or to the data or states involved in an output
process.
output process. (1) The process that consists of the delivery of
data from a data processing system, or from any part of it. (2)
The return of information from a data processing system to an
end user, including the translation of data from a machine
language to a language that the end user can understand.
overcurrent. A current of higher than specified strength.
overflow indicator. (1) An indicator that signifies when the last
line on a page has been printed or passed. (2) An indicator that is
set on if the result of an arithmetic operation exceeds the capacity
of the accumulator.
overrun. Loss of data because a receiving device is unable to
accept data at the rate it is transmitted.
overvoltage. A voltage of higher than specified value.
parallel. (1) Pertaining to the concurrent or simultaneous
operation of two or more devices, or to the concurrent
performance of two or more activities. (2) Pertaining to the
concurrent or simultaneous occurrence of two or more related
activities in multiple devices or channels. (3) Pertaining to the
Glossary-25
simultaneity of two or more processes. (4) Pertaining to the
simultaneous processing of the individual parts of a whole, such as
the bits of a character and the characters of a word, using
separate facilities for the various parts. (5) Contrast with serial.
parameter. (1) A variable that is given a constant value for a
specified application and that may denote the application. (2) A
name in a procedure that is used to refer to an argument passed to
that procedure.
parity bit. A binary digit appended to a group of binary digits to
make the sum of all the digits either always odd (odd parity) or
always even (even parity).
parity check. (1) A redundancy check that uses a parity bit. (2)
Synonymous with odd-even check.
PEL. Picture element.
personal computer. A small home or business computer that has a
processor and keyboard and that can be connected to a television
or some other monitor. An optional printer is usually available.
phototransistor. A transistor whose switching action is controlled
by light shining on it.
picture element (PEL). The smallest displayable unit on a display.
polling. (1) Interrogation of devices for purposes such as to avoid
contention, to determine operational status, or to determine
readiness to send or receive data. (2) The process whereby
stations are invited, one at a time, to transmit.
port. An access point for data entry or exit.
positive true. Synonym for active high.
positive-going edge. The edge of a pulse or signal changing in a
positive direction. Synonymous with rising edge.
Glossary-26
potentiometer. A variable resistor with three terminals, one at
each end and one on a slider (wiper).
power supply. A device that produces the power needed to
operate electronic equipment.
printed circuit. A pattern of conductors (corresponding to the
wiring of an electronic circuit) formed on a board of insulating
material.
printed-circuit board. A usually copper-clad plastic board used to
make a printed circuit.
priority. A rank assigned to a task that determines its precedence
in receiving system resources.
processing program. A program that performs such functions as
compiling, assembling, or translating for a particular programming
language.
processing unit. A functional unit that consists of one or more
processors and all or part of internal storage.
processor. (1) In a computer, a functional unit that interprets and
executes instructions. (2) A functional unit, a part of another
unit such as a terminal or a processing unit, that interprets and
executes instructions. (3) Deprecated term for processing
program. (4) See microprocessor.
program. (1) A series of actions designed to achieve a certain
result. (2) A series of instructions telling the computer how to
handle a problem or task. (3) To design, write, and test computer
programs.
programmable read-only memory (PROM). A read-only memory
that can be programmed by the user.
programming language. (1) An artificial language established for
expressing computer programs. (2) A set of characters and rules
with meanings assigned prior to their use, for writing computer
programs.
Glossary-27
programming system. One or more programming languages and
the necessary software for using these languages with particular
automatic data-processing equipment.
PROM. Programmable read-only memory.
propagation delay. (1) The time necessary for a signal to travel
from one point on a circuit to another. (2) The time delay
between a signal change at an input and the corresponding change
at an output.
protocol. (1) A specification for the format and relative timing of
information exchanged between communicating parties. (2) The
set of rules governing the operation of functional units of a
communication system that must be followed if communication is
to be achieved.
pulse. A variation in the value of a quantity, short in relation to
the time schedule of interest, the final value being the same as the
initial value.
radio frequency (RF). An ac frequency that is higher than the
highest audio frequency. So called because of the application to
radio communication.
radix. (1) In a radix numeration system, the positive integer by
which the weight of the digit place is multiplied to obtain the
weight of the digit place with the next higher weight; for example,
in the decimal numeration system the radix of each digit place is
10. (2) Another term for base.
radix numeration system. A positional representation system in
which the ratio of the weight of anyone digit place to the weight
of the digit place with the next lower weight is a positive integer
(the radix). The permissible values of the character in any digit
place range from 0 to one less than the radix.
RAM. Random access memory. Read/write memory.
Glossary-28
random access memory (RAM). Read/write memory.
RAS. In the IBM Personal Computer, row address strobe.
raster. In computer graphics, a predetermined pattern of lines
that provides uniform coverage of a display space.
read. To acquire orinterpret data from a storage device, from a
data medium, or from another source.
read-only memory (ROM). A storage device whose contents
cannot be modified. The memory is retained when power is
removed.
read/write memory. A storage device whose contents can be
modified. Also called RAM.
recoverable error. An error condition that allows continued
execution of a program.
red-green-blue-intensity (RGBI). The description of a
direct-drive color monitor that accepts input signals of red, green,
blue, and intensity.
redundancy check. A check that depends on extra characters
attached to data for the detection of errors. See cyclic redundancy
check.
register. (1) A storage device, having a specified storage capacity
such as a bit, a byte, or a computer word, and usually intended for
a special purpose. (2) A storage device in which specific data is
stored.
retry. To resend the current block of data (from the last EOB or
ETB) a prescribed number of times, or until it is entered correctly
or accepted.
reverse video. A form of highlighting a character, field, or cursor
by reversing the color of the character, field, or cursor with its
background; for example, changing a red character on a black
background to a black character on a red background.
Glossary-29
RF. Radio frequency.
RF modulator. The device used to convert the composite video
signal to the antenna level input of a home TV.
RGBI. Red-green-blue-intensity.
rising edge. Synonym for positive-going edge.
ROM. Read-only memory.
ROM/BIOS. The ROM resident basic input/output system,
which provides the level control of the major I/O devices in the
computer system.
row address strobe (RAS). A signal that latches the row address in
a memory chip.
RS-232C. A standard by the EIA for communication between
computers and external equipment.
RTS. Request to send. Associated with modem control.
run. A single continuous performance of a computer program or
routine.
schematic. The representation, usually in a drawing or diagram
form, of a logical or physical structure.
Schottky TTL. A version (S series) of TTL with faster switching
speed, but requiring more power. See also transistor-transistor
logic and low power Schottky TTL.
SDLC. Synchronous Data Link Control.
Gloss/:lry-30
sector. That part of a track or band on a magnetic drum, a
magnetic disk, or a disk pack that can be accessed by the
magnetic heads in the course of a predetermined rotational
displacement of the particular device.
SERD ES. Serializer / deserializer.
serial. (1) Pertaining to the sequential performance of two or
more activities in a single device. In English, the modifiers serial
and parallel usually refer to devices, as opposed to sequential and
consecutive, which refer to processes. (2) Pertaining to the
sequential or consecutive occurrence of two or more related
activities in a single device or channel. (3) Pertaining to the
sequential processing of the individual parts of a whole, such as
the bits of a character or the characters of a word, using the same
facilities for successive parts. (4) Contrast with parallel.
serializer/deserializer (SERDES). A device that serializes output
from, and de serializes input to, a business machine.
setup. (1) In a computer that consists of an assembly of
individual computing units, the arrangement of interconnections
between the units, and the adjustments needed for the computer
to operate. (2) The preparation of a computing system to
perform a job or job step. Setup is usually performed by an
operator and often involves performing routine functions, such as
mounting tape reels. (3) The preparation of the system for
normal operation.
short circuit. A low-resistance path through which current flows,
rather than through a component or circuit.
signal. A variation of a physical quantity, used to convey data.
sink. A device or circuit into which current drains.
software. (1) Computer programs, procedures, and rules
concerned with the operation of a data processing system. (2)
Contrast with hardware.
source. The origin of a signal or electrical energy.
Glossary-31
square wave. An alternating or pulsating current or voltage whose
waveshape is square.
square wave generator. A signal generator delivering an output
signal having a square waveform.
SS. Start-stop.
start bit. (1) A signal to a receiving mechanism to get ready to
receive data or perform a function. (2) In a start-stop system, a
signal preceding a character or block that prepares the receiving
device for the reception of the code elements.
start-of-text (STX). A transmission control character that
precedes a text and may be used to terminate the message
heading.
start-stop system. A data transmission system in which each
character is preceded by a start bit and is followed by a stop bit.
start-stop (SS) transmission. (1) Asynchronous transmission such
that a group of signals representing a character is preceded by a
start bit and followed by a stop bit. (2) Asynchronous
transmission in which a group of bits is preceded by a start bit
that prepares the receiving mechanism for the reception and
registration of a character and is followed by at least one stop bit
that enables the receiving mechanism to come to an idle condition
pending the reception of the next character.
static memory. RAM using flip-flops as the memory elements.
Data is retained as long as power is applied to the flip-flops.
Contrast with dynamic memory.
stop bit. (1) A signal to a receiving mechanism to wait for the
next signal. (2) In a start-stop system, a signal following a
character or block that prepares the receiving device for the
reception of a subsequent character or block.
storage. (1) A storage device. (2) A device, or part of a device,
that can retain data. (3) The retention of data in a storage device.
(4) The placement of data into a storage device .
. Glossary-32
strobe. An instrument that emits adjustable-rate flashes of light.
Used to measure the speed of rotating or vibrating objects.
STX. Start-of-text.
symbol. (1) A conventional representation of a concept. (2) A
representation of something by reason of relationship,
association, or convention.
synchronization. The process of adjusting the corresponding
significant instants of two signals to obtain the desired phase
relationship between these instants.
Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC). A protocol for
management of data transfer over a data link.
synchronous transmission. (1) Data transmission in which the time
of occurrence of each signal representing a bit is related to a fixed
time frame. (2) Data transmission in which the sending and
receiving devices are operating continuously at substantially the
same frequency and are maintained, by means of correction, in a
desired phase relationship.
syntax. (1) The relationship among characters or groups of
characters, independent of their meanings or the manner of their
interpretation and use. (2) The structure of expressions in a
language. (3) The rules governing the structure of a language.
(4) The relationships among symbols.
text. In ASCII and data communication, a sequence of characters
treated as an entity if preceded and terminated by one STX and
one ETX transmission control character, respectively.
time-out. (1) A parameter related to an enforced event designed
to occur at the conclusion of a predetermined elapsed time. A
time-out condition can be cancelled by the receipt of an
appropriate time-out cancellation signal. (2) A time interval
Glossary-33
allotted for certain operations to occur; for example, response to
polling or addressing before system operation is interrupted and
must be restarted.
track. (1) The path or one of the set of paths, parallel to the
reference edge on a data medium, associated with a single reading
or writing component as the data medium moves past the
component. (2) The portion of a moving data medium such as a
drum, or disk, that is accessible to a given reading head position.
transistor-transistor logic (TTL). A popular logic circuit family
that uses multiple-emitter transistors.
translate. To transform data from one language to another.
transmission. (1) The sending of data from one place for
reception elsewhere. (2) In ASCII and data communication, a
series of characters including headings and text. (3) The
dispatching of a signal, message, or other form of intelligence by
wire, radio, telephone, or other means. (4) One or more blocks
or messages. For BSC and start-stop devices, a transmission is
terminated by an EOT character. (5) Synonymous with data
transmission.
TTL. Transistor-transistor logic.
V. Volt.
video. Computer data or graphics displayed on a cathode ray
tube, monitor, or display.
volt. The basic practical unit of electric pressure. The potential
that causes electrons to flow through a circuit.
W. Watt.
watt. The practical unit of electric power.
Glossary-34
word. (1) A character string or a bit string considered as an
entity. (2) See computer word.
write. To make a permanent or transient recording of data in a
storage device or on a data medium.
write precompensation. The varying of the timing of the head
current from the outer tracks to the inner tracks of the diskette to
keep a constant 'write' signal.
Glossary-35
Glossary-36
Bibliography
Intel Corporation. The 8086 Family User's Manual. This manual
introduces the 8086 family of micro computing components and
serves as a reference in system design and implementation.
Intel Corporation. 8086/8087/8088 Macro Assembly Reference
Manual for 8088/8085 Based Development System. This manual
describes the 8086/8087/8088 Macro Assembly Language, and
is intended for use by persons who are familiar with assembly
language.
Intel Corporation. Component Data Catalog This book describes
Intel components and their technical specifications.
Motorola, Inc. The Complete Microcomputer Data Libary. This
book describes Motorola components and their technical
specifications.
National Semiconductor Corporation. 250 Asynchronous
Communications Element book documents physical and operating
characteristics of the INS 8250.
Bibliograpby-l
Bibliography-2
Index
Special Characters
-MEMR (memory read command) 1-20
-MEMW (memory write command) 1-21
A
adapter card with ROM 5-12
address
bits 0 to 19 (AO-AI9), I/O channel 1-18
enable (AEN), I/O channel 1-18
latch enable (ALE), I/O channel 1-18
map, I/O 1-21
AEN (address enable), I/O channel 1-18
ALE (address latch enable), I/O channel 1-18
B
BASIC reserved interrupts 5-8
BASIC,
DEF SEG 5-8
reserved interrupt 5-8
binary integers (coprocessor) 2-3,2-4
BIOS,
parameter passing 5-4
quick reference 5-23
software interrupt 5-5
system ROM 5-23
Index-l
use of 5-3
bit map, I/O 8255A 1-25
block diagram (coprocessor) 2-6
break (keyboard extended code) 5-19
c
CCITT 8-3
standards 8-3
CH CK,negative (-channel check), I/O channel 1-19
channel check, negative (-CH CK), I/O channel 1-19
character codes (keyboard) 5-15
CLK, I/O channel 1-19
clock (CLK), I/O channel 1-19
communications 8-3
component diagram, system board 1-15
connectors (power supply) 3-5,3-9
D
data
bits 0 to 7 (DO-D7) 1-19
flow, system board diagram 1-5
decimal integers (coprocessor) 2-3,2-4
description I/O channel 1-18
diagram system board 1-15
diagram, I/O channel 1-16
DMA request 1 to 3 (DRQI-DRQ3) 1-19
DOS,
keyboard function 5-8
keyboard functions 5-22
Index-2
E
EIA 8-3
standards 8-3
establishing a communications link 8-5
establish a link 8-5
I
I/O channel
address map 1-21
ALE (address latch enable) 1-18
bit map 8255A 1-25
CH CK (-I/O channel check) 1-19
CH RDY (I/O Channel Ready), I/O channel 1-20
check (-CH CK) 1-19
CLK 1-19
description 1-18
I/O channel diagram 1-16
oscillator (OSC) 1-21
read command (-lOR) 1-20
reset drive (RESET DRV) 1-21
terminal couIit (T/C) 1-21
write command (-lOW) 1-20
Intel 8048 4-3
Intel 8088 microprocessor, 6-17,.instuction set extensions
arithmetic 6-8, 6-19
comparison 6-19
conditional transfer operations 6-15
constants 6-21
control transfer 6-12
data transfer 6-6, 6-17
instruction set index 6-27
instruction set matrix 6-25
logic 6-10
memory segmentation model 6-5
operand summary 6-4
processor control 6-16,6-22
Index-3
register model 6-3
second instruction byte summary 6-4
string manipulation 6-11
transcendental 6-21
use of segment override 6-5
interrupt request 2 to 7 ORQ2-IRQ7) 1-20
K
keyboard 4-3
connector 4-13
interface 4-5
power-on self test 4-4
keyboard extended codes,
alt 5-17
break 5-19
caps lock 5-18
ctrl 5-17
pause 5-19
print screen 5-19
scroll lock 5-18
shift 5-17
system reset 5-18
keyboard scan 4-3
L
logic diagrams, system board 1-30
Index-4
M
math coprocessor
binary integers 2-3, 2-4
block diagram 2-6
control word 2-5
decimal integers 2-3, 2-4
hardware interface 2-4
NMI 2-5
QSO 2-4
QS1 2-4
real numbers 2-3,2-4
memory locations,
reserved 5-8
memory map,
BIOS 5-9
memory map, system 1-8
memory read command (-MEMR) 1-20
memory write command (-MEMW) 1-21
N
NMI (coprocessor) 2-5
o
OSC (oscillator), I/O channel 1-21
oscillator (OSC), I/O channel 1-21
Index-5
p
parameter passing (ROM BIOS) 5-4
software interrupt listing 5-5
pause (keyboard extended code) 5-19
power good signal 3-5, 3-9
power supply (system) 3-3
connectors 3-5, 3-9
input requirements 3-3, 3-7
outputs 3-4, 3-8
overvoltage/overcurrent protection 3-5
pin assignments 3-5,3-9
power good signal 3-5, 3-9
Q
QSO (coprocessor) 2-4
QS 1 (coprocessor) 2-4
quick reference, character set 7 -12
R
read command I/O channel 1-20
read memory command (-MEMR) 1-20
ready (RDY), I/O channel 1-20
real numbers (coprocessor) 2-3,2-4
request interrupt 2 to 7 (IRQ2-IRQ7) 1-20
reserved interrupts,
BASIC and DOS 5-8
RESET DRV, I/O channel 1-21
Index-6
s
screen editor keyboard function 5-22
scroll lock (keyboard extended code) 5-18
shift (key priorities (keyboard code) 5-18
shift (keyboard extended code) 5-15
shift states (keyboard code) 5-17
signals (I/O),
-DACKO-DACK3 1-19
-I/O CH CK 1-19
-lOR 1-20
-lOW 1-20
-MEMR 1-20
-MEMW 1-21
AEN 1-18
ALE 1-18
AO-A19 1-18
CLK 1-19
DRQ1-DRQ3 1-19
DO-D7 1-19
I/O CH RDY 1-20
IRQ2-IRQ7 1-20
OSC 1-21
RESET DRY 1-21
T/C 1-21
software interrupt listing (8088) 5-5
speaker circuit 1-23
speaker drive system 1-23
system board
data flow diagrams 1-5
diagram 1-15
logic diagrams 1-30
system clock (CLK), I/O channel 1-19
system memory map 1-8
system reset 5-18
system ROM BIOS 5-23
Index-7
T
terminal count (T/C), I/O channel 1-21
typematic 4-3
v
vectors with special meanings 5-5
w
write command (-lOW), I/O channel 1-20
write memory command (-MEMW) 1-21
Numerals
8088, (see Intel 8088 microprocessor) 1-4
8255A bit map 1-25
specifications I/O channel 1-28
Index-8
----- -- -----
-- -
---.-
The Personal Computer
Hardware Library
Reader's Comment Form
Technical Reference
IBM Personal Computer XT
IBM Portable Personal Computer
6361459
Your comments assist us in improving the usefulness of
our publication; they are an important part of the input
used for revisions.
IBM may use and distribute any of the information you
supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation whatever. You may, of course,
continue to use the information you supply.
Please do not use this form for technical questions
regarding the IBM Personal Computer or programs for
the IBM Personal Computer, or for requests for
additional publications; this only delays the response.
Instead, direct your inquiries or request to your
authorized IBM Personal Computer dealer.
Comments:
rUIn
NOPOSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 321
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
IBM PERSONAL COMPUTER
SALES & SERVICE
P.O. BOX 1328-C
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
aJa~
.1
aldelS
IOU
PIO::!
op aseald
ade.l
-------
- ---'!''::~~5:
The Personal Computer
Hardware Library
Reader's Comment Form
Technical Reference
IBM Personal Computer XT
IBM Portable Personal Computer
6361459
Your comments assist us in improving the usefulness of
our publication; they are an important part of the input
used for revisions.
IBM may use and distribute any of the information you
supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation whatever. You may, of course,
continue to use the information you supply.
Please do not use this form for technical questions
regarding the IBM Personal Computer or programs for
the IBM Personal Computer, or for requests for
additional publications; this only delays the response.
Instead, direct your inquiries or request to your
authorized IBM Personal Computer dealer.
Comments:
nlln
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 321
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
IBM PERSONAL COMPUTER
SALES & SERVICE
P.O. BOX 1328-C
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
aJa~ PIO~
aldelS
IOU
op aseald
adel
-------_.-
--- --- --- -----
The Personal Computer
Hardware Library
Reader's Comment Form
Technical Reference
IBM Personal Computer XT
IBM Portable Personal Computer
6361459
Your comments assist us in improving the usefulness of
our publication; they are an important part of the input
used for revisions.
IBM may use and distribute any of the information you
supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation whatever. You may, of course,
continue to use the information you supply.
Please do not use this form for technical questions
regarding the IBM Personal Computer or programs for
the IBM Personal Computer, or for requests for
additional publications; this only delays the response.
Instead, direct your inquiries or request to your
authorized IBM Personal Computer dealer.
Comments:
10111
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 321
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
IBM PERSONAL COMPUTER
SALES & SERVICE
P,O, BOX 1328-C
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
8J8l1 PIO=!
aldelS IOU op aseald
ade,l
-
------ ----- -------_.-
The Personal Computer
Hardware Library
Reader's Comment Form
Technical Reference
IBM Personal Computer XT
IBM Portable Personal Computer
6361459
Your comments assist us in improving the usefulness of
our publication; they are an important part of the input
used for revisions.
IBM may use and distribute any of the information you
supply in any way it believes appropriate without
incurring any obligation whatever. You may, of course,
continue to use the information you supply.
Please do not use this form for technical questions
regarding the IBM Personal Computer or programs for
the IBM Personal Computer, or for requests for
additional publications; this only delays the response.
Instead, direct your inquiries or request to your
authorized IBM Personal Computer dealer.
Comments:
1mB
NO POSTAC-E
NECESSARY
IF MAILED
IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 321
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
IBM PERSONAL COMPUTER
SALES & SERVICE
P.O. BOX 1328-C
BOCA RATON, FLORIDA 33432
aJa~
aldelS
IOU
PIO:l
op aseald
ade.l
----- =~=';'=®
-------
International Business Machines Corporation
P.O. Box 1328-W
Boca Raton, Florida 33432
6361459
Printed in United States of America
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2013:05:24 16:35:43-08:00 Modify Date : 2013:05:24 16:25:38-07:00 Metadata Date : 2013:05:24 16:25:38-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.53 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:ac0fa91b-c612-694e-9e71-f98eb10ed986 Instance ID : uuid:a4cb8074-92e7-9b46-904e-2205cda5981b Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 307EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools